S-1/A

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2015

Registration No. 333-194473

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 4
to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Virtu Financial, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) 6200
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) 32-0420206
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

900 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-1010
(212) 418-0100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Douglas A. Cifu
Chief Executive Officer
900 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-1010
(212) 418-0100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

John C. Kennedy, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
(212) 373-3000 Michael Kaplan, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered(1)(2)	Proposed Maximum Offering Price per Share	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)	Amount of Registration Fee(3)
Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share	19,012,112	$19.00	$361,230,128	$43,320

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes 2,479,840 shares subject to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

(3)

$12,880 of such fee was previously paid and the remaining amount of $30,440 is being paid herewith.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated April 6, 2015.

16,532,272 Shares

Virtu Financial, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

           This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Virtu Financial, Inc. All of the 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock being offered are being sold by the Company.

           Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $17.00 and $19.00.

           Following this offering, Virtu Financial, Inc. will have four classes of authorized common stock. The Class A common stock offered hereby and the Class C common stock will have one vote per share. The Class B common stock and the Class D common stock will have 10 votes per share. TJMT Holdings LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Vincent Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, and certain trusts for the benefit of the Viola family and others will hold all of our issued and outstanding Class D common stock after this offering and will control more than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock. As a result, the Viola family will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets.

           We intend to list the Class A common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC ("NASDAQ") under the symbol "VIRT."

           We will be a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies, and therefore we will be permitted to, and we intend to, elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. See "Management — Controlled Company."

           We are an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" on page 28 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

		Per Share		Total
Initial public offering price	$		$
Underwriting discount	$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)	$		$

(1)

See "Underwriting."

           The shares of Class A common stock are being offered through the underwriters on a firm commitment basis, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement. To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 2,479,840 shares from us at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discount within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

           The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2015.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. J.P. Morgan Sandler O'Neill + Partners, L.P.

BMO Capital Markets Citigroup Credit Suisse Evercore ISI UBS Investment Bank

Academy Securities CIBC Rosenblatt Securities

Prospectus dated                          , 2015.

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give to you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date hereof.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	28
Forward-Looking Statements	54
Organizational Structure	56
Use of Proceeds	65
Dividend Policy	67
Capitalization	69
Dilution	70
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information	73
Selected Consolidated Financial Data	81
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	82
Business	108
Management	123
Executive Compensation	128
Principal Stockholders	144
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions	147
Description of Capital Stock	158
Shares Available for Future Sale	164
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations	167
Underwriting	172
Legal Matters	179
Experts	179
Where You Can Find More Information	179
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-1

Through and including                           , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

          Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were obtained through company research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and industry and general publications. Certain information contained in "Business" is based on studies, analyses and surveys prepared by the Bank for International Settlements, Bloomberg, BATS Global Markets, Inc., the Futures Industry Association, the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada and the World Federation of Exchanges. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors."

i

TRADEMARKS

          This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

ii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information about us and this offering but does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the discussion under the heading "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus includes forward looking-statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Forward-Looking Statements" for more information.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms "we," "us," "our," "Virtu" and the "Company" refer to Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the reorganization transactions described under " — Corporate History and Organizational Structure" below. Also, unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the reorganization transactions described below. "Virtu Financial" refers to Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a consolidated subsidiary of ours following the reorganization transactions.

Overview

          Virtu is a leading technology-enabled market maker and liquidity provider to the global financial markets. We stand ready, at any time, to buy or sell a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, and we generate revenue by buying and selling securities and other financial instruments and earning small amounts of money on individual transactions based on the difference between what buyers are willing to pay and what sellers are willing to accept, which we refer to as "bid/ask spreads," across a large volume of transactions. We make markets by providing quotations to buyers and sellers in more than 11,000 securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world. We believe that our broad diversification, in combination with our proprietary technology platform and low-cost structure, enables us to facilitate risk transfer between global capital markets participants by supplying liquidity and competitive pricing while at the same time earning attractive margins and returns.

          We believe that market makers like us serve an important role in maintaining and improving the overall health and efficiency of the global capital markets by continuously posting bids and offers for securities and other financial instruments and thereby providing to market participants an efficient means to transfer risk. Market participants benefit from the increased liquidity, lower overall trading costs and enhanced execution certainty that we provide. While in most cases we do not have customers in a traditional sense, we make markets for global banks, brokers and other intermediaries, in addition to retail and institutional investors, including corporations, individuals, hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and other investors, all of whom can access our liquidity on exchanges or venues in order to transfer risk in multiple securities and asset classes for their own accounts and/or on behalf of their customers. The following table illustrates our diversification and scale:

1

Asset Classes	Selected Venues in Which We Make Markets
North, Central and South America ("Americas") Equities	NYSE, NASDAQ, DirectEdge, NYSE Arca, NYSE MKT, BATS, IEX, TMX, ICE, CME, BM&F Bovespa, major private liquidity pools
Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") Equities	LSE, Deutsche Boerse, NASDAQ OMX, NYSE Euronext, Eurex, Chi-X, BME, XETRA, NYSE Liffe, Turquoise, Borsa Italiana, SIX Swiss Exchange, Johannesburg Stock Exchange
Asia and Pacific ("APAC") Equities	TSE, SGX, OSE, SBI Japannext, TOCOM
Global Commodities (including energy, metals and other commodities)	CME, ICE, TOCOM, SGX, NYSE Liffe, EBS
Global Currencies (including futures contracts in FX)	CME, ICE, Currenex, EBS, HotSpot, Reuters, FXall, LMAX
Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities	CBOE, PHLX, NYSE Arca Options, eSpeed, BOX, BrokerTec

          We refer to our market making activities as being "market neutral," which means that we are not dependent on the direction of any particular market and we do not speculate. Our market making activities are designed to minimize capital at risk at any given time by limiting the notional size of our positions. Our strategies are also designed to lock in returns through precise hedging in the primary instrument or in one or more economically equivalent instruments, as we seek to eliminate the price risk in any positions held. See "Business — Overview" for more information regarding our strategies. Our revenue generation is driven primarily by transaction volume across a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, asset classes and geographies. We avoid the risk of long or short positions in favor of seeking to earn small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes across thousands of securities and other financial instruments. The overall breadth and diversity of our market making activities, together with our real-time risk management strategy and technology, have enabled us to have only one overall losing trading day during a period of 1,485 trading days. While we seek to eliminate the price risk of long or short positions, a significant percentage of our trades are not profitable. For example, for the 252 trading days of 2014, we averaged approximately 5.3 million trades per day globally across all asset classes, and we profitably exited 49% of our overall positions.

          We do not engage in the types of principal investing and predictive, momentum and signal trading in which many other broker-dealers and trading firms engage. In fact, in order to minimize the likelihood of unintended activities by our market making strategies, if our risk management system detects a trading strategy generating revenues outside of our preset limits, it will freeze, or "lockdown," that strategy and alert risk management personnel and management. Although this approach may prevent us from maximizing potential returns in times of extreme market volatility, we believe the reduction in risk is an appropriate trade-off that is in keeping with our aim of generating consistently strong revenue from trading.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our total revenues were approximately $723.1 million and $664.5 million, respectively, our trading income, net, was approximately $685.2 million and $623.7 million, respectively, our Adjusted Net Trading Income was approximately $435.0 million and $414.5 million, respectively, our net income was approximately $190.1 million and $182.2 million, respectively, and our Adjusted Net Income was approximately $226.5 million and $215.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we earned approximately 26% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income from Americas equities (of which approximately 20% was attributable to U.S. equities and approximately 6% was attributable to Canadian and Latin American equities), 12% from EMEA equities, 7% from APAC equities, 21% from global commodities, 25% from global currencies and 10% from options, fixed income and other securities. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Trading Income to trading income, net, and Adjusted Net Income to net income,

2

see " — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data." Since our inception, we have sought to broadly diversify our market making across securities, asset classes and geographies, and as a result, for the year ended December 31, 2014, we achieved a diverse mix of Adjusted Net Trading Income results, with no one geography or asset class constituting more than 26% of our total Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Technology and operational efficiency are at the core of our business, and our focus on market making technology is a key element of our success. We have developed a proprietary, multi-asset, multi-currency technology platform that is highly reliable, scalable and modular, and we integrate directly with exchanges and other liquidity centers. Our market data, order routing, transaction processing, risk management and market surveillance technology modules manage our market making activities in an efficient manner and enable us to scale our market making activities globally and across additional securities and other financial instruments and asset classes without significant incremental costs or third-party licensing or processing fees.

Industry and Market Overview

          A "market maker" or "liquidity provider" is commonly defined by stock exchanges, futures exchanges and regulatory authorities around the world as a person or entity who provides continuous, two-sided quotes at multiple price levels at or near the best bid or offer, taking market risk, through a variety of exchanges and markets, which are accessible broadly and continuously for immediate execution. Market makers, like us, serve a critical role in the functioning of all financial markets by providing bids and offers for securities and other financial instruments. Market makers enhance liquidity and execution certainty for all market participants, enabling buyers and sellers to efficiently transfer risk, and are compensated for this service by earning a small amount of money on the bid/ask spread on individual transactions. A market maker's success depends on it posting competitive prices and accurately and efficiently responding to relevant market data.

          Historically, market making activities occurred on the physical floor of exchanges, where human traders would execute buy and sell orders for securities. Over the last 20 years, however, the global trading markets have been characterized by the electronification of trading, development of new asset classes, volume growth and improving technology and speed of communication. The advent of electronic trading venues has changed the traditional trading process for many types of securities in the equity, bond and currency markets. The practice of physical, "open outcry" trading has largely been replaced by electronic trading platforms. This shift, and the resulting increase in automation and speed and reduction in trading costs, has led to significant growth in electronic trading volumes, as implied by growth in the aggregate notional value and number of trades on exchanges around the world.

          Market structures have become increasingly complex and diverse. Although in some geographies and asset classes trading continues to occur through a single exchange, many markets for many asset classes, such as U.S. and European equities, have become increasingly fragmented. While we believe this fragmentation and related competition have been beneficial to all market participants, leading to more compressed bid/ask spreads and creating deeper liquidity, they have also created greater complexity and have required electronic market makers to expand their infrastructure to connect with more venues. We believe this trend will enable larger firms with scalable infrastructure, like us, to capture more of these opportunities.

Our Competitive Strengths

          Critical Component of an Efficient Market Eco-System.    As a leading, low-cost market maker dedicated to providing improved efficiency and liquidity across multiple securities, asset classes and geographies, we aim to provide critical market functionality and robust price competition, leading to reduced trading costs and more efficient pricing in the securities and other financial instruments in which we provide liquidity. This contribution to the financial markets, and the scale and diversity of our market making activities, provides added liquidity and transparency, which

3

we believe are necessary and valued components to the efficient functioning of market infrastructure and benefit all market participants. We support transparent and efficient, technologically advanced marketplaces and advocate for legislation and regulation that promotes fair and transparent access to markets.

          Cutting Edge, Proprietary Technology.    Technology is at the core of our business. Our team of software engineers develops all of our core software internally, and we utilize optimized infrastructure to integrate directly with the exchanges and other trading venues on which we provide liquidity. Wherever possible, we lease commercially available rack space that is co-located with, or in close proximity to, the exchanges and other venues where we provide liquidity. We do not pay any licensing or per-trade processing fees to any third parties, and the engineering cycles for enhancements or new technologies are entirely within our control. Our focus on technology and our ability to leverage our technology enables us to be one of the lowest cost providers of liquidity to the global electronic trading marketplace.

          Consistent, Diversified and Growing Revenue Base.    We generate revenues by making markets and earning small bid/ask spreads in more than 11,000 listed securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world. The reliability and scalability of our technology platform also allow us to capitalize on higher transaction volumes during periods of extraordinary market volatility and enable us to diversify our Adjusted Net Trading Income through asset class and geographic expansion. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2014, no single asset class or geography constituted more than 26% of our total Adjusted Net Trading Income. Our diversification, together with our revenue generation strategy of earning small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes across thousands of securities, enables us to deliver consistent Adjusted Net Trading Income under a wide range of market conditions.

          Low Costs and Large Economies of Scale.    Our high degree of automation, together with our ability to reduce external costs by internalizing certain trade processing functions, enables us to leverage our low market making costs over large trading volumes. Our market making costs are low due to several factors. As a self-clearing member of the Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), we avoid paying clearing fees to third parties in our U.S. equities market making business. In addition, because of our significant scale, we are able to obtain competitive pricing for trade processing functions and other costs that we do not internalize. Our significant volumes frequently place us in the lowest cost tiers of brokerage, clearing and exchange fees for venues that provide tiered pricing structures. Our low-cost structure allows us to maintain a marginal cost per trade that we believe is favorable compared to our competitors. Our scale is further demonstrated by our headcount — as of December 31, 2014, we had only 148 employees. Our business efficiency is also reflected in our operating margins and our Adjusted EBITDA margins.

          Real-Time Risk Management.    Our trading is designed to be non-directional, non-speculative and market neutral. Our market making strategies are designed to put minimal capital at risk at any given time by limiting the notional size of our positions. Our strategies are also designed to lock in returns through precise hedging in the primary instrument or in one or more economically equivalent instruments, as we seek to eliminate the price risk in any positions held. Our real-time risk management system is built into our trading platform and is an integral part of our order life-cycle, analyzing real-time pricing data and ensuring that our order activity is conducted within strict pre-determined trading and position limits. If our risk management system detects that a trading strategy is generating revenues or losses in excess of our preset limits, it will lockdown that strategy and alert management. In addition, our risk management system continuously reconciles our internal transaction records against the records of the exchanges and other liquidity centers with which we interact. As a result of our successful real-time risk management strategy, we have had only one losing trading day since January 1, 2008.

4

          Proven and Talented Management Team.    Our management team, with an average of approximately 20 years of industry experience, is led by individuals with diverse backgrounds and deep knowledge and experience in the development and application of technology to the electronic trading industry. Mr. Vincent Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, is the former Chairman of the NYMEX and has been a market maker his entire career since leaving active duty in the U.S. Army and joining the NYMEX in 1982. Mr. Viola is widely recognized as an innovator and pioneer in market making and electronic trading over his 30-plus year career. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Douglas A. Cifu, has been with us since our founding in 2008 and previously was a Partner with the international law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP. Our Chief Financial Officer, Joseph Molluso, has been with us since 2013 and previously was a Managing Director in the Investment Banking division at J.P. Morgan.

Our Key Growth Strategies

          Capitalize on secular growth in electronic trading of global listed securities markets and continue to increase market penetration.    We expect that global electronic trading volumes will continue to grow, driven by various factors, including technology, globalization, convergence of exchange and non-exchange markets and the evolving regulatory environment. According to the World Federation of Exchanges, the number of equity shares traded through an electronic order book grew at a compound annual rate of 15.8% since 2004, from approximately 3.5 billion shares in 2004 to approximately 15.1 billion shares in 2014. In addition, according to the Futures Industry Association, trading of futures and options on exchanges has grown at a compound annual rate of 9.4% since 2004, from 8.9 billion contracts in 2004 to 21.9 billion contracts in 2014, and we believe that a significant portion of this growth has come from the electronification of trading. Our ability to offer competitive bid and offer quotes, facilitated by our proprietary, scalable technology platform and our low-cost structure, has enabled us to grow our business and add trading volume at little incremental cost. As a result, we expect to be well positioned to capitalize on future growth in the global electronic trading markets, particularly in certain asset classes in which we have lower Adjusted Net Trading Income or are not yet a participant.

          Provide increasing liquidity across a wider range of new securities and other financial instruments.    We believe that the full implementation of the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") in the U.S. will increase transparency, liquidity and efficiency in global trading markets and encourage the further development of trading opportunities in certain asset classes in which highly liquid electronic markets remain limited or nonexistent due to historical reliance on bilateral voice trading and other inefficient processes. The migration of these products to electronic markets will provide us with an opportunity to deploy our market making strategies in asset classes that are not accessible to us currently including, for example, interest rate swaps, interest rate swap futures, credit default swap ("CDS") index futures and over-the-counter ("OTC") energy swaps.

          Grow geographically.    We trade on over 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools around the world, located in 34 countries. We look to expand into new geographies when access is available to us and the applicable regulatory scheme permits us to deploy our strategy. Given the scalability of our platform, we believe we will be able to expand into new geographies and begin generating revenues quickly with little incremental cost. We intend to continue to expand our market making business into new geographic locations, including locations in the EMEA and APAC markets, where we began making markets in 2008 and 2010, respectively. We entered the Japanese, Australian and certain other Asian markets beginning in late 2011, and we expect those markets to be growth areas for us.

          Leverage our technology to offer additional technology services to market participants.    We believe that our order management, market data, order routing, processing, risk management and market surveillance technology modules offer a key value proposition to market participants

5

and that sharing our technological capabilities with market participants in a manner that expands electronic trading will create more opportunities for market making as trading volumes increase. For example, we adapted our existing technology to provide a customized automated trading platform for foreign exchange products to a major financial institution. We believe this platform will increase transparency, liquidity and efficiency for that financial institution and will provide us with a unique opportunity to provide liquidity and market making services directly to other financial institutions as well. In 2014, we also entered into an order routing agreement with a registered broker-dealer in order to assist it in its execution of institutional order flow.

          Expand customized liquidity solutions.    We also provide liquidity and competitive pricing in foreign currency markets directly to market participants on our own trading platform called "VFX" and through other customized liquidity arrangements. We offered more than 75 different pairs of currency products as of December 31, 2014. We intend to offer this same type of customized liquidity in other asset classes globally.

          Pursue strategic partnerships and acquisitions.    We intend to selectively consider opportunities to grow through strategic partnerships or acquisitions that enhance our existing capabilities or enable us to enter new markets or provide new products and services. For example, the Madison Tyler Transactions described below created economies of scale with substantial synergy opportunities realized to date and allowed us to enhance our international presence. In addition, with our acquisition of the ETF market making assets of Nyenburgh Holding B.V. ("Nyenburgh") in the third quarter of 2012, we became an OTC market maker in ETFs and from time to time provide two-sided liquidity to a significant number of counterparties throughout Europe.

Recent Developments

          The following table presents ranges for our expected total revenues, Adjusted Net Trading Income, Trading income, net, Adjusted EBITDA, net income and Adjusted Net Income for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2015				Three Months Ended March 31, 2014		% Change
(In millions, except percentage)	Low		High		Actual		Low			High
Unaudited Financial Data
Total revenues	$	210	$	225	$	173		21	%		30	%
Adjusted Net Trading Income	$	140	$	150	$	106		32	%		42	%
Trading income, net	$	205	$	218	$	165		24	%		32	%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	99	$	105	$	71		40	%		48	%
Net income	$	70	$	76	$	49		44	%		55	%
Adjusted Net Income	$	81	$	87	$	56		45	%		56	%

          We expect total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to be between $210 million and $225 million, representing an increase of between 21% and 30% compared to the same period in 2014.

          We anticipate our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to be between $140 million and $150 million, representing an increase of between 32% and 42% compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in total revenues as well as the increase in Adjusted Net Trading Income was attributable to an increase in volumes and overall volatility in the majority of the markets in which we participate. Trading income, net, is expected to be between $205 million and $218 million, representing an increase of between 24% and 32% compared to the same period in 2014.

          We expect our Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to be between $99 million and $105 million, representing an increase of between 40% and 48% compared to the same period in 2014.

6

          For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our net income is estimated to be between $70 million and $76 million, representing an increase of between 44% and 55% compared to the same period in 2014 and our Adjusted Net Income is estimated to be between $81 million and $87 million, representing an increase of between 45% and 56% compared to the same period in 2014.

          The preliminary financial and other data set forth above has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. The foregoing information and estimates have not been compiled or examined by our independent registered public accounting firm nor have our independent registered public accounting firm performed any procedures with respect to this information or expressed any opinion or any form of assurance on such information. In addition, the foregoing information and estimates are subject to revision as we prepare our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, including all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Because we have not completed our normal quarterly closing and review procedures for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and subsequent events may occur that require material adjustments to these results, the final results and other disclosures for the three months ended March 31, 2015 may differ materially from these estimates. These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as a measure of performance. In addition, these estimated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for any future period. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements." These estimated results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our and Virtu Financial's audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          Adjusted Net Trading Income, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are non-GAAP financial measures. For a description of these measures and their limitations, see footnotes 6 and 7 in "—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

          The following table reconciles trading income, net, to Adjusted Net Trading Income:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2015						Three Months Ended March 31, 2014			% Change
(In millions, except percentages)	Low			High			Actual			Low			High
Unaudited Financial Data
Trading income, net	$	205		$	218		$	165			24	%		32	%
Interest and dividends income		5			6			6
Interest and dividends expense		(10	)		(11	)		(10	)
Brokerage, exchange, clearance fees		(60	)		(63	)		(55	)
Adjusted Net Trading Income	$	140		$	150		$	106			32	%		42	%

7

          The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2015				Three Months Ended March 31, 2014		% Change
(In millions, except percentages)	Low		High		Actual		Low			High
Unaudited Financial Data
Net income	$	70	$	76	$	49		45	%		56	%
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		8		8		8
Depreciation and amortization		10		10		6
Provision for Income Taxes		2		2		1
EBITDA	$	90	$	96	$	64		41	%		50	%
Termination of office leases		3		3		—
Acquisition related retention bonus		—		—		1
Stock-based compensation		6		6		6
Adjusted EBITDA	$	99	$	105	$	71		40	%		48	%

          The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted Net Income:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2015				Three Months Ended March 31, 2014		% Change
(In millions, except percentages)	Low		High		Actual		Low			High
Unaudited Financial Data
Net Income	$	70	$	76	$	49		44	%		55	%
Termination of office leases		3		3		—
Equipment write-off		2		2		—
Acquisition related retention bonus		—		—		1
Stock-based compensation		6		6		6
Adjusted Net Income	$	81	$	87	$	56		45	%		56	%

Risks Associated with Our Business

          While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our key growth strategies above, we face numerous risks and uncertainties in operating our business, which may negatively impact our competitive strengths, prevent us from implementing our key growth strategies or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Below is a summary of certain risk factors associated with our business that you should consider in evaluating an investment in shares of our Class A common stock.

•

Because our revenues and profitability depend on trading volume and volatility in the markets in which we operate, they are subject to factors beyond our control, are prone to significant fluctuations and are difficult to predict. Decreases in market volumes and lower levels of volatility generally result in lower revenues from our market making activities, which could inhibit our plans to capitalize on growth in electronic trading, to provide liquidity across a wider range of new securities and other financial instruments and to grow geographically.

•

We are dependent upon our trading counterparties and clearing houses to perform their obligations to us. If our trading counterparties do not meet their obligations to us, or if any central clearing parties fail to properly manage defaults by market participants, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

8

•

We may incur material trading losses from our market making activities despite our real-time risk management system.

•

We face competition in our market making activities and we may be unable to sustain what we believe are our existing business advantages or compete with new market participants with greater financial and other resources than us.

•

Regulatory and legal uncertainties could harm our business. These uncertainties could increase our costs and inhibit our plan to provide liquidity in new securities and other financial instruments as new regulations cause migration of certain products to electronic markets. The risk of unfavorable regulatory or legal changes may be enhanced by recent scrutiny of electronic trading and market structure from regulators, lawmakers and the financial news media.

•

We are subject to risks relating to litigation and potential securities law liability, which could increase our costs and negate any competitive advantage we have based on our low-cost structure.

•

We depend on our customized technology, and our future results may be negatively impacted if we cannot remain technologically competitive.

•

Our reliance on our computer systems and software could expose us to great financial harm if any of our computer systems or software were subject to any material disruption or corruption and could compromise any competitive advantage we have based on our proprietary technology.

•

We may experience risks associated with future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or dispositions of businesses, and we may never realize the anticipated benefits of such activities. Although growing geographically and pursuing strategic partnerships and acquisitions are two of our key growth strategies, these activities may not be successful and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

•

We are dependent on the continued service of certain key executives, the loss or diminished performance of whom could negatively impact one of our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

•

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

          The above list is not exhaustive. See "Risk Factors" on page 27 for a more thorough discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties we face.

Corporate History and Organizational Structure

          We and our predecessors have been in the electronic trading and market making business for approximately 12 years. We currently conduct our business through Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries. On July 8, 2011, we completed our acquisition of Madison Tyler Holdings, LLC ("Madison Tyler Holdings"), which was co-founded in 2002 by Mr. Vincent Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman. In connection with the acquisition, Virtu Financial paid approximately $536.5 million in cash and issued interests in Virtu Financial to the members of Madison Tyler Holdings and Virtu Financial Operating LLC ("Virtu East"). We refer to the acquisition of Madison Tyler Holdings and the related transactions as the "Madison Tyler Transactions." To finance the Madison Tyler Transactions, (i) an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners invested approximately $250.0 million in Virtu Financial, (ii) an affiliate of Mr. Viola invested approximately $19.6 million in Virtu Financial and (iii) Virtu Financial borrowed approximately $304.4 million, net of fees and expenses, under a term loan facility, which we refer to (as amended to date) as our "senior secured

9

credit facility." The business that comprises Virtu Financial today is the result of the Madison Tyler Transactions, which combined Virtu East, our historical business, with Madison Tyler Holdings.

          On December 31, 2014, through a series of transactions, Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, whom we refer to as "Temasek," acting through two indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired (i) direct interests in Virtu Financial from affiliates of Silver Lake Partners, Virtu Financial and a member of management (other than Messrs. Viola and Cifu and their affiliates) and (ii) indirect interests in Virtu Financial by acquiring an interest in an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners. For more information, see "Organizational Structure — The Temasek Transaction."

The Reorganization Transactions

          Prior to the consummation of the reorganization transactions described below and this offering, all of Virtu Financial's outstanding equity interests, including its Class A-1 interests, Class A-2 capital interests, Class A-2 profits interests and Class B interests, are owned by the following persons, whom we refer to collectively as the "Virtu Pre-IPO Members":

•

three affiliates of Mr. Viola, whom we refer to collectively as the "Founder Pre-IPO Members";

•

an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners, whom we refer to as the "Silver Lake Pre-IPO Member";

•

an affiliate of Temasek, whom we refer to as the "Temasek Pre-IPO Member";

•

an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, whom we refer to as the "SLT Pre-IPO Member" and whom we refer to collectively with the Silver Lake Pre-IPO Member and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member as the "Investor Pre-IPO Members";

•

two entities, both of which are managed by Mr. Viola, whose equityholders include certain members of the management of Virtu Financial, whom we refer to together as the "Management Vehicles." Certain of the equity interests held by the Management Vehicles are subject to vesting restrictions; and

•

certain current and former members of the management of Virtu Financial and Madison Tyler Holdings and their affiliates, whom we refer to collectively as the "Management Members." Certain of the equity interests held by the Management Members are subject to vesting restrictions.

          Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to commence an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the "reorganization transactions." In connection with the reorganization transactions, the following steps will occur:

•

we will become the sole managing member of Virtu Financial;

•

in a series of transactions, one of the Management Vehicles will liquidate, with its equity interests in Virtu Financial either being distributed to its members, including certain members of management, or contributed to the other Management Vehicle (which we refer to as "Virtu Employee Holdco") and certain employees of ours based outside the United States will contribute their interests in Virtu Employee Holdco to a trust, whose trustee is one of our subsidiaries;

•

two of the Founder Pre-IPO Members will liquidate and distribute their equity interests in Virtu Financial to their equityholders, one of whom is TJMT Holdings LLC, the third Founder Pre-IPO Member;

•

the SLT Pre-IPO Member will distribute its equity interests in Virtu Financial to its equityholders, which consist of investment funds and other entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners and Temasek;

•

following a series of transactions, we will acquire equity interests in Virtu Financial as a result of certain mergers involving wholly owned subsidiaries of ours, an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member (the "Mergers"), and in

10

exchange we will issue to an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners, whom we refer to as the "Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder," and an affiliate of Temasek, whom we refer to as the "Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder" and whom we refer to together with the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder as the "Investor Post-IPO Stockholders," shares of our Class A common stock and rights to receive payments under a tax receivable agreement described below. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be based on the value of the Virtu Financial equity interests that we acquire, which will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of Virtu Financial and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering;

•

all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial's non-voting common interest units, which we refer to as "Virtu Financial Units." The number of Virtu Financial Units to be issued to each member of Virtu Financial will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of Virtu Financial and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering. The Virtu Financial Units received by Virtu Employee Holdco and the Management Members will have the same vesting restrictions as the equity interests being reclassified. Vested Virtu Financial Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from Virtu Financial. Subject to certain exceptions, unvested Virtu Financial Units will not be entitled to receive such distributions (other than tax distributions). If any unvested Virtu Financial Units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by Virtu Financial for no consideration (and we will cancel the related shares of Class C common stock (described below) for no consideration);

•

we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and will be authorized to issue four classes of common stock: Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock, which we refer to collectively as our "common stock." The Class A common stock and Class C common stock will each provide holders with one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and the Class B common stock and Class D common stock will each provide holders with 10 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of Class C common stock and Class D common stock will not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) provided to holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These attributes are summarized in the following table:

Class of Common Stock	Votes		Economic Rights
Class A common stock		1	Yes
Class B common stock		10	Yes
Class C common stock		1	No
Class D common stock		10	No

Shares of our common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders;

•

the remaining members of Virtu Financial after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, other than us, whom we refer to collectively as the "Virtu Post-IPO Members," will subscribe for and purchase shares of our common stock as follows, in each case at a purchase price of $0.00001 per share and in an amount equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units held by each such Virtu Post-IPO Member:

•

TJMT Holdings LLC, whom we refer to as the "Founder Post-IPO Member," will purchase 79,902,009 shares of our Class D common stock; and

•

affiliates of Silver Lake Partners, whom we refer to as the "Silver Lake Post-IPO Members," Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members will purchase 36,380,722 shares of our Class C common stock; and

11

•

the Founder Post-IPO Member will be granted the right to exchange its Virtu Financial Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class D common stock, for shares of our Class B common stock, and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members will be granted the right to exchange their Virtu Financial Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class C common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock. Each share of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock or Class C common stock, respectively.

          See "Organizational Structure" for further details.

          After the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

•

we intend to contribute $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Virtu Financial (or $55.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for a number of Virtu Financial Units equal to the contribution amount divided by the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering (1,388,889 Virtu Financial Units at the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,313,174 Virtu Financial Units), and such contribution amount will be used by Virtu Financial for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include financing growth; and

•

we intend to use the remaining approximately $253.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering (or $262.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 7,365,606 Virtu Financial Units from certain employees) at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. None of the Founder Pre-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, Mr. Cifu or any of their family members intends to sell any equity interests in the Company in connection with the reorganization transactions or this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock will be purchased from our existing 5% equityholders, directors or executive officers.

          We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $10.2 million. All of such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by Virtu Financial.

          See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders" for further details.

12

          The following diagram depicts our organizational structure following the reorganization transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including all of the transactions described above (assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure:

*

Includes 3,150,057 unvested Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock.

**

Represents economic interest in Virtu Financial, Inc. and not Virtu Financial LLC.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will be appointed as the sole managing member of Virtu Financial pursuant to Virtu Financial's limited liability company agreement. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of Virtu Financial and will also have a substantial financial interest in Virtu Financial, we will consolidate the financial results of Virtu Financial, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the non-controlling interest to reflect the entitlement of the Virtu Post-IPO Members to a portion of Virtu Financial's net income (loss). In addition, because Virtu Financial will be under the common control of Mr. Viola and his affiliates before and after the reorganization transactions, we will account for the reorganization transactions as a reorganization of entities under common control and will initially measure the interests of the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in the assets and

13

liabilities of Virtu Financial at their carrying amounts as of the date of the completion of this reorganization transactions.

          Upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, we will hold approximately 23.4% of the outstanding Virtu Financial Units, the Virtu Post-IPO Members will hold approximately 76.6% of the outstanding Virtu Financial Units and approximately 96.3% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will hold approximately 1.8% of the combined voting power of our common stock and the investors in this offering will hold approximately 1.9% of the combined voting power of our common stock. See "Organizational Structure," "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" and "Description of Capital Stock" for more information on the rights associated with our capital stock and the Virtu Financial Units.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will acquire existing equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the Mergers described under "Organizational Structure — The Reorganization Transactions." In addition, as described above, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and certain employees. These acquisitions of interests in Virtu Financial will result in tax basis adjustments to the assets of Virtu Financial that will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, respectively, are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions. In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will enter into tax receivable agreements that will obligate us to make payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders generally equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that we actually realize as a result of these tax attributes and tax attributes resulting from payments made under the tax receivable agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these tax savings. See "Organizational Structure — Holding Company Structure and Tax Receivable Agreements" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreements."

New Revolving Credit Facility

          We have obtained commitments from a syndicate of lenders, subject to customary conditions in addition to the consummation of this offering, to provide us with a new revolving credit facility in the amount of $100 million for general corporate purposes. This new revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the "new revolving credit facility," will be implemented pursuant to an amendment to our senior secured credit facility, will be secured on a pari passu basis with the existing term loan under our senior secured credit facility and will be subject to the same financial covenants and negative covenants. Although we have obtained commitments for the new revolving credit facility, the commitments are subject to conditions and there can be no assurance that we will successfully enter into the new revolving credit facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Credit Facilities."

Our Principal Equityholders

          Following the reorganization transactions and this offering, the Founder Post-IPO Member will control approximately 93.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or 93.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based on an

14

assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). As a result, the Founder Post-IPO Member will control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. Because the Founder Post-IPO Member will hold more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, we will be a "controlled company" under the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Therefore we will be permitted to, and we intend to, elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. See "Management — Controlled Company."

          In addition, we will enter into a stockholders agreement that will provide affiliates of Silver Lake Partners with the right to nominate one Class III director for election to our board of directors so long as affiliates of Silver Lake Partners continue to own at least 30% of the Class A common stock held by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners immediately prior to this offering (calculated assuming that all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock are exchanged for Class A common stock). Mr. Viola and the Founder Post-IPO Member will agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the nominee. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement" for additional information. We refer to affiliates of Silver Lake Partners that own equity interests in our Company from time to time as the "Silver Lake Equityholders."

          The Founder Post-IPO Member is controlled by family members of Mr. Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman. Mr. Viola has successfully led our Company since our inception and is one of the nation's foremost leaders in electronic trading. He was the founder of Virtu East in 2008, a founder of Madison Tyler Holdings in 2002 and the former Chairman of the New York Mercantile Exchange ("NYMEX"). None of the Founder Pre-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola or any of his family members intends to sell any equity interests in the Company in connection with the reorganization transactions or this offering.

          Silver Lake is a global investment firm focused on the technology, technology-enabled and related growth industries with offices in Menlo Park, New York, London, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Tokyo. Silver Lake was founded in 1999 and has over $23 billion in combined assets under management and committed capital across its large-cap private equity, middle-market private equity, growth equity and credit investment strategies.

          Incorporated in 1974, Temasek is an investment company based in Singapore, with a S$223 billion (US$177 billion) portfolio as of March 31, 2014. Temasek's portfolio encompasses companies across a broad spectrum of sectors, financial services; transportation, logistics and industrials; telecommunications, media and technology; life sciences, consumer and real estate; and energy and resources. In addition to Singapore, Temasek has offices in 10 other cities around the world, including Beijing, Shanghai, Mumbai, São Paulo, Mexico City, London and New York. We refer to Temasek entities that own equity interests in our Company prior to this offering, namely Wilbur Investments LLC and Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., as the "Temasek Equityholders."

Corporate Information

          We were formed as a Delaware corporation on October 16, 2013. We are a newly formed corporation, have no material assets and have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure." Our corporate headquarters are located at 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and our telephone number is (212) 418-0100. Our website address is www.virtu.com. Information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

15

The Offering

Class A common stock outstanding before this offering	18,837,464 shares.
Class A common stock offered by us	16,532,272 shares.
Option to purchase additional shares	We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 2,479,840 shares of Class A common stock from us within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering	31,899,012 shares (51.8% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) (or 34,378,852 shares (55.3% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). If, immediately after this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, all of the Virtu Post-IPO Members elected to exchange their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, and any such shares of our Class B common stock were then converted into shares of Class A common stock, 136,509,084 shares of our Class A common stock would be outstanding (12.1% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) (or 138,433,368 shares (13.7% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering	None.
Class C common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering	24,708,063 shares (or 24,152,507 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of our Class C common stock have voting but no economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) and will be issued in an amount equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units held by the Virtu Post-IPO Members other than the Founder Post-IPO Member. When a Virtu Financial Unit, together with a share of our Class C common stock, is exchanged for a share of our Class A common stock, the corresponding share of our Class C common stock will be cancelled.

16

Class D common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering	79,902,009 shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of our Class D common stock have voting but no economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) and will be issued in an amount equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units held by the Founder Post-IPO Member. When a Virtu Financial Unit, together with a share of our Class D common stock, is exchanged for a share of our Class B common stock, the corresponding share of our Class D common stock will be cancelled.
Voting rights	Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, representing an aggregate of 3.7% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (or 4.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
	Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to 10 votes per share. Because no shares of Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our Class B common stock will initially represent none of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock.
	Each share of our Class C common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, representing an aggregate of 2.9% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (or 2.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).
	Each share of our Class D common stock entitles its holder to 10 votes per share, representing an aggregate of 93.4% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (or 93.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).
	All classes of our common stock generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, our Class D common stock will be held exclusively by the Founder Post-IPO Member and our Class C common stock will be held by the Virtu Post-IPO Members other than the Founder Post-IPO Member. See "Description of Capital Stock."

17

Exchange/conversion	Virtu Financial Units held by the Founder Post-IPO Member, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class D common stock, may be exchanged for shares of our Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis.
	Virtu Financial Units held by the Virtu Post-IPO Members other than the Founder Post-IPO Member, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class C common stock, may be exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
	Each share of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock or Class C common stock, respectively.
	Each share of our Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock and each share of our Class D common stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class C common stock (a) immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by a Founder Post-IPO Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees, subject to certain limited exceptions, such as transfers to permitted transferees, or (b) if the Founder Post-IPO Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees own less than 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
Use of proceeds	We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $276.8 million (or approximately $318.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $20.8 million, based on an assumed initial offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
	• we intend to contribute $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Virtu Financial (or $55.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for a number of Virtu Financial Units equal to the contribution amount divided by the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering (1,388,889 Virtu Financial Units at the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,313,174 Virtu Financial Units), and such contribution amount will be used by Virtu Financial for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include financing growth; and

18

•

we intend to use the remaining approximately $253.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering (or $262.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 7,365,606 Virtu Financial Units from certain employees) at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. None of the Founder Pre-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, Mr. Cifu or any of their family members intends to sell any equity interests in the Company in connection with the reorganization transactions or this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock will be purchased from our existing 5% equityholders, directors or executive officers.

Virtu Financial will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. We have broad discretion as to the application of such net proceeds to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may use such net proceeds to finance growth through the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, products, services or technologies that are complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions or other strategic transactions.

We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $10.2 million. All of such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by Virtu Financial.

See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders" for further details.

19

Dividend policy	Commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share to holders of our Class A common stock. Subject to the sole discretion of our board of directors and the considerations discussed below, we intend to pay dividends that will annually equal, in the aggregate, between 70% and 100% of our net income. The payment of dividends will be subject to general economic and business conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility, which we refer to as our "credit agreement," business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.
	Because we will be a holding company and our principal asset after the consummation of this offering will be our direct and indirect equity interests in Virtu Financial, we will fund dividends by causing Virtu Financial to make distributions to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and us.
	Following the consummation of this offering, before any other distributions are made to us and the Virtu Post-IPO Members by Virtu Financial, Virtu Financial will distribute to certain Virtu Pre-IPO Members as of a record date prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, pro rata in accordance with their respective interests in classes of equity entitled to participate in operating cash flow (as defined under "Dividend Policy") distributions, operating cash flow of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries for the fiscal period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on the date of the consummation of the reorganization transactions, less any reserves established during this period and less any operating cash flow for this period previously distributed to such Virtu Pre-IPO Members. We expect this distribution will be funded from cash on hand.
	See "Dividend Policy."
Proposed NASDAQ symbol	"VIRT."
Risk factors	You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

          Unless we indicate otherwise throughout this prospectus, the number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering excludes:

•

shares issuable pursuant to stock options and restricted stock units with respect to an aggregate amount of 9,223,000 shares of Class A common stock that we expect to issue in connection with this offering under the Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan (the "2015 Management Incentive Plan"). See "Executive Compensation — IPO Equity Grants";

•

additional shares issuable pursuant to stock options, restricted stock units or other equity-based awards with respect to an aggregate amount of 2,777,000 shares of Class A common stock, that we expect to remain available for issuance under the 2015 Management

20

Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering. See "Executive Compensation — 2015 Management Incentive Plan";

•

24,708,063 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock), and 79,902,009 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class D common stock); and

•

79,902,009 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the conversion of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock.

          Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes (i) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to 2,479,840 additional shares from us and (ii) an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

21

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

          The following tables set forth summary historical consolidated financial and other data of Virtu Financial for the periods presented. We were formed as a Delaware corporation on October 16, 2013 and have not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

          The consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from Virtu Financial's audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          The pro forma consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2014 give effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and (ii) the creation or acquisition of certain tax assets in connection with this offering and the reorganization transactions and the creation of related liabilities in connection with entering into the tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2014. The pro forma consolidated statement of financial condition data as of December 31, 2014 give effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure," (ii) the creation or acquisition of certain tax assets in connection with this offering and the reorganization transactions and the creation of related liabilities in connection with entering into the tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders, (iii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering and (iv) cash distributions by Virtu Financial to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million in January 2015, $20.0 million in February 2015 and $10.0 million in March 2015 and anticipated cash distributions by Virtu Financial to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million prior to the consummation of this offering and $50.0 million following the consummation of this offering, as if each had occurred on December 31, 2014. We expect that the anticipated cash distributions to the pre-IPO equityholders following the consummation of this offering will be funded from cash on hand and excess cash held at clearing deposits from broker-dealers and clearing organizations. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information."

          The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and other data presented below do not purport to be indicative of the results that can be expected for any future period and should be read together with "Capitalization," "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

22

Results of Operations" and our and Virtu Financial's audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

				Years Ended Dec. 31,
	Pro Forma Year Ended Dec. 31, 2014
(In thousands)				2014		2013		2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data:
Revenues
Trading income, net	$	685,150		$	685,150	$	623,733	$	581,476
Interest and dividends income		27,923			27,923		31,090		34,152
Technology services		9,980			9,980		9,682		—
Total revenues		723,053			723,053		664,505		615,628
Operating Expenses
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		230,965			230,965		195,146		200,587
Communication and data processing		68,847			68,847		64,689		55,384
Employee compensation and payroll taxes(1)		103,036			84,531		78,353		63,836
Interest and dividends expense		47,083			47,083		45,196		48,735
Operations and administrative		21,923			21,923		27,215		27,826
Depreciation and amortization		30,441			30,441		23,922		17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211			211		1,011		71,654
Acquisition cost		—			—		—		69
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639			2,639		6,705		6,151
Impairment of intangible assets		—			—		—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—			—		—		6,134
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing(2)		—			—		10,022		—
Initial public offering fees and expenses(3)		8,961			8,961		—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses(4)		3,000			3,000		—		—
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		28,322			30,894		24,646		26,460
Total operating expenses		545,428			529,495		476,905		526,300
Income before income taxes		177,625			193,558		187,600		89,328
Provision for income taxes		18,256			3,501		5,397		1,768
Net income	$	159,369		$	190,057	$	182,203	$	87,560
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		(133,379	)		—		—		—
Net income attributable to Virtu Financial, Inc.		25,990			—		—		—
Basic and diluted earnings per share to Class A common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.81			—		—		—
Diluted	$	0.81			—		—		—
Weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic		31,899,012			—		—		—
Diluted		31,899,012			—		—		—

	Pro Forma as of Dec. 31, 2014		As of Dec. 31,
(In thousands)			2014		2013
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,114	$	75,864	$	66,010
Total assets		3,309,887		3,324,561		3,963,570
Senior secured credit facility		500,827		500,827		507,725
Total liabilities		2,993,531		2,817,863		3,510,282
Class A-1 redeemable interest(4)		—		294,433		250,000
Total members'/stockholders' equity		55,975		212,265		203,288

23

				Years Ended Dec. 31,
	Pro Forma Year Ended Dec. 31, 2014
(In thousands)				2014			2013			2012
Unaudited Financial Data:
Adjusted Net Income(5)	$	214,353		$	226,536		$	215,372		$	188,305
EBITDA(5)		236,599			255,104			247,201			205,417
Adjusted EBITDA(5)		291,372			291,372			269,337			234,508
Adjusted Net Trading Income(6)		435,025			435,025			414,481			366,306
Operating margin(7)		49	%		52	%		52	%		51	%
Adjusted EBITDA margin(7)		67	%		67	%		65	%		64	%

(1)

Primarily reflects approximately $12.3 million of compensation expense in respect of the time-based vesting of pre-IPO Class B interests in Virtu Financial vesting upon the consummation of this offering.

(2)

In connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, Virtu Financial entered into a $320.0 million senior secured credit facility, which was subsequently refinanced. A portion of certain financing costs incurred in connection with the original credit facility that were scheduled to be amortized over the five-year term of the loan, including original issue discount and underwriting and legal fees, were accelerated and recognized at the closing of the refinancing.

(3)

Initial public offering fees and expenses reflect costs directly attributable to the Company's initial public offering process, which was postponed in April 2014. The Company accounted for such costs in accordance with ASC 340-10, Other Assets and Deferred Costs. ASC 340 states that costs directly attributable to a successfully completed offering of equity securities may be deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital, but for an offering postponed for a period greater than 90 days, the offering costs must be charged as an expense in the period the offering process was postponed.

(4)

Transaction advisory fees reflect professional fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Temasek Transaction (as defined below), which was consummated on December 31, 2014.

(5)

The Class A-1 interests of Virtu Financial are convertible by the holders at any time into an equivalent number of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial and, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, holders are entitled to receive distributions up to specified preference amounts before holders of Class A-2 capital interests are entitled to receive distributions. In connection with the reorganization transactions, all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial Units. See "Organizational Structure — The Reorganization Transactions."

(6)

"Adjusted Net Income" measures our operating performance by adjusting net income to exclude amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software, debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, impairment of intangible assets, lease abandonment, acquisition cost, terminated transaction fees and expenses, initial public offering fees and expenses, transaction advisory fees and expenses, expenses associated with termination of London leases, severance, acquisition related retention bonus and stock-based compensation expense. "EBITDA" measures our operating performance by adjusting net income to exclude financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility, debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, depreciation and amortization, amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software and income tax expense, and "Adjusted EBITDA" measures our operating performance by further adjusting EBITDA to exclude impairment of intangible assets, lease abandonment, terminated transaction fees and expenses, initial public offering fees and expenses, transaction advisory fees and expenses, expenses associated with termination of London leases, severance, acquisition related retention bonus and stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures used by management in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions. In addition, Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA or similar non-GAAP measures are used by research analysts, investment bankers and lenders to assess our operating performance. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide indicators of general economic performance that are not affected by fluctuations in certain costs or other items. Accordingly, management believes that these measurements are useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, our credit agreement contains covenants and other tests based on metrics similar to Adjusted EBITDA. Other companies may define Adjusted Net Income or Adjusted EBITDA differently, and as a result our measures of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to those of other companies. Although we use Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial measures to assess the performance of our business, such use is limited because they do not include certain material costs necessary to operate our business. Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for,

24

net income in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Adjusted Net Income and our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

•

they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•

our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payment on our debt;

•

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any cash requirement for such replacements or improvements;

•

they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

•

they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; and

•

they do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended as alternatives to net income as indicators of our operating performance and should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss), cash flows from operations and cash flow data. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted Net Income:

			Years Ended Dec. 31,
	Pro Forma Year Ended Dec. 31, 2014
(In thousands)			2014		2013		2012
Net income	$	159,369	$	190,057	$	182,203	$	87,560
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211		211		1,011		71,654
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—		—		10,022		—
Impairment of intangible assets		—		—		—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—		—		—		6,134
Acquisition cost		—		—		—		69
Terminated transaction fees and expenses(a)		—		—		—		4,727
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961		8,961		—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000		3,000		—		—
Expenses associated with termination of London leases(b)		849		849		—		—
Severance(c)		4,786		4,786		1,990		2,123
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639		2,639		6,705		6,151
Stock-based compensation		34,538		16,033		13,441		8,398
Adjusted Net Income	$	214,353	$	226,536	$	215,372	$	188,305

(a)

Represents expense of $4.7 million incurred in connection with our attempt to purchase a publicly traded market making and financial services firm during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the professional and other fees incurred in connection therewith.



(b)

Represents deferred lease write-off of $0.4 million and one-time payment of $0.4 million for the termination of the lease of our London office.



(c)

Represents expense of $4.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million incurred for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily relating to the employee costs associated with consolidation of operations following the Madison Tyler Transactions.

25

The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

			Years Ended Dec. 31,
	Pro Forma Year Ended Dec. 31, 2014
(In thousands)			2014		2013		2012
Net income	$	159,369	$	190,057	$	182,203	$	87,560
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		28,322		30,894		24,646		26,460
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—		—		10,022		—
Depreciation and amortization		30,441		30,441		23,922		17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211		211		1,011		71,654
Income tax expense		18,256		3,501		5,397		1,768
EBITDA	$	236,599	$	255,104	$	247,201	$	205,417
Impairment of intangible assets		—		—		—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—		—		—		6,134
Acquisition cost		—		—		—		69
Terminated transaction fees and expenses(a)		—		—		—		4,727
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961		8,961		—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000		3,000		—		—
Expenses associated with termination of London leases(b)		849		849		—		—
Severance(c)		4,786		4,786		1,990		2,123
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639		2,639		6,705		6,151
Stock-based compensation		34,538		16,033		13,441		8,398
Adjusted EBITDA	$	291,372	$	291,372	$	269,337	$	234,508

(a)

Represents expense of $4.7 million incurred in connection with our attempt to purchase a publicly traded market making and financial services firm during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the professional and other fees incurred in connection therewith.



(b)

Represents deferred lease write-off of $0.4 million and one-time payment of $0.4 million for the termination of the lease of our London office.



(c)

Represents expense of $4.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million incurred for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily relating to the employee costs associated with consolidation of operations following the Madison Tyler Transactions.

(7)

"Adjusted Net Trading Income" is the amount of revenue we generate from our market making activities, or trading income, net, plus interest and dividends income and expense, net, less direct costs associated with those revenues, including brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net. Rather than analyzing these components of our operating results individually, we generally view them on an aggregate basis in the context of Adjusted Net Trading Income. Adjusted Net Trading Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our total Adjusted Net Trading Income is the primary metric used by management in evaluating performance, making strategic decisions and allocating resources, and the primary factor influencing Adjusted Net Trading Income is volume levels. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted Net Trading Income provides an indicator of the performance of our market making activities that is not affected by revenues or expenses that are not directly associated with such activities. Accordingly, management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Although we use Adjusted Net Trading Income as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted Net Trading Income is limited because it does not include certain material costs that are necessary to operate our business. Adjusted Net Trading Income should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, trading income, net, in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by revenues or expenses that are not directly associated with our market making activities. Adjusted Net Trading Income is limited as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

26

The following table reconciles trading income, net, to Adjusted Net Trading Income:

	Pro Forma Year Ended Dec. 31, 2014			Years Ended Dec. 31,
(In thousands)				2014			2013			2012
Trading income, net	$	685,150		$	685,150		$	623,733		$	581,476
Interest and dividends income and expense, net		(19,160	)		(19,160	)		(14,106	)		(14,583	)
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		(230,965	)		(230,965	)		(195,146	)		(200,587	)
Adjusted Net Trading Income	$	435,025		$	435,025		$	414,481		$	366,306

The following table shows our Adjusted Net Trading Income, average daily Adjusted Net Trading Income and percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income by asset class for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

	Years Ended Dec. 31,
	2014									2013									2012
(In thousands, except percentages)	Total			Average Daily(a)			%			Total			Average Daily(a)			%			Total			Average Daily(a)			%
Adjusted Net Trading Income:
Asset Class
Americas Equities(b)	$	113,402		$	450			26	%	$	111,098		$	441			27	%	$	108,845			435			30	%
EMEA Equities		51,604			205			12	%		44,435			176			11	%		45,799			183			13	%
APAC Equities		29,965			119			7	%		45,566			181			11	%		41,924			168			11	%
Global Commodities		93,083			369			21	%		94,934			377			23	%		96,602			386			26	%
Global Currencies		109,693			435			25	%		81,014			321			20	%		50,766			203			14	%
Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities		42,321			168			10	%		38,499			153			9	%		26,628			106			7	%
Unallocated(c)		(5,043	)		(20	)		(1	)%		(1,065	)		(4	)		(1	)%		(4,258	)		(17	)		(1	)%
Total Adjusted Net Trading Income	$	435,025		$	1,726			100	%	$	414,481		$	1,645			100	%	$	366,306		$	1,464			100	%

(a)

Average daily Adjusted Net Trading Income figures are based on (i) 252 trading days during the year ended December 31, 2014, (ii) 252 trading days during the year ended December 31, 2013 and (iii) 250 trading days during the year ended December 31, 2012.



(b)

In 2014, our Adjusted Net Trading Income, average daily Adjusted Net Trading Income and percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income for Americas Equities consisted of approximately $86.5 million, $343,000 and 20%, respectively, attributable to U.S. equities, and approximately $26.9 million, $107,000 and 6%, respectively, attributable to Canadian and Latin American equities.



(c)

Under our methodology for recording "trading income, net" in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, we recognize revenues based on the exit price of assets in accordance with applicable U.S. GAAP rules, and when we calculate Adjusted Net Trading Income for corresponding reporting periods, we start with trading income, net, so calculated. By contrast, when we calculate Adjusted Net Trading Income by asset class, we recognize revenues on a daily basis, and as a result prices used in recognizing revenues may differ. Because we provide liquidity on a global basis, across asset classes and time zones, the timing of any particular daily Adjusted Net Trading Income calculation can effectively defer or accelerate revenue from one day to another or one reporting period to another, as the case may be. We do not allocate any resulting differences based on the timing of revenue recognition.

(8)

We calculate "operating margin" by dividing Adjusted Net Income by Adjusted Net Trading Income. We calculate "Adjusted EBITDA margin" by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by Adjusted Net Trading Income. Operating margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures used by management in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions. Other companies may define operating margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin differently, and as a result our measures may not be directly comparable to those of other companies. These measures should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as measures of our operating performance.

27

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before investing in our Class A common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The market price of our Class A common stock could decline if one or more of these risks or uncertainties develop into actual events, causing you to lose all or part of your investment. While we believe these risks and uncertainties are especially important for you to consider, we may face other risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our business. Certain statements contained in the risk factors described below are forward-looking statements. See "Forward-Looking Statements" for more information.

Risks Related to Our Business

Because our revenues and profitability depend on trading volume and volatility in the markets in which we operate, they are subject to factors beyond our control, are prone to significant fluctuations and are difficult to predict.

          Our revenues and profitability depend in part on the level of trading activity of securities, derivatives and other financial products on exchanges and in other trading venues in the U.S. and abroad, which are directly affected by factors beyond our control, including economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance and changes in the markets in which such transactions occur. Weaknesses in the markets in which we operate, including economic slowdowns in recent years, have historically resulted in reduced trading volumes for us. Declines in trading volumes generally result in lower revenues from market making and transaction execution activities. Lower levels of volatility generally have the same directional impact. Declines in market values of securities or other financial instruments can also result in illiquid markets, which can also result in lower revenues and profitability from market making and transaction execution activities. Lower price levels of securities and other financial instruments, as well as compressed bid/ask spreads, which often follow lower pricing, can further result in reduced revenues and profitability. These factors can also increase the potential for losses on securities or other financial instruments held in inventory and failures of buyers and sellers to fulfill their obligations and settle their trades, as well as claims and litigation. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the past, our revenues and operating results have varied significantly from period to period due primarily to movements and trends in the underlying markets and to fluctuations in trading volumes and volatility levels. As a result, period to period comparisons of our revenues and operating results may not be meaningful, and future revenues and profitability may be subject to significant fluctuations or declines.

We are dependent upon our trading counterparties and clearing houses to perform their obligations to us.

          Our business consists of providing consistent two-sided liquidity to market participants across numerous geographies and asset classes. In the event of a systemic market event, resulting from large price movements or otherwise, certain market participants may not be able to meet their obligations to their trading counterparties, who, in turn, may not be able to meet their obligations to their other trading counterparties, which could lead to major defaults by one or more market participants. Following the implementation of certain mandates under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. and similar legislation worldwide, many trades in the securities and futures markets, and an increasing number of trades in the over-the-counter derivatives markets, are cleared through central counterparties. These central counterparties assume, and specialize in managing, counterparty performance risk relating to such trades. However, even when trades are cleared in this manner, there can be no assurance that a clearing house's risk management methodology will be adequate to manage one or more defaults. Given the concentration of counterparty performance risk that is concentrated in central clearing parties, any failure by a clearing house to properly manage a

28

default could lead to a systemic market failure. If our trading counterparties do not meet their obligations to us, or if any central clearing parties fail to properly manage defaults by market participants, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur losses in our market making activities in the event of failures of our customized trading platform.

          The success of our market making business is substantially dependent on the accuracy and performance of our customized trading platform, which evaluates and monitors the risks inherent in our market making strategies, assimilates market data and reevaluates our outstanding quotes continuously throughout the trading day. Our strategies are designed to automatically rebalance our positions throughout the trading day to manage risk exposures on our positions. Flaws in our strategies, latencies or inaccuracies in the market data that we use to generate our quotes, or human error in managing risk parameters or other strategy inputs, may lead to unexpected and unprofitable trades, which may result in material trading losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur material trading losses from our market making activities.

          A significant portion of our revenues and operating profits are derived from our trading as principal in our role as a formal or registered market maker and liquidity provider on various exchanges and markets, including as a designated market maker ("DMM") on the New York Stock Exchange. We may incur trading losses relating to these activities since each primarily involves the purchase, sale or short sale of securities, futures and other financial instruments for our own account. In any period, we may incur significant trading losses for a variety of reasons, including price changes, lack of liquidity in instruments in which we have positions and the required performance of our market making obligations. Furthermore, we may from time to time develop large position concentrations in securities or other financial instruments of a single issuer or issuers engaged in a specific industry, or alternatively a single future or other financial instrument, which would result in the risk of higher trading losses than if our concentration were lower.

          These risks may limit or restrict, for example, our ability to either resell securities we have purchased or to repurchase securities we have sold. In addition, we may experience difficulty borrowing securities to make delivery to purchasers to whom we have sold securities short or lenders from whom we have borrowed securities.

          In our role as a market maker, we attempt to derive a profit from bid/ask spreads. However, competitive forces often require us to match or improve upon the quotes that other market makers display, thereby narrowing bid/ask spreads, and to hold long or short positions in securities, futures or other financial instruments. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage these risks successfully or that we will not experience significant losses from such activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Our risk management activities utilize a four-pronged approach, consisting of strategy lockdowns, centralized strategy monitoring, aggregate exposure monitoring and operational controls. In particular, messages that leave our trading environment first must pass through a series of preset risk controls or "lockdowns" that are intended to minimize the likelihood of unintended activities. In certain cases this layer of risk management, which adds a layer of latency to our process, may limit our ability to profit from acute volatility in the markets. This would be the case, for example, where a particular strategy being utilized by one of our traders is temporarily locked down for generating revenue in excess of the preset risk limit. Even if we are able to quickly and correctly identify the reasons for a lockdown and quickly resume the trading strategy, we may limit our potential upside as a result of our risk management policies.

29

The valuation of the securities we hold at any particular time may result in large and occasionally anomalous swings in the value of our positions and in our earnings in any period.

          The market prices of our long and short positions are reflected on our books at closing prices, which are typically the last trade prices before the official close of the primary exchange on which each such security trades. Given that we manage a globally integrated portfolio, we may have large and substantially offsetting positions in securities that trade on different exchanges that close at different times of the trading day and may be denominated in different currencies. Further, there may be large and occasionally anomalous swings in the value of our positions on any particular day and in our earnings in any period. Such swings may be especially pronounced on the last business day of each calendar quarter, as the discrepancy in official closing prices resulting from the asynchronous closing times may cause us to recognize a gain or loss in one quarter which would be substantially offset by a corresponding loss or gain in the following quarter.

We are exposed to losses due to lack of perfect information.

          As a market maker, we provide liquidity by consistently buying securities from sellers and selling securities to buyers. We may at times trade with others who have information that is more accurate or complete than the information we have, and as a result we may accumulate unfavorable positions preceding large price movements in a given instrument. Should the frequency or magnitude of these events increase, our losses would likely increase correspondingly, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face competition in our market making activities.

          Revenues from our market making activities depend on our ability to offer to buy and sell financial instruments at prices that are attractive and represent the best bid and/or offer in a given instrument at a given time. To attract order flow, we compete with other firms not only on our ability to provide liquidity at competitive prices, but also on other factors such as order execution speed and technology. Our competitors include other registered market makers as well as unregulated or lesser-regulated trading firms that also compete to provide liquidity. Our competitors range from sole proprietors with very limited resources to highly sophisticated groups, hedge funds, well-capitalized broker-dealers and proprietary trading firms or other market makers that have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. These larger and better capitalized competitors may be better able to respond to changes in the market making industry, to compete for skilled professionals, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth, to manage costs and expenses and to compete for market share generally. Trading firms that are not registered as broker-dealers or broker-dealers not registered as market makers may in some instances have certain advantages over more regulated firms, including our subsidiaries, that may allow them to bypass regulatory restrictions and trade more cheaply than more regulated participants on some markets or exchanges. In addition, we may in the future face enhanced competition from new market participants that may also have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, which may result in compressed bid/ask spreads in the marketplace that may negatively impact our financial performance. Moreover, current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties or may consolidate to enhance their services and products. The trend toward increased competition in our business is expected to continue, and it is possible that our competitors may acquire increased market share. Increased competition or consolidation in the marketplace could reduce the bid/ask spreads on which our business and profitability depend. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to liquidity risk in our operations.

          We require liquidity to fund various ongoing obligations, including operating expenses, capital expenditures, debt service and dividend payments. Our main sources of liquidity are cash flow from

30

the operations of our subsidiaries, our broker-dealer revolving credit facility (described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Credit Facilities"), margin financing provided by our prime brokers and cash on hand. Our liquidity could be materially impaired by a number of factors, including reduced business activity due to a market downturn, adverse regulatory action or a downgrade of our credit rating. If our business activities decrease or we are unable to borrow additional funds in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Self-clearing and other elements of our trade processing operations expose us to significant operational, financial and liquidity risks.

          We currently self-clear substantially all of our domestic equity trades and may expand our self-clearing operations internationally and across product offerings and asset classes in the future. Self-clearing exposes our business to operational risks, including business disruption, operational inefficiencies, liquidity, financing risks, counterparty performance risk and potentially increased expenses and lost revenue opportunities. While our clearing platform, operational processes, risk methodologies, enhanced infrastructure and current and future financing arrangements have been carefully designed, we may nevertheless encounter difficulties that may lead to operating inefficiencies, including delays in implementation, disruption in the infrastructure that supports the business, inadequate liquidity and financial loss. Any such delay, disruption or failure could negatively impact our ability to effect transactions and manage our exposure to risk and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Rules governing designated market makers may require us to make unprofitable trades or prevent us from making profitable trades from time to time.

          DMMs are granted certain rights and have certain obligations to "make a market" in a particular security. They agree to specific obligations that are designed to maintain a fair and orderly market. In acting as a DMM, we are subject to a high degree of risk by having to support an orderly market. In this role, we may at times be required to make trades that negatively impact our profitability. In addition, we may at times be unable to trade for our own account in circumstances in which it may be to our advantage to trade, and we may be obligated to act as a principal when buying and selling interest is unbalanced. In those instances, we may take a position counter to the market, buying or selling securities to support an orderly market. Additionally, the rules of the markets that govern our activities as a DMM and the interpretations of such rules are subject to change. If these rules or interpretations impose new or more stringent obligations on us, our trading revenues and profits as a DMM could be negatively impacted and we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory and legal uncertainties could harm our business.

          Securities and derivatives businesses are heavily regulated. Firms in the financial services industry have been subject to an increasingly regulated environment over recent years, and penalties and fines sought by regulatory authorities have increased considerably. In addition, following recent news media attention to electronic trading and market structure, this regulatory and enforcement environment has created uncertainty with respect to various types of transactions that historically had been entered into by financial services firms and that were generally believed to be permissible and appropriate. "High frequency" and other forms of low latency or electronic trading strategies continue to be the focus of extensive regulatory scrutiny by federal, state and foreign regulators and self-regulatory organizations ("SROs"), and such scrutiny is likely to continue. While we do not engage in the type of principal investing or predictive, momentum or signal trading that are often associated with high frequency trading, our market making and trading activities are characterized by substantial volumes, an emphasis on technology and certain other characteristics that are also commonly associated with high frequency trading. Specifically, both the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") have issued general concept releases on

31

market structure requesting comment from market participants on topics including, among others, high frequency trading, co-location, dark liquidity pre- and post-trade risk controls and system safeguards. The SEC has adopted rules that, among other results, have significantly limited the use of sponsored access by market participants to the U.S. equities exchanges, imposed large trader reporting requirements, restricted short sales in listed securities under certain conditions and required the planning and creation of a new comprehensive consolidated audit trail. The SEC has also approved by order a proposal adopted by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") establishing a "Limit Up-Limit Down" mechanism to address market volatility.

          In addition, certain market participants, SROs, government officials and regulators have requested that the U.S. Congress and the SEC propose and adopt additional laws and rules, including rules relating to restrictions on co-location, order-to-execution ratios, minimum quote life for orders, incremental messaging fees to be imposed by exchanges for "excessive" order placements and/or cancellations, further transaction taxes, tick sizes and other market structure proposals. For example, the SEC recently adopted Regulation SCI, which could impose significant compliance and other costs on market centers that may have to pass such costs on to their users, including us, and could impact our future business plans of establishing a market center to avoid or reduce market center costs for certain of our transactions. Similarly, the consolidated audit trail, which the SEC has required the SROs to propose a plan for and will require them to implement, is expected to entail significant costs both on market centers, which may pass these costs along to their users, and broker-dealers directly. In February 2015, the NYSE proposed a new rule to conduct a daily single-priced auction at a specified time in lower volume securities ("Midday Auction"). Beginning at a specified time, the NYSE would pause trading in the Midday Auction, suspend automatic executions and publish a zero quote on both the public and proprietary data feeds. If adopted, the new rule could result in reduced opportunities for liquidity providers to provide liquidity in such lower-volume securities outside the Midday Auction while reducing spreads during the Midday Auction. The SEC also required that the SROs propose a pilot program to increase the minimum trading increment, or "tick size," for certain securities. The proposed pilot program would include a "trade at" component, requiring that certain of these transactions occur only on an exchange. If adopted as proposed and not accompanied by a reduction in the fees paid to access liquidity on exchanges, the trade at requirement may increase the costs for certain of our transactions. Finally, the SEC has recently proposed amendments to regulations that would require our registered broker dealer to become a member of FINRA, which, if adopted as proposed, would require fees per trade that could adversely affect our profits given that we seek to make small profits on individual trades.

          Any or all of these proposals or additional proposals may be adopted by the SEC, CFTC or other U.S. or foreign legislative or regulatory bodies, and recent news media attention to electronic trading and market structure could increase the likelihood of adoption. These potential market structure and regulatory changes could cause a change in the manner in which we make markets, impose additional costs and expenses on our business or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          In addition, the financial services industry is heavily regulated in many foreign countries, much like in the U.S. The varying compliance requirements of these different regulatory jurisdictions and other factors may limit our ability to conduct business or expand internationally. For example, the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive ("MiFID"), which was implemented in November 2007, is in the process of being replaced by MiFID II/Markets in Financial Investments Regulation ("MiFIR"), which was adopted by the European Parliament on April 15, 2014 and by the Council on May 13, 2014, and entered into force on July 2, 2014. The MiFID II/MiFIR proposals include many changes likely to affect our business. For example, MiFID II/MiFIR will require certain types of firms, including us, to post firm quotes at competitive prices and will supplement current requirements with regard to investment firms' risk controls related to the safe operation of electronic systems. MiFID II/MiFIR

32

will also impose additional requirements on market structure, such as the introduction of a harmonized tick size regime, the introduction of new trading Organized Trading Facilities, new open access provisions, market making requirements and various other pre- and post-trade risk management requirements. Each of these and other proposals may impose technological and compliance costs on us. Any of these laws, rules or regulations, if adopted, as well as changes in legislation or regulation and changes in market customs and practices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks may be enhanced by recent scrutiny of electronic trading and market structure from regulators, lawmakers and the financial news media.

          In addition, we maintain borrowing facilities with banks, prime brokers and Futures Commission Merchants ("FCMs"), and obtain uncommitted margin financing from our prime brokers and FCMs, which are in many cases affiliated with banks. In response to the financial crisis, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued a new, more stringent capital and liquidity framework known as Basel III, which national banking regulators are in the process of implementing in the various jurisdictions in which our lenders may be incorporated. As these rules are implemented and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, certain of our lenders may revise the terms of our borrowing facilities or margin financing arrangements, reduce the amount of financing they provide, or cease providing us financing, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Non-compliance with applicable laws or regulatory requirements could negatively impact our reputation, prospects, revenues and earnings.

          Our subsidiaries are subject to regulations in the U.S., and our foreign subsidiaries are subject to regulations abroad, in each case covering all aspects of their business. Regulatory bodies that exercise or may exercise authority over us include, without limitation, in the U.S., the SEC, FINRA, the Chicago Stock Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the CFTC, the National Futures Association ("NFA") and the various state securities regulators; in Ireland, the Central Bank of Ireland; in Switzerland, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority; in France, the Autorité des Marchés Financiers ("AMF"); in the United Kingdom, the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"); in Hong Kong, the Securities and Futures Commission ("SFC"); in Australia, the Australian Securities and Investment Commission; in Canada, the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada and various Canadian provincial securities commissions; in Singapore, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange; and in Japan, the Financial Services Agency and the Japan Securities Dealers Association. Our mode of operation and profitability may be directly affected by additional legislation and changes in rules promulgated by various domestic and foreign government agencies and SROs that oversee our businesses, in addition to changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, including the potential imposition of additional capital and margin requirements and/or transaction taxes. While we endeavor to timely deliver required annual filings in all jurisdictions, we cannot guarantee that we will meet every applicable filing deadline globally. Certain of our subsidiaries have yet to complete statutorily required filings for the year ended December 31, 2013. Noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations could result in sanctions being levied against us, including fines, penalties, disgorgement and censures, suspension or expulsion from a certain jurisdiction, SRO or market or the revocation or limitation of licenses. Noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations could also negatively impact our reputation, prospects, revenues and earnings. In addition, changes in current laws or regulations or in governmental policies could negatively impact our operations, revenues and earnings.

          Domestic and foreign stock exchanges, other SROs and state and foreign securities commissions can censure, fine and issue cease-and-desist orders to suspend or expel a broker-dealer or other market participant or any of its officers or employees. Our ability to comply with all

33

applicable laws and rules is largely dependent on our internal systems to ensure compliance, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. We could be subject to disciplinary or other actions in the future due to claimed noncompliance, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have been, are currently, and may in the future be, the subject of one or more regulatory or SRO enforcement actions, including but not limited to targeted and routine regulatory inquiries and investigations involving Regulation NMS, Regulation SHO, capital requirements and other domestic and foreign securities rules and regulations. We and other broker-dealers and trading firms have also been the subject of requests for information and documents from the SEC and the State of New York Office of the Attorney General ("NYAG"). We have been cooperating and complying with the SEC's and NYAG's requests for information and documents. Our business or reputation could be negatively impacted if it were determined that disciplinary or other enforcement actions were required. For example, the CFTC has requested certain information from us relating to our trading during the period from July 2011 to February 2014. We do not believe that our trading activity during this time period violated any statute or CFTC regulatory provision, but we cannot predict the outcome of this inquiry. In addition, the AMF is examining the trading activities of a subsidiary of Madison Tyler Holdings in certain French listed equity securities in or around 2009. The AMF board, upon the report of its investigation division, has decided to refer the matter to the AMF enforcement committee who could decide to impose administrative sanctions or monetary penalties for market manipulation or breach of professional obligations applicable to us. While we maintain that the trading activity under review was conducted appropriately and in compliance with applicable law and regulation, a determination that disciplinary or other enforcement actions are required could negatively impact our reputation and business. To continue to operate and to expand our services internationally, we will have to comply with the regulatory controls of each country in which we conduct or intend to conduct business, the requirements of which may not be clearly defined. The varying compliance requirements of these different regulatory jurisdictions, which are often unclear, may limit our ability to continue existing international operations and further expand internationally.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory capital requirements could subject us to sanctions imposed by the SEC, FINRA and other SROs or regulatory bodies.

          Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital rules of the SEC, FINRA, other SROs and foreign regulators. These rules, which specify minimum capital requirements for our regulated subsidiaries, are designed to measure the general financial integrity and liquidity of a broker-dealer and require that at least a minimum part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form. In general, net capital is defined as net worth (assets minus liabilities), plus qualifying subordinated borrowings, less certain mandatory deductions that result from, among other things, excluding assets that are not readily convertible into cash and from valuing conservatively certain other assets. Among these deductions are adjustments, commonly called haircuts, which reflect the possibility of a decline in the market value of an asset before disposition, and non-allowable assets.

          Failure to maintain the required minimum capital may subject our regulated subsidiaries to a requirement to cease conducting business, suspension, revocation of registration or expulsion by the applicable regulatory authorities, and ultimately could require the relevant entity's liquidation. Events relating to capital adequacy could give rise to regulatory actions that could limit business expansion or require business reduction. SEC and SRO net capital rules prohibit payments of dividends, redemptions of stock, prepayments of subordinated indebtedness and the making of any unsecured advances or loans to a stockholder, employee or affiliate, in certain circumstances, including if such payment would reduce the firm's net capital below required levels. Similar issues and risks arise in connection with the capital adequacy requirements of foreign regulators.

          A change in the net capital rules, the imposition of new rules or any unusually large charges against net capital could limit our operations that require the intensive use of capital and also could

34

restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our broker-dealer subsidiaries. A significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against net capital could negatively impact our ability to expand or even maintain our present levels of business. Similar issues and risks arise in connection with the capital adequacy requirements of foreign regulators. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to risks relating to litigation and potential securities law liability.

          We are exposed to substantial risks of liability under federal and state securities laws and other federal and state laws and court decisions, as well as rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the CFTC, state securities regulators, SROs and foreign regulatory agencies. These risks may be enhanced by recent scrutiny electronic trading and market structure from regulators, lawmakers and the financial news media. We are also subject to the risk of litigation and claims that may be without merit. From time to time, we, our officers, directors and employees may be named in legal actions, regulatory investigations and proceedings, arbitrations and administrative claims and be subject to claims alleging the violations of laws, rules and regulations, some of which may ultimately result in the payment of fines, awards, judgments and settlements. We could incur significant legal expenses in defending ourselves against and resolving lawsuits or claims even if we believe them to be meritless. An adverse resolution of any future lawsuits or claims against us could result in a negative perception of our Company and cause the market price of our common stock to decline or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Proposed legislation in the European Union, the U.S. and other jurisdictions that would impose taxes on certain financial transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

          On February 14, 2013, the European Commission tabled a proposal for a Council Directive to implement an enhanced cooperation procedure among 11 European Union Member States (Belgium, Germany, Estonia, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia) for the purposes of a financial transaction tax among those Member States. Diplomats from the 11 EU member states had initially aimed to come to an agreement on the future European tax on financial transactions by the end of 2014; however, consensus on the final terms is not likely to be reached until the middle of 2015, with the proposal being implemented not earlier than 2016. The exact terms of the process by which such a financial transaction tax would be implemented are under consideration by the European Commission, but the envisioned tax would broadly apply to transactions in financial instruments, including equities, certain derivatives and potentially some other financial instruments. In September 2013, the European Legal Service issued an opinion questioning the legal validity of the European Commission's proposal, creating uncertainty as to the status of the proposal's implementation. Similarly, in 2013, U.S. Representative Peter DeFazio and former Senator Thomas Harkin introduced proposed legislation, a bill entitled the "Wall Street Trading and Speculators Tax Act," which would have, subject to certain exceptions, imposed an excise tax on the purchase of a security, including equities, bonds, debentures, other debt and interests in derivative financial instruments, if the purchase occured or was cleared on a trading facility in the U.S. and the purchaser or seller is a U.S. person. More recently, U.S. Representative Chris Van Hollen presented an "action plan" that included a financial transaction fee. These proposed transaction taxes would apply to certain aspects of our business and transactions in which we are involved. Any such tax would increase our cost of doing business to the extent that (i) the tax is regularly applicable to transactions in the markets in which we operate, (ii) the tax does not include exceptions for market makers or market making activities that is broad enough to cover our activities or (iii) we are unable to widen our bid/ask spreads in the markets in which such a tax would be applicable to compensate for its imposition. Furthermore, the proposed taxes may reduce or negatively impact trading volume and transactions on which we are dependent for revenues.

35

While it is difficult to assess the impact the proposed taxes could have on us, if either transaction tax is implemented or any similar tax is implemented in any other jurisdiction in which we operate, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could suffer a material adverse effect, and could be impacted to a greater degree than other market participants.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations may increase costs, reduce profits, limit growth or subject us to broader liability.

          Our business operations in countries outside the U.S. are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA") and trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (the "OFAC"). The FCPA is intended to prohibit bribery of foreign officials and requires companies whose securities are listed in the U.S. to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect those companies' transactions and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against designated foreign states, organizations and individuals. We have policies in place reasonably designed to comply with applicable OFAC sanctions, rules and regulations. In addition, some of our operations may be subject to laws and regulations of non-U.S. jurisdictions containing prohibitions on bribery and other corrupt business activities. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties, reputational harm, incarceration of employees and restrictions on our operations and cash flows.

We depend on our technology, and our future results may be negatively impacted if we cannot remain technologically competitive.

          We believe that our success in the past has largely been attributable to our technology, which has taken many years to develop. If technology equivalent to ours becomes more widely available for any reason, our operating results may be negatively impacted. Additionally, adoption or development of similar or more advanced technologies by our competitors may require that we devote substantial resources to the development of more advanced technology to remain competitive. Regulators and exchanges may also introduce risk control and other technological requirements on our business that could result in increased costs of compliance and divert our technological resources away from their primary strategy development and maintenance duties. The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing trading systems, practices and techniques. The widespread adoption of new internet, networking or telecommunications technologies or other technological changes could require us to incur substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our services or infrastructure. We may not be able to anticipate or respond adequately or in a cost-efficient and competitive manner to technological advancements (including advancements related to low-latency technologies, execution and messaging speeds) or changing industry standards. If any of these risks materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our reliance on our computer systems and software could expose us to great financial harm if any of our computer systems or software were subject to any material disruption or corruption.

          We rely significantly on our computer systems and software to receive and properly process internal and external data and utilize such data to generate orders and other messages. A disruption or corruption of the proper functioning of our computer systems or software could cause us to make erroneous trades, which could result in material losses. We cannot guarantee that our efforts to maintain competitive computer systems and software will be successful. Our computer systems and software may fail or be subject to bugs or other errors, resulting in service interruptions or other unintended consequences. If any of these risks materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

36

Our failure to protect our systems and network against cybersecurity breaches, or otherwise protect confidential and proprietary information, could damage our reputation and negatively impact our business.

          Our cybersecurity measures may not detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems, including denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted by our systems or that we otherwise maintain. Breaches of our cybersecurity measures could result in any of the following: unauthorized access to our systems; unauthorized access to and misappropriation of information or data, including confidential or proprietary information about ourselves, third parties with whom we do business or our proprietary systems; viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being placed in our systems; deletion or modification of client information; or a denial-of-service or other interruptions to our business operations. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers, we may be unable to anticipate these attacks or to implement adequate preventative measures. While we have not suffered any material breach of our cybersecurity, any actual or perceived breach of our cybersecurity could damage our reputation, expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, require us to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Capacity constraints, systems failures, malfunctions and delays could harm our business.

          Our business activities are heavily dependent on the integrity and performance of the computer and communications systems supporting them. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, software bugs and errors, electronic and physical security breaches, natural disasters, power loss, utility or internet outages, computer viruses, intentional acts of vandalism, terrorism and other similar events. Extraordinary trading volumes or other events could cause our computer systems to operate in ways that we did not intend, at an unacceptably low speed or even fail. While we have invested significant amounts of capital to upgrade the capacity, reliability and scalability of our systems, there can be no assurance that our systems will always operate properly or be sufficient to handle such extraordinary trading volumes. Any disruption for any reason in the proper functioning or any corruption of our software or erroneous or corrupted data may cause us to make erroneous trades or suspend our services and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Although our systems and infrastructure are generally designed to accommodate additional growth without redesign or replacement; we may need to make significant investments in additional hardware and software to accommodate growth. Failure to make necessary expansions and upgrades to our systems and infrastructure could not only limit our growth and business prospects but could also cause substantial losses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Since the timing and impact of disasters and disruptions are unpredictable, we may not be able to respond to actual events as they occur. Business disruptions can vary in their scope and significance and can affect one or more of our facilities. Further, the severity of the disruption can also vary from minimal to severe. Although we have employed significant effort to develop, implement and maintain reasonable disaster recovery and business continuity plans, we cannot guarantee that our systems will fully recover after a significant business disruption in a timely fashion or at all. If we are prevented from using any of our current trading operations, or if our business continuity operations do not work effectively, we may not have complete business

37

continuity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Failure or poor performance of third-party software, infrastructure or systems on which we rely could adversely affect our business.

          We depend on third parties to provide and maintain certain infrastructure that is critical to our business. For example, we rely on third parties to provide software, data center services and dedicated fiber optic, microwave, wireline and wireless communication infrastructure. This infrastructure may malfunction or fail due to events outside of our control, which could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any failure to maintain and renew our relationships with these third parties on commercially favorable terms, or to enter into similar relationships in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          We also rely on certain third-party software, third-party computer systems and third-party service providers, including clearing systems, exchange systems, alternate trading systems, order routing systems, internet service providers, communications facilities and other facilities. Any interruption in these third-party services or software, deterioration in their performance, or other improper operation could interfere with our trading activities, cause losses due to erroneous or delayed responses, or otherwise be disruptive to our business. If our arrangements with any third party are terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of software or systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. This could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The use of open source software may expose us to additional risks.

          We use software development tools covered by open source licenses and may incorporate such open source software into our proprietary software from time to time. "Open source software" refers to any code, shareware or other software that is made generally available to the public without requiring payment of fees or royalties and/or that may require disclosure or licensing of any software that incorporates such source code, shareware or other software. Given the nature of open source software, third parties might assert contractual or copyright and other intellectual property-related claims against us based on our use of such tools and software programs or might seek to compel the disclosure of the source code of our software or other proprietary information. If any such claims materialize, we could be required to (i) seek licenses from third parties in order to continue to use such tools and software or to continue to operate certain elements of our technology, (ii) release certain proprietary software code comprising our modifications to such open source software, (iii) make our software available under the terms of an open source license or (iv) re-engineer all, or a portion of, that software, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we monitor the use of all open source software in our solutions, processes and technology and try to ensure that no open source software is used (i) in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related solution when we do not wish to do so nor (ii) in connection with critical or fundamental elements of our software or technology, such use may have inadvertently occurred in deploying our proprietary solutions. If a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our solutions. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with usage

38

of open source software cannot be eliminated and could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights or may be prevented from using intellectual property necessary for our business.

          We rely primarily on trade secret, trademark, domain name, copyright and contract law to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology. It is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property or proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our rights. For example, while we have a policy of entering into confidentiality, intellectual property invention assignment and/or non-competition and non-solicitation agreements or restrictions with our employees, independent contractors and business partners, such agreements may not provide adequate protection or may be breached, or our proprietary technology may otherwise become available to or be independently developed by our competitors. Third parties have alleged and may in the future allege that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. Third parties may initiate litigation against us without warning, or may send us letters or other communications that make allegations without initiating litigation. We may elect not to respond to these letters or other communications if we believe they are without merit, or we may attempt to resolve these disputes out of court by negotiating a license, but in either case it is possible that such disputes will ultimately result in litigation. Any such claims could interfere with our ability to use technology or intellectual property that is material to the operation of our business. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties, such as entities that purchase intellectual property assets for the purpose of bringing infringement claims. We also periodically employ individuals who were previously employed by our competitors or potential competitors, and we may therefore be subject to claims that such employees have used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers.

          In the future, we may have to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Any such litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and the diversion of resources and the attention of management. If unsuccessful, such litigation could result in the loss of important intellectual property rights, require us to pay substantial damages, subject us to injunctions that prevent us from using certain intellectual property, require us to make admissions that affect our reputation in the marketplace and require us to enter into license agreements that may not be available on favorable terms or at all. Finally, even if we prevail in any litigation, the remedy may not be commercially meaningful or fully compensate us for the harm we suffer or the costs we incur. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to risks associated with our international operations and expansion.

          We are exposed to risks and uncertainties inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the heavily regulated broker-dealer industry. Such risks and uncertainties include political, economic and financial instability, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, exchange rate fluctuations, applicable currency controls, the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds, limitations on our ability to repatriate non-U.S. earnings in a tax efficient manner and difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including reliance on local experts.

          In addition, the varying compliance requirements of these different regulatory jurisdictions and other factors may limit our ability to successfully conduct or expand our business internationally

39

and may increase our costs of investment. Expansion into international locations involves substantial operational and execution risk. We may not be able to manage these costs or risks effectively.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could negatively impact our earnings.

          A significant portion of our international business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of our non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Although we closely monitor potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies, and where cost-justified we adopt strategies that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on our financial performance, including the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with borrowings in the same currency and the use of various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in managing our foreign exchange risk. Our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations will grow if the relative contribution of our operations outside the U.S. increases. Any material fluctuations in currencies could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may experience risks associated with future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or dispositions of businesses, and we may never realize the anticipated benefits of such activities.

          As a part of our business strategy, we may make acquisitions or significant investments in and/or disposals of businesses. Any such future acquisitions, investments and/or dispositions would be accompanied by risks such as difficulties in assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies or businesses, diversion of our management's attention from ongoing business concerns, our potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation or disposition of operations, maintenance of uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the impairment of existing relationships with employees, contractors, suppliers and customers as a result of the integration of new management personnel and cost-saving initiatives.

          We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully integrate any company or business that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could harm our current business.

          In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transactions, and there may be other unanticipated or unidentified effects. While we would seek protection, for example, through warranties and indemnities in the case of acquisitions, significant liabilities may not be identified in due diligence or come to light after the expiration of warranty or indemnity periods. Additionally, while we would seek to limit our ongoing exposure, for example, through liability caps and period limits on warranties and indemnities in the case of disposals, some warranties and indemnities may give rise to unexpected and significant liabilities. If we fail to realize any such anticipated benefits, or if we experience any such unanticipated or unidentified effects in connection with any future acquisitions, investments or dispositions, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our future efforts to sell shares of our common stock or raise additional capital may be delayed or prohibited by regulations.

          As certain of our subsidiaries are members of FINRA and other SROs, we are subject to certain regulations regarding changes in ownership or control and material changes in operations. For example, FINRA's NASD Rule 1017 generally provides that FINRA approval must be obtained in connection with certain change of ownership or control transactions, such as a transaction that

40

results in a single entity or person owning 25% or more our equity. Similarly, Virtu Financial Ireland Limited, one of our Irish subsidiaries, is subject to change in control regulations promulgated by the Central Bank of Ireland. As a result of these regulations, our future efforts to sell shares of our common stock or raise additional capital may be delayed or prohibited. We may be subject to similar restrictions in other jurisdictions in which we operate.

We are dependent on the continued service of certain key executives, the loss or diminished performance of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business.

          Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our senior management, including Mr. Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, Mr. Cifu, our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Molluso, our Chief Financial Officer. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into employment and/or severance protection agreements with certain members of our senior management team that will restrict their ability to compete with us should they decide to leave our Company. Even if we have entered into these agreements, we cannot be sure that any member of our senior management will remain with us or that they will not compete with us in the future. The loss of any member of our senior management team could impair our ability to execute our business plan and growth strategy and have a negative impact on our revenues, in addition to potentially causing employee morale problems and/or the loss of key employees. In particular, Messrs. Viola and Cifu invest in other businesses and spend time on such matters, which could divert their attention from us. We contemplate that our employment agreement with Mr. Cifu will specifically permit his participation in and attention to certain other business activities, including but not necessarily limited to his role as the Vice Chairman and Alternate Governor of the Florida Panthers, a National Hockey League franchise, and his role as a director of the Independent Bank Group, Inc., a regional bank holding company. We cannot guarantee that these or other permitted outside activities will not impact his performance as Chief Executive Officer.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

          Our future success depends, in part, upon our continued ability to identify, attract, hire and retain highly qualified personnel, including skilled technical, management, product and technology, trading, sales and marketing personnel, all of whom are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense and we cannot assure you that we will be able to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to meet our requirements, or that we will be able to do so at salary, benefit and other compensation costs that are acceptable to us or that would allow us to achieve operating results consistent with our historical results. A loss of qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We could lose significant sources of revenues if we were to lose access to an important exchange or other trading venue.

          Changes in applicable laws, regulations or rules promulgated by exchanges could conceivably prevent us from providing liquidity to an exchange or other trading venue where we provide liquidity today. Though our revenues are diversified across exchanges and other trading venues, asset classes and geographies, the loss of access to one or more significant exchanges and other trading venues for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

41

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

We are a holding company and our principal asset after completion of this offering will be our 23.4% equity interest in Virtu Financial, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Virtu Financial to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses.

          We are a holding company and, upon completion of the reorganization transactions and this offering, our principal asset will be our direct and indirect ownership of 23.4% of the outstanding Virtu Financial Units. See "Organizational Structure." We have no independent means of generating revenue. As the sole managing member of Virtu Financial, we intend to cause Virtu Financial to make distributions to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and us, in amounts sufficient to fund dividends to our stockholders in accordance with our dividend policy and, as further described below, to cover all applicable taxes payable by us and any payments we are obligated to make under the tax receivable agreements we intend to enter into as part of the reorganization transactions, but we are limited in our ability to cause Virtu Financial to make these and other distributions to us (including for purposes of paying corporate and other overhead expenses and dividends) under our credit agreement. In addition, certain laws and regulations may result in restrictions on Virtu Financial's ability to make distributions to its equityholders (including us), or the ability of its subsidiaries to make distributions to it. These include:

•

the SEC Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1) requires each of Virtu Financial's registered broker-dealer subsidiaries to maintain specified levels of net capital;

•

FINRA Rule 4110 imposes a requirement of prior FINRA approval for any distribution by Virtu Financial's FINRA member registered broker-dealer subsidiary in excess of 10% of its excess net capital; and

•

Virtu Financial's regulated Irish subsidiary must obtain prior approval from the Central Bank of Ireland for any distribution or dividend.

          To the extent that we need funds and Virtu Financial is restricted from making such distributions to us, under applicable law or regulation, as a result of covenants in our credit agreement or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain such funds on terms acceptable to us or at all and as a result could suffer a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

          Following the consummation of this offering, before any other distributions are made to us and the Virtu Post-IPO Members by Virtu Financial, Virtu Financial will distribute to certain Virtu Pre-IPO Members as of a record date prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, pro rata in accordance with their respective interests in classes of equity entitled to participate in operating cash flow distributions, operating cash flow of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries for the fiscal period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on the date of the consummation of the reorganization transactions, less any reserves established during this period and less any operating cash flow for this period previously distributed to such Virtu Pre-IPO Members. We expect this distribution will be funded from cash on hand. See "Dividend Policy."

          Under the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial (the "Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement"), we expect Virtu Financial from time to time to make pro rata distributions in cash to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the Management Vehicles, Virtu Employee Holdco and us, in amounts sufficient to cover the taxes on their allocable share of the taxable income of Virtu Financial. As a result of (i) potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to Virtu Financial's other equityholders, (ii) the lower tax rate applicable to corporations than individuals and (iii) the favorable tax benefits that we anticipate from (a) the exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D

42

common stock, (b) payments under the tax receivable agreements and (c) future deductions attributable to the prior acquisition of interests in Virtu Financial by an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member, we expect that these tax distributions will be in amounts that exceed our tax liabilities. Our board of directors will determine the appropriate uses for any excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, the payment of obligations under the tax receivable agreements and the payment of other expenses. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash) to our shareholders. No adjustments to the exchange ratio for Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of common stock will be made as a result of any cash distribution by us or any retention of cash by us, and in any event the ratio will remain one-to-one.

We are controlled by the Founder Post-IPO Member, whose interests in our business may be different than yours, and certain statutory provisions afforded to stockholders are not applicable to us.

          Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the Founder Post-IPO Member will control approximately 93.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 93.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) after the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as a result of its ownership of our Class D common stock, each share of which is entitled to 10 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders.

          The Founder Post-IPO Member will have the ability to substantially control our Company, including the ability to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our Company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the Founder Post-IPO Member, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders. This concentration of voting power with the Founder Post-IPO Member may have a negative impact on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, because shares of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock each have 10 votes per share on matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, the Founder Post-IPO Member will be able to control our Company as long as it owns at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

          The Founder Post-IPO Member's interests may not be fully aligned with yours, which could lead to actions that are not in your best interest. Because the Founder Post-IPO Member holds part of its economic interest in our business through Virtu Financial, rather than through the public company, it may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, the Founder Post-IPO Member may have a different tax position from us, which could influence its decisions regarding whether and when we should dispose of assets or incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreements that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the tax receivable agreements or terminate the tax receivable agreements. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreements." In addition, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Exchange Agreement," the holders of Virtu Financial Units and shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock will not be required to participate in a proposed

43

sale of our Company that is tax-free for our stockholders unless the transaction is also tax-free for such holders of Virtu Financial Units and shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock. This requirement could limit structural alternatives available to us in any such proposed transaction and could have the effect of discouraging transactions that might benefit you as a holder of shares of our Class A common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Exchange Agreement." In addition, the Founder Post-IPO Member's significant ownership in us and resulting ability to effectively control us may discourage someone from making a significant equity investment in us, or could discourage transactions involving a change in control, including transactions in which you as a holder of shares of our Class A common stock might otherwise receive a premium for your shares over the then-current market price.

          We have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation Law"), which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. Therefore, after the 180-day lock-up period expires, the Founder Post-IPO Member will be able to transfer control of us to a third party by transferring its shares of our common stock (subject to certain restrictions and limitations), which would not require the approval of our board of directors or our other stockholders.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" will not apply against the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our clients or customers. In addition, subject to the restrictions on competitive activities described below, Mr. Cifu will be permitted to become engaged in, or provide services to, any other business or activity in which Mr. Viola is currently engaged or permitted to become engaged, to the extent that Mr. Cifu's level of participation in such businesses or activities is consistent with his current participation in such businesses and activities. The Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement will provide that Mr. Viola, in addition to our other executive officers and our employees that are Virtu Post-IPO Members, including Mr. Cifu, may not directly or indirectly engage in certain competitive activities until the third anniversary of the date on which such person ceases to be an officer, director or employee of ours. The Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and our non-employee directors are not subject to any such restriction. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Amended and Restated Virtu Financial Limited Liability Company Agreement." To the extent that the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates invests in other businesses, they may have differing interests than our other stockholders. Messrs. Viola and Cifu have business relationships outside of our business. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Other Transactions."

          For additional information regarding the share ownership of, and our relationship with, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, you should read the information under the headings "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could negatively impact our business and financial condition.

          As of December 31, 2014, we had an aggregate of $502.7 million outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain

44

necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

          Our substantial amount of indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain necessary additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes in the future, plan for or react to changes in our business and the industries in which we operate, make future acquisitions or pursue other business opportunities and react in an extended economic downturn.

          Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt. The incurrence of additional debt could increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including our ability to service our indebtedness. In addition, because borrowings under our senior secured credit facility bear interest at a variable rate, our interest expense could increase, exacerbating these risks. For instance, assuming an aggregate principal balance of $502.7 million outstanding under our senior secured credit facility, which was the amount outstanding as of December 31, 2014, a 1% increase in the interest rate we are charged on our debt would increase our annual interest expense by $5.03 million.

          In addition, the covenants in our credit agreement may negatively impact our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. Our credit agreement requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and tests, including interest coverage and total leverage ratios, which may require us to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. Our credit agreement also restricts our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, guarantee debt obligations, repay other indebtedness, pay dividends, pledge assets, make investments, including in certain of our operating subsidiaries, make acquisitions or consummate mergers or consolidations and engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates.

          A failure to comply with the restrictions contained in our credit agreement could lead to an event of default, which could result in an acceleration of our indebtedness. Our future operating results may not be sufficient to enable compliance with the covenants in our credit agreement or to remedy such a default. In addition, in the event of an acceleration, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to refinance our indebtedness or to make any accelerated payments. Even if we were able to obtain new financing, we would not be able to guarantee that the new financing would be on commercially reasonable terms. If we default on our indebtedness, our business, financial condition and results of operation could suffer a material adverse effect.

We will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements since we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules, and as a result our stockholders will not have the protections afforded by these corporate governance requirements.

          The Founder Post-IPO Member will continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering. As a result, we will be considered a "controlled company" for the purposes of NASDAQ rules and corporate governance standards, and therefore we will be permitted to, and we intend to, elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and require that we either establish a Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, each comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to the board of directors by the independent members of the board of directors. Accordingly, holders of our Class A common stock will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ rules and corporate governance standards, and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced. See "Management — Controlled Company."

45

We will be required to pay the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will acquire equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the Mergers. In addition, as described under "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, and certain employees. These acquisitions of interests in Virtu Financial will result in tax basis adjustments to the assets of Virtu Financial that will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, respectively, are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions. Both the existing and anticipated tax basis adjustments are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

          We intend to enter into three tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (one with the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Management Vehicles, Virtu Employee Holdco and other post-IPO investors, other than affiliates of Silver Lake Partners and affiliates of Temasek, another with the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders and the other with the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members) that will provide for the payment by us to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees of Virtu Financial Units or other assignees) of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (i) any increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from (a) the acquisition of equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the reorganization transactions (which represents the unamortized portion of the increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from a prior acquisition of interests in Virtu Financial by an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member), (b) the purchases of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering, (c) exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, or (d) payments under the tax receivable agreements, (ii) any net operating losses available to us as a result of the Mergers and (iii) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed arising as a result of payments made under the tax receivable agreements.

          The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these tax receivable agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest.

          The payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreements could be substantial. We expect that, as a result of the amount of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Virtu Financial, assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize in full the potential tax benefits described above, future payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders in respect of the purchases, the exchanges and the Mergers in connection with this offering will aggregate approximately $175.7 million and range from approximately $7.4 million to $12.9 million

46

per year over the next 15 years (or $179.9 million and range from approximately $7.7 million to $13.2 million per year over the next 15 years if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Class A common stock). Future payments under the tax receivable agreements in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned upon the Virtu Post-IPO Members' or the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders' continued ownership of us.

          In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreements, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees or other assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that any excess payments made to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be netted against future payments otherwise to be made under the tax receivable agreements, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

          In addition, the tax receivable agreements provide that, upon certain mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combination, or certain other changes of control, our or our successor's obligations with respect to tax benefits would be based on certain assumptions, including that we or our successor would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits covered by the tax receivable agreements. As a result, upon a change of control, we could be required to make payments under a tax receivable agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of our actual cash tax savings, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

          In addition, the tax receivable agreements will provide that in the case of a change in control of the Company, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will have the option to terminate the applicable tax receivable agreement, and we will be required to make a payment to such electing party in an amount equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to the lesser of 6.5% or LIBOR plus 100 basis points, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer's, then-current cost of capital) under the tax receivable agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer's, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. These provisions of the tax receivable agreements may result in situations where the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other shareholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are substantial and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer's, actual cash savings in income tax.

          Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements are dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. Our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in periods in which such payments are made.

47

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

          Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 31,899,012 shares of Class A common stock (or 34,378,852 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) outstanding, excluding 9,223,000 shares of Class A common stock underlying outstanding stock options and restricted stock units and, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and 104,610,072 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon potential exchanges and/or conversions. Of these shares, the 16,532,272 shares sold in this offering (or 19,012,112 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction under the Securities Act. Upon the completion of this offering, the remaining 119,976,812 outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including shares issuable upon exchange and/or conversion (or 119,421,256 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), will be deemed "restricted securities," as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of these remaining 119,976,812 shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issuable upon exchange or conversion as described above (or 119,421,256 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter "lock-up" period pursuant to (i) the applicable holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 or (ii) another exemption from registration under the Securities Act. See "Shares Available for Future Sale."

          We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering 12,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Management Incentive Plan, and we will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which we will grant demand and piggyback registration rights to the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and piggyback registration rights to certain of the other Virtu Post-IPO Members. See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

          Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We have begun to evaluate how to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley") and the related rules of the SEC, which require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, if we are no longer an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act"), our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on that assessment beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2016. During the course of this documentation and testing, we may identify weaknesses or deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This material weakness related to our inability to prepare accurate financial statements, resulting from a lack of reconciliations, a lack of detailed review and

48

insufficient resources and level of technical accounting expertise within the accounting function. To address this material weakness, we hired senior accounting and finance employees, reallocated existing internal resources and retained third-party consultants to help enhance our internal controls over financial reporting following reviews of our accounting and finance function conducted by members of senior management and by a third-party consultant. Although no material weakness was identified for the year ended December 31, 2014, there can be no assurance that we will avoid future weaknesses or deficiencies. Any future weaknesses or deficiencies or any failure to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, FINRA or other regulatory authorities, as well as increasing the risk of liability arising from litigation based on securities law.

We intend to pay regular dividends to our stockholders, but our ability to do so may be limited by our holding company structure, contractual restrictions and regulatory requirements.

          After the consummation of this offering, we intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. See "Dividend Policy." However, we are a holding company, with our principal asset after the consummation of this offering being our direct and indirect equity interests in Virtu Financial, and we will have no independent means of generating revenue. Accordingly, as the sole managing member of Virtu Financial, we intend to cause, and will rely on, Virtu Financial to make distributions to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the Management Vehicles, Virtu Employee Holdco and us, to fund our dividends. When Virtu Financial makes such distributions, the other equityholders of Virtu Financial will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions pro rata based on their economic interests in Virtu Financial. See "Organizational Structure." In order for Virtu Financial to make distributions, it may need to receive distributions from its subsidiaries. Certain of these subsidiaries are or may in the future be subject to regulatory capital requirements that limit the size or frequency of distributions. See " — Risks Related to Our Business — Failure to comply with applicable regulatory capital requirements could subject us to sanctions imposed by the SEC, FINRA and other SROs or regulatory bodies." If Virtu Financial is unable to cause these subsidiaries to make distributions, we may not receive adequate distributions from Virtu Financial in order to fund our dividends.

          Our board of directors will periodically review the cash generated from our business and the capital expenditures required to finance our global growth plans and determine whether to modify the amount of regular dividends and/or declare periodic special dividends to our stockholders. Our board of directors will take into account general economic and business conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in our credit agreement, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. There can be no assurance that our board of directors will not reduce the amount of regular cash dividends or cause us to cease paying dividends altogether. In addition, our credit agreement limits the amount of distributions our subsidiaries, including Virtu Financial, can make to us and the purposes for which distributions could be made. Accordingly, we may not be able to pay dividends even if our board of directors would otherwise deem it appropriate. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Capital Stock."

49

Provisions in our charter documents and certain rules imposed by regulatory authorities may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions, which may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, include the following, some of which may only become effective when the Founder Post-IPO Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees no longer beneficially own shares representing 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock (the "Triggering Event"):

•

the 10 vote per share feature of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock;

•

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

•

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

•

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

•

after the Triggering Event, provisions limiting stockholders ability to call special meetings of stockholders, to require special meetings of stockholders to be called and to take action by written consent;

•

after the Triggering Event, in certain cases, the approval of holders of at least 75% of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our by-laws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

•

after the Triggering Event, the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and

•

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

          These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our Class A common stock in the future, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. For more information, see "Description of Capital Stock."

          In addition, a third party attempting to acquire us or a substantial position in our Class A common stock may be delayed or ultimately prevented from doing so by change in ownership or control regulations to which certain of our regulated subsidiaries are subject. FINRA's NASD Rule 1017 generally provides that FINRA approval must be obtained in connection with any transaction resulting in a single person or entity owning, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of a member firm's equity and would include a change in control of a parent company. Similarly, Virtu Financial Ireland Limited is subject to change in control regulations promulgated by the Central Bank of Ireland. We may also be subject to similar restrictions in other jurisdictions in which we operate. These regulations could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our Class A common stock in the future, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock.

50

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the offering price or at all.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained upon the completion of this offering. The initial public offering price of the Class A common stock offered hereby was determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the Class A common stock after this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock after this offering will be subject to significant fluctuations in response to, among other factors, variations in our operating results and market conditions specific to our business.

          Furthermore, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. As such, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of our Class A common stock and materially affect the value of your investment.

Because the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock is substantially higher than our book value per share, purchasers in this offering will immediately experience a substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

          Purchasers of our Class A common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price per share. After giving effect to the reorganization transactions, our entry into the tax receivable agreements, the sale of the 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock we have offered hereby (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us) and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014, would have been a deficit of $400.4 million, or $(2.93) per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (assuming that the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis). This value represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $20.93 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. A calculation of the dilution purchasers will incur is provided below under "Dilution."

After the completion of this offering and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds from the offering, we will only have a limited amount of remaining IPO proceeds available for our use, which may limit our ability to grow our business through acquisitions or other strategic investments.

          After the completion of this offering and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds from the offering (including acquiring shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members), we will only have $23.3 million of the remaining net proceeds from the IPO (or $55.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) available for our working capital and general corporate purposes. This may limit our ability to finance our growth through strategic acquisitions requiring cash, including the acquisition of, or the investment in, businesses, products, services or technologies that are complementary to our current business. To the extent that we do not have enough capital to fund any such acquisition or investment, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital. The terms of any debt or equity financing transaction will depend on market conditions, our business

51

and financial condition and other factors. There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a debt or equity financing or that any such financing will be on terms favorable to us and our stockholders.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

          As a public company, we will incur significant levels of legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a privately-owned corporation. Sarbanes-Oxley and related rules of the SEC, together with the listing requirements of NASDAQ, impose significant requirements relating to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We expect that compliance with these public company requirements will increase our costs, require additional resources and make some activities more time consuming than they have been in the past when we were privately owned. We will be required to expend considerable time and resources complying with public company regulations. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers and may divert management's attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action.

Our anticipated reliance on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements under the JOBS Act may deter trading in our Class A common stock.

          We qualify as an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•

provide an auditor attestation and report with respect to management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•

comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis); and

•

submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes, such as "say-on-pay" and "say-on-frequency," and disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer's compensation to median employee compensation.

          In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

          We will remain an "emerging growth company" for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the

52

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

          Until such time, however, we cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, or publish projections for our business that exceed our actual results, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock may be affected by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our Class A common stock and the trading volume could decline. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our Class A common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. In addition, if we obtain analyst coverage, the analysts' projections may have little or no relationship to the results we actually achieve and could cause our stock price to decline if we fail to meet their projections. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our stock price or trading volume could decline.

We have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

          Our management will have broad discretion over the application of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend such net proceeds in ways that do not improve our financial condition or results of operations, or enhance the value of our Class A common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses and cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest such net proceeds in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

53

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms "may," "will," "should," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "estimate," "project" or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology and expressions. These statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Although we believe that the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statements, including but not limited to:

•

reduced levels of overall trading activity;

•

dependence upon trading counterparties and clearing houses performing their obligations to us;

•

failures of our customized trading platform;

•

risks inherent to the electronic market making business and trading generally;

•

increased competition in market making activities;

•

dependence on continued access to sources of liquidity;

•

risks associated with self-clearing and other operational elements of our business;

•

compliance with laws and regulations, including those specific to our industry;

•

obligation to comply with applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•

litigation or other legal and regulatory-based liabilities;

•

proposed legislation that would impose taxes on certain financial transactions in the European Union, the U.S. and other jurisdictions;

•

obligation to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations;

•

enhanced media and regulatory scrutiny and its impact upon public perception of us or of companies in our industry;

•

need to maintain and continue developing proprietary technologies;

•

failure to maintain system security or otherwise maintain confidential and proprietary information;

•

capacity constraints, system failures, and delays;

54

•

dependence on third party infrastructure or systems;

•

use of open source software;

•

failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights in our proprietary technology;

•

risks associated with international operations and expansion, including failed acquisitions or dispositions;

•

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

•

risks associated with potential growth and associated corporate actions;

•

inability to, or delay, in accessing the capital markets to sell shares or raise additional capital;

•

loss of key executives and failure to recruit and retain qualified personnel; and

•

risks associated with losing access to a significant exchange or other trading venue.

          These and other factors are more fully discussed in the "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

          All information contained in this prospectus is materially accurate and complete as of the date of this prospectus. You should keep in mind, however, that any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which we make it. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements in this prospectus after the date of this prospectus, except as required by federal securities laws. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning the proposed transaction or other matters and attributable to us or any other person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to within this prospectus. In light of these risks and uncertainties, you should keep in mind that any event described in a forward-looking statement made in this prospectus or elsewhere might not occur.

55

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions

          We and our predecessors have been in the electronic trading and market making business for approximately 12 years. We currently conduct our business through Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries. Mr. Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, is the sole manager of Virtu Financial.

          Prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, Virtu Financial had limited liability company interests outstanding in the form of Class A-1 interests, Class A-2 interests and Class B interests. Class A-2 interests included both Class A-2 capital interests and Class A-2 profits interests.

          The following diagram depicts Virtu Financial's organizational structure prior to the reorganization transactions. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within Virtu Financial's organizational structure.

Class A Interests

          Prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, the Class A-1 interests, Class A-2 capital interests and Class A-2 profits interests were owned as follows:

•

the Founder Pre-IPO Members owned 1,964,826 Class A-1 interests and 79,239,978 Class A-2 capital interests;

•

the Silver Lake Pre-IPO Member owned 7,381,224 Class A-1 interests;

•

the Temasek Pre-IPO Member owned 5,376,603 Class A-1 interests and 1,828,755 Class A-2 Capital interests;

•

the SLT Pre-IPO Member owned 12,242,173 Class A-1 interests;

•

Virtu Employee Holdco owned 5,487,121 vested and 581,886 unvested Class A-2 profits interests, and Virtu East MIP LLC, the other Management Vehicle ("Virtu East MIP"), owned 2,625,000 Class A-2 capital interests; and

56

•

the Management Members and other Virtu Pre-IPO Members owned 12,717,927 Class A-2 capital interests.

          In a sale or other specified capital transaction, holders of Class A-1 interests are entitled to receive distributions up to specified preference amounts before holders of Class A-2 capital interests are entitled to receive distributions.

          The Class A-2 profits interests are treated similarly to the Class A-2 capital interests, except that they are not entitled to receive any distributions resulting from a transaction that implies a liquidation value of Virtu Financial that is less than the liquidation value of Virtu Financial on their date of grant. Certain of the Class A-2 profits interests vest over specified time periods, subject to the continued service of the applicable employee or director on each annual vesting date.

Class B Interests

          Prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, Virtu Financial also had limited liability company interests outstanding in the form of Class B interests, which represent, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, a percentage of the profits and appreciation in the equity value of Virtu Financial arising after the date of grant (such percentage of profits and appreciation, a "Class B percentage interest"). The Class B interests were issued directly to, and are currently held by, Virtu Employee Holdco, on behalf of certain members of the management of Virtu Financial that participate in the Virtu Financial LLC Management Incentive Plan (the "Existing Equity Incentive Plan"), and two of our executive officers. The Class B interests vest over a four-year period, subject to (i) the direct or indirect recipient's continued employment on each annual vesting date and (ii) the consummation of a sale transaction meeting specified criteria or an initial public offering. We expect this offering to meet the vesting criteria for an initial public offering. Prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, Virtu Financial had outstanding Class B interests representing an aggregate 12.915% Class B percentage interest. Class B interests are not entitled to receive distributions of operating cash flow from Virtu Financial.

The Temasek Transaction

          On December 31, 2014, through a series of transactions, Temasek, acting through two indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired direct or indirect ownership of 10,535,891 Class A-1 redeemable interests and 1,828,755 Class A-2 capital interests in Virtu Financial (the "Temasek Transaction"). Such investment was made as follows:

•

Temasek, acting through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary, the Temasek Pre-IPO Member, acquired 5,376,603 Class A-1 redeemable interests from investment funds and other entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners;

•

Temasek, acting through the Temasek Pre-IPO Member, acquired 1,828,755 Class A-2 capital interests through a combination of the direct purchase of 1,614,322 Class A-2 capital interests from one Management Member (other than Messrs. Viola or Cifu and their affiliates) who held Class A-2 capital interests in Virtu Financial directly and the direct purchase of newly issued 214,433 Class A-2 capital interests from Virtu Financial, which used the proceeds of such purchase to redeem 214,433 Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial held by Virtu Employee Holdco, which in turn used such proceeds to redeem Class A-2 profits interests of Virtu Employee Holdco that corresponded to such redeemed Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial and that were held by certain Management Members (other than Messrs. Viola and Cifu and their affiliates); and

•

Temasek, acting through one of its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired a 42.1% interest in an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners, which indirectly held 12,242,173 Class A-1

57

interests. As a result, Temasek acquired an indirect interest in 5,159,288 Class A-1 redeemable interests.

          Following the Temasek Transaction, affiliates of Silver Lake Partners retained direct or indirect ownership of 14,464,109 Class A-1 redeemable interests.

The Reorganization Transactions

          Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to commence an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the "reorganization transactions." In connection with the reorganization transactions, the following steps will occur:

•

we will become the sole managing member of Virtu Financial;

•

in a series of transactions, Virtu East MIP will liquidate, with its equity interests in Virtu Financial either being distributed to its members, including certain members of management, or contributed to Virtu Employee Holdco and certain employees of ours based outside the United States will contribute their interests in Virtu Employee Holdco to a trust, whose trustee is one of our subsidiaries;

•

two of the Founder Pre-IPO Members will liquidate and distribute their equity interests in Virtu Financial to their equityholders, one of whom is TJMT Holdings LLC;

•

the SLT Pre-IPO Member will distribute its equity interests in Virtu Financial to its equityholders, including Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., one of the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, and an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek;

•

following a series of transactions, we will acquire equity interests in Virtu Financial as a result of the Mergers, and in exchange we will issue to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders shares of our Class A common stock and rights to receive payments under a tax receivable agreement described below. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be based on the value of the Virtu Financial equity interests that we acquire, which will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of Virtu Financial and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering;

•

all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial Units. The number of Virtu Financial Units to be issued to each member of Virtu Financial will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of Virtu Financial and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering. The Virtu Financial Units received by Virtu Employee Holdco and the Management Members will have the same vesting restrictions as the equity interests being reclassified. Vested Virtu Financial Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from Virtu Financial. Subject to certain exceptions, unvested Virtu Financial Units will not be entitled to receive such distributions (other than tax distributions). If any unvested Virtu Financial Units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by Virtu Financial for no consideration (and we will cancel the related shares of Class C common stock for no consideration);

•

we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and will be authorized to issue four classes of common stock: Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock. The Class A common stock and Class C common stock will each provide holders with one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and the Class B common stock and Class D common stock will each provide holders with 10 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of Class C common stock and Class D common stock will not have any of the economic rights

58

(including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) provided to holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These attributes are summarized in the following table:

Class of Common Stock	Votes		Economic Rights
Class A common stock		1	Yes
Class B common stock		10	Yes
Class C common stock		1	No
Class D common stock		10	No

          Shares of our common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders;

•

the Virtu Post-IPO Members will subscribe for and purchase shares of our common stock as follows, in each case at a purchase price of $0.00001 per share and in an amount equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units held by each such Virtu Post-IPO Member:

•

the Founder Post-IPO Member will purchase 79,902,009 shares of our Class D common stock; and

•

the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members will purchase 24,708,063 shares of our Class C common stock;

•

the Founder Post-IPO Member will be granted the right to exchange its Virtu Financial Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class D common stock, for shares of our Class B common stock, and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members will be granted the right to exchange their Virtu Financial Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class C common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock. Each share of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock or Class C common stock, respectively.

•

the limited liability company agreement of Virtu Employee Holdco will be amended such that, following this offering:

•

the membership interests of Virtu Employee Holdco will be reclassified into a number of restricted common units of Virtu Employee Holdco equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units held by Virtu Employee Holdco on behalf of its members;

•

the restricted common units of Virtu Employee Holdco remain subject to the vesting restrictions applicable to the membership interests from which they were reclassified;

•

at any time after this offering, subject to certain restrictions, members of Virtu Employee Holdco desiring to transfer their vested interests in us can elect to (i) cause Virtu Employee Holdco to distribute the vested Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock indirectly owned by such member to such member in redemption of its corresponding interests in Virtu Employee Holdco, (ii) exchange such Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock into shares of Class A common stock and/or (iii) transfer such shares of Class A common stock; and

•

the manager will direct Virtu Employee Holdco to vote all securities attributable to it entitled to vote upon the election of our directors in accordance with the recommendation of our board of directors.

59

          We have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with the reorganization transactions and have no material assets. Following this offering, Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries will continue to operate the historical business of our Company.

Effect of the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering

          The reorganization transactions are intended to create a holding company that will facilitate public ownership of, and investment in, our Company and are structured in a tax-efficient manner for our investors. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of Virtu Financial, as its sole managing member, and will also have a substantial financial interest in Virtu Financial, we will consolidate the financial results of Virtu Financial, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the non-controlling interest to reflect the entitlement of the Virtu Post-IPO Members to a portion of Virtu Financial's net income (loss). In addition, because Virtu Financial will be under the common control of Mr. Viola and his affiliates before and after the reorganization transactions, we will account for the reorganization transactions as a reorganization of entities under common control and will initially measure the interests of the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in the assets and liabilities of Virtu Financial at their carrying amounts as of the date of the completion of this reorganization transactions.

          Certain Virtu Pre-IPO Members desire that their investment in us maintain its existing tax treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, will continue to hold their ownership interests in Virtu Financial until such time in the future as they may elect to exchange their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, with Virtu Financial for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis.

          After the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

•

we intend to contribute $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Virtu Financial (or $55.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for a number of Virtu Financial Units equal to the contribution amount divided by the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering (1,388,889 Virtu Financial Units at the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,313,174 Virtu Financial Units), and such contribution amount will be used by Virtu Financial for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include financing growth; and

•

we intend to use the remaining approximately $253.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering (or $262.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 7,365,606 Virtu Financial Units from certain employees) at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our

60

Class A common stock in this offering. None of the Founder Pre-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, Mr. Cifu or any of their family members intends to sell any equity interests in the Company in connection with the reorganization transactions or this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock will be purchased from our existing 5% equityholders, directors or executive officers.

          We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $10.2 million. All of such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by Virtu Financial.

          See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders" for further details.

          The following diagram depicts our organizational structure following the reorganization transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including all of the transactions described above (assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure:

*

Includes 3,150,057 unvested Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock.

**

Represents economic interest in Virtu Financial, Inc. and not Virtu Financial LLC.

61

          Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon completion of the transactions described above, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:

•

we will be appointed as the sole managing member of Virtu Financial and will directly or indirectly hold 31,899,012 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 23.4% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial (or 34,378,852 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 24.8% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

the Founder Post-IPO Member will hold an aggregate of 79,902,209 shares of our Class D common stock and 79,902,209 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 58.5% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial (or constituting 57.7% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom), collectively representing 93.4% of the combined voting power in us (or 93.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members will hold an aggregate of 3,128,590 shares of our Class C common stock and 3,128,590 Virtu Financial Units, representing 2.3% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial (or representing 2.3% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom), collectively representing 0.4% of the combined voting power in us (or 0.4% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

The Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder (collectively with the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the "Silver Lake Equityholders") will hold an aggregate of 3,002,137 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 0.4% of the combined voting power in us (or 0.4% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder will hold an aggregate of 12,364,603 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 1.5% of the combined voting power in us (or 1.4% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

Virtu Employee Holdco will hold, subject to the vesting restrictions described above, an aggregate of 15,028,807 shares of our Class C common stock and 15,028,807 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 11.0% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial (or constituting 10.9% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom), collectively representing 1.7% of the combined voting power in us (or 1.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);

•

the other Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Management Members and other pre-IPO investors, will hold, subject to the vesting restrictions described above, an aggregate of 6,550,666 shares of our Class C common stock and 6,550,666 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 4.8% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial (or 5,995,110 shares

62

of Class C common stock and 5,995,110 Virtu Financial Units, constituting 4.3% of the outstanding equity interests in Virtu Financial, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom), collectively representing 0.8% of the combined voting power in us (or 0.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom); and

•

our public stockholders will collectively hold 16,532,272 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 1.9% of the combined voting power in us (or 19,012,112 shares and 2.2%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).

Holding Company Structure and Tax Receivable Agreements

          We are a holding company, and immediately after the consummation of the reorganization transactions and this offering our principal asset will be our ownership interests in Virtu Financial, which we will hold directly and indirectly. The number of Virtu Financial Units we will own, directly or indirectly, at any time will equal the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The economic interest represented by each Virtu Financial Unit that we own will correspond to one share of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, and the total number of Virtu Financial Units owned directly or indirectly by us and the holders of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock at any given time will equal the sum of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock. Shares of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock cannot be transferred except in connection with a transfer or exchange of Virtu Financial Units.

          We do not intend to list our Class B common stock, Class C common stock or Class D common stock on any stock exchange.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will acquire existing equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the Mergers in exchange for the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock and rights to receive payments under a tax receivable agreement to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders. In addition, as described above, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, and certain members of management. These acquisitions of interests in Virtu Financial will result in favorable tax basis adjustments to the assets of Virtu Financial, and these basis adjustments will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, respectively, are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions.

          We intend to enter into three tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (one with the Founder Post-IPO Member, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and other pre-IPO investors other than affiliates of Silver Lake Partners and affiliates of Temasek, another with the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders and the other with the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members) that will provide for the payment by us to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees of Virtu Financial Units or other assignees) of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (i) any increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from (a) the acquisition of equity interests in Virtu Financial from an

63

affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the reorganization transactions (which represents the unamortized portion of the increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from a prior acquisition of interests in Virtu Financial by an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member), (b) the purchases of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering, (c) exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, or (d) payments under the tax receivable agreements, (ii) any net operating losses available to us as a result of the Mergers, and (iii) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed arising as a result of payments made under the tax receivable agreements. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreements, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees or assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be netted against future payments otherwise to be made under the tax receivable agreements, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances we could make future payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity. See "Risk Factors — We will be required to pay the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreements."

64

USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $276.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $20.8 million, based on an assumed initial offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we expect to receive approximately $318.3 million of net proceeds based on an assumed initial offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we intend to contribute $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Virtu Financial (or $55.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders")) in exchange for a number of Virtu Financial Units equal to the contribution amount divided by the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering (1,388,889 Virtu Financial Units at the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,313,174 Virtu Financial Units).

          Virtu Financial will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. We have broad discretion as to the application of such net proceeds to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may use such net proceeds to finance growth through the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, products, services or technologies that are complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions or other strategic transactions. Prior to application, we may hold any such net proceeds in cash or invest them in short-term securities or investments. You will not have an opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions regarding the use of these proceeds.

          We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discount) will be approximately $10.2 million. All of such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by Virtu Financial.

          We intend to use the remaining approximately $253.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering (or $262.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 7,365,606 Virtu Financial Units from certain employees) at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Certain of our 5% equityholders, directors and executive officers will receive a portion of the proceeds pursuant to these repurchases. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders."

          As a result of any purchases of Virtu Financial Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class C common stock) as described above, the number of outstanding shares of

65

Class C common stock will be reduced. Because we will hold the Virtu Financial Units that we acquire (and increase our ownership position in Virtu Financial), the number of outstanding Virtu Financial Units will remain the same.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of proceeds to us from this offering available to purchase shares of Class A common stock and Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock by $14.1 million and for working capital and general corporate purposes by $1.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

66

DIVIDEND POLICY

          Virtu Financial has historically generated cash from market making activities significantly in excess of the capital required to fund its required capital expenditures and the capital required to support its market making activities. As such, Virtu Financial has regularly declared and paid distributions on its equity interests during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, Virtu Financial declared and paid the following cash distributions, by quarter:

Year Ended December 31, 2012 (In millions)	Aggregate Cash Distributions
1st Quarter	$	22.0
2nd Quarter		70.0
3rd Quarter		19.5
4th Quarter		22.9
Total distributions	$	134.4

          During the year ended December 31, 2013, Virtu Financial declared and paid the following cash distributions, by quarter:

Year Ended December 31, 2013 (In millions)	Aggregate Cash Distributions
1st Quarter	$	12.4
2nd Quarter		241.0	(1)
3rd Quarter		55.0
4th Quarter		125.0	(2)
Total distributions	$	433.4

(1)

Includes a special distribution of $147.1 million to the members of Virtu Financial, representing the proceeds from an incremental term loan under our senior secured credit facility in May 2013.

(2)

Includes a special distribution of $98.4 million to the members of Virtu Financial, representing the incremental proceeds from the most recent refinancing of our senior secured credit facility in November 2013.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, Virtu Financial declared the following cash distributions, by quarter:

Year Ended December 31, 2014 (In millions)	Aggregate Cash Distributions
1st Quarter	$	45.0
2nd Quarter		45.7
3rd Quarter		35.0
4th Quarter		15.0
Total distributions	$	140.7

67

          In addition, during years ended December 31, 2006 through 2011, Virtu Financial and Madison Tyler Holdings regularly declared and paid significant cash distributions to their respective members, in an aggregate amount of $934.5 million.

          In January, February and March 2015, Virtu Financial made additional cash distributions to its equityholders in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million, $20.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect Virtu Financial to make cash distributions to the Virtu Pre-IPO members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million. Following the consummation of this offering, as of a record date prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, we expect Virtu Financial to make further cash distributions to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million. We refer to these distributions collectively as the "2015 Distributions."

          The distribution to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members following the consummation of this offering will be made before any other distributions are made to us and the Virtu Post-IPO Members, and will be made pro rata in accordance with the Virtu Pre-IPO Members' respective interests in classes of equity entitled to participate in operating cash flow distributions, operating cash flow of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries for the fiscal period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on the date of the consummation of the reorganization transactions, less any reserves established during this period and less any operating cash flow for this period previously distributed to such Virtu Pre-IPO Members. "Operating cash flow" refers to Virtu Financial's Available Cash Flow (as defined in Virtu Financial's existing limited liability company agreement), which includes Virtu Financial's consolidated net income, adjusted to exclude non-cash items, extraordinary or one-time items and any non-cash compensation expense related to any equity interests issued under any management equity plan. We expect this distribution will be funded from cash on hand and excess cash held at clearing deposits from broker dealers and clearing organizations.

          Following the consummation of this offering, our board of directors intends to continue our policy of returning excess cash to our stockholders. Subject to the sole discretion of our board of directors and the considerations discussed below, we intend to pay dividends that will annually equal, in the aggregate, between 70% and 100% of our net income. We expect that our first dividend will be paid in the third quarter of 2015 (in respect of the second quarter of 2015) and will be $0.24 per share of our Class A common stock. We intend to fund our initial dividend, as well as any future dividends, from our portion of distributions made by Virtu Financial, from its available cash generations from operations. The payment of dividends will be subject to general economic and business conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in our credit agreement, regulatory restrictions, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

          Our board of directors will periodically review the cash generated from our business and the capital expenditures required to finance our growth plans and determine whether to increase this regular dividend and/or declare and pay periodic special dividends to our stockholders. Any future determination to change the amount of dividends and/or declare special dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then-existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in our credit agreement, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

          Because we will be a holding company and our principal asset after the consummation of this offering will be our direct and indirect equity interests in Virtu Financial, we intend to fund our initial dividend and any future dividends by causing Virtu Financial, in our capacity as its sole managing member, to make distributions to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and us.

68

CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2014 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and the estimated impact of the tax receivable agreements and (iii) as further adjusted to reflect:

•

the sale of 16,532,272 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriters' discounts and commissions;

•

the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds"; and

•

the 2015 Distributions.

          This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of December 31, 2014
(in thousands)	Actual			Pro Forma As Adjusted Before this Offering			Pro Forma(1)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	75,864		$	5,864		$	29,114
Total long-term indebtedness	$	500,827		$	500,827		$	500,827
Class A-1 redeemable interest		294,433			—			—
Equity:
Class A-1 interest		19,648			—			—
Class A-2 interest		287,705			—			—
Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share		—			—			—
Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share		—			—			—
Class C common stock, par value $0.00001 per share		—			—			—
Class D common stock, par value $0.00001 per share		—			1			1
Additional paid-in capital		—			13,398			66,117
Accumulated deficit		(91,383	)		—			(9,276	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(3,705	)		(867	)		(867	)
Total members' equity/shareholders' equity		212,265			12,532			55,975
Non-controlling interest		—			290,743			260,381
Total equity		212,265			303,275			316,356
Total capitalization	$	1,007,525		$	804,102		$	817,183

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by $15.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

69

DILUTION

          If you invest in our Class A common stock, you will experience dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the Class A common stock held by existing equityholders (including all shares issuable upon exchange and/or conversion).

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014 would have been a deficit of approximately $413.5 million, or $(3.06) per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, in each case after giving effect to the reorganization transactions (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), the 2015 Distributions and the estimated impact of the tax receivable agreements, assuming that the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis.

          After giving effect to the reorganization transactions, the 2015 Distributions and the estimated impact of the tax receivable agreements, assuming that the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis, and after giving further effect to the sale of 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (including the contribution of $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to Virtu Financial in exchange for                      Virtu Financial Units, and the use of the remaining approximately $253.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would have been a deficit of approximately $400.4 million, or $(2.93) per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.13 per share to existing equityholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $20.93 per share to new investors.

          The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share	$	18.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014(1)	$	(3.06	)
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors		0.13
Pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering(2)		(2.93	)
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors	$	20.93

(1)

Reflects 135,120,195 outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, including (i) 79,902,009 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exchange of the Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class D common stock to be held by the Founder Post-IPO Member immediately prior to this offering, (ii) 18,837,464 shares of Class A common

70

stock to be held by the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders immediately prior to this offering and (iii) 36,380,722 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of the Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class C common stock to be held by the Virtu Post-IPO Members other than the Founder Post-IPO Member immediately prior to this offering.

(2)

Reflects 136,509,084 outstanding shares, consisting of (i) 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering and (ii) the 135,120,195 outstanding shares described in note (1) above less the 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock to be repurchased from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and the 11,672,659 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of the Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of common stock to be repurchased from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

          Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $15.4 million and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.11, in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2014, the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing equityholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after giving effect to the reorganization transactions and the estimated impact of the tax receivable agreements, assuming that the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis, and after giving further effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:

	Shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock Purchased
				Total Consideration
							Average Price Per Share
	Number		Percent	Amount		Percent
Existing stockholders(1)		119,976,812	87.9%	$	1,014,455,254	77.3%	$	8.46
New investors(2)		16,532,272	12.1		297,580,913	22.7		18.00
Total		136,509,084	100%	$	1,312,036,167	100%

(1)

Reflects approximately $1,287.0 million of consideration paid by existing equityholders in respect of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Virtu Financial Units (together with corresponding shares of Class C common stock and Class D common stock), net of $272.6 million of consideration paid by (i) the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders in respect of 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock and (ii) certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members in respect of 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of common stock, which, in each case, we intend to repurchase using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. The approximately $1,287.0 million of consideration paid consists of (a) a contribution by the Silver Lake Pre-IPO Member and a Founder Pre-IPO Member in July 2011 in connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, (b) a contribution in the form of rollover equity

71

by various Virtu Pre-IPO Members in July 2011 in connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, (c) deemed contributions in respect of vested awards of Class A-2 profits interests and (d) a purchase by the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in December 2014 in connection with the Temasek Transaction.

(2)

Includes 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, the net proceeds of which we intend to use to (i) make a contribution to Virtu Financial in exchange for Virtu Financial Units, as described under "Use of Proceeds," and (ii) repurchase shares of Class A common stock and Virtu Financial Units together with corresponding shares of common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, respectively, as described in note (1) above.

          To the extent the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $15.4 million and would increase (decrease) the average price per share paid by new investors by $1.00, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

72

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014 gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure" and (ii) the creation of certain tax assets in connection with this offering and the reorganization transactions and the creation or acquisition of related liabilities in connection with entering into the tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2014.

          The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2014 gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Organizational Structure," (ii) the creation of certain tax assets in connection with this offering and the reorganization transactions and the creation or acquisition of related liabilities in connection with entering into the tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders, (iii) this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering, and (iv) the 2015 Distributions, as if each had occurred on December 31, 2014.

          The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared by our management and is based on Virtu Financial's historical financial statements and the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information below. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

          Our historical financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 has been derived from Virtu Financial's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          For purposes of the unaudited pro forma financial information, we have assumed that 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock will be issued by us at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by Virtu Financial Units not held by us will be 76.6%, and the net income attributable to Virtu Financial Units not held by us will accordingly represent 83.7% of our net income. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the ownership percentage represented by Virtu Financial Units not held by us will be 75.2%; and the net income attributable to Virtu Financial Units not held by us will accordingly represent 82.1% of our net income. The higher percentage of net income attributable to Virtu Financial Units not held by us over the ownership percentage of Virtu Financial Units not held by us is due to the recognition of additional current income tax expense after giving effect to the adjustments for the reorganization transactions and this offering that is entirely attributable to our interest.

          We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical financial information of Virtu Financial. See "Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information" for a discussion of assumptions made. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the relevant transactions occurred on the dates assumed and does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

          The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read together with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our and Virtu Financial's respective audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

73

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except per share data)	Actual		Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions Other than Tax Receivable Agreements			Adjustments for the Tax Receivable Agreements		As Adjusted Before this Offering		Adjustments for this Offering			Pro Forma
Revenues:
Trading income, net	$	685,150		—			—	$	685,150		—		$	685,150
Interest and dividends income		27,923		—			—		27,923		—			27,923
Technology services		9,980		—			—		9,980		—			9,980
Total revenue		723,053		—			—		723,053		—			723,053
Operating Expenses:
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		230,965		—			—		230,965		—			230,965
Communication and data processing		68,847		—			—		68,847		—			68,847
Employee compensation and payroll taxes		84,531		—			—		84,531		18,505	(a)		103,036
Interest and dividends expense		47,083		—			—		47,083		—			47,083
Operations and administrative		21,923		—			—		21,923		—			21,923
Depreciation and amortization		30,441		—			—		30,441		—			30,441
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211		—			—		211		—			211
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639		—			—		2,639		—			2,639
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961		—			—		8,961		—			8,961
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000		—			—		3,000		—			3,000
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		30,894		—			—		30,894		(2,572	)(b)		28,322
Total operating expenses		529,495		—			—		529,495		15,933			545,428
Income before income taxes		193,558		—			—		193,558		(15,933	)		177,625
Provision for income taxes		3,501		16,079	(c)		—		19,580		(1,324	)(c)		18,256
Net income	$	190,057		(16,079	)		—		173,978		(14,609	)		159,369
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		—		—			—		—		(133,379	)(d)		(133,379	)
Net income attributable to Virtu Financial, Inc.	$	190,057	$	(16,079	)	$	—	$	173,978	$	(147,988	)	$	25,990
Basic and diluted earnings per share of Class A Common stockholders:
Basic		—		—			—		—		(e	)	$	0.81
Diluted		—		—			—		—		(e	)	$	0.81
Weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic		—		—			—		—		(e	)		31,899,012
Diluted		—		—			—		—		(e	)		31,899,012

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information.

74

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

As of December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except per interest and share data)	Actual		Adjustments for 2015 Distributions to Pre-IPO Equityholders			Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions Other than the Tax Receivable Agreements		Adjustments for Reorganization Transactions Involving Silver Lake Equityholders and Temasek Equityholders		Adjustments for the Tax Receivable Agreements			As Adjusted Before this Offering		Adjustments for this Offering			Adjustments for the Use of Proceeds			Pro Forma
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	75,864		(70,000	)(g)		—		—		—		$	5,864		276,750	(f)		(253,500	)(f)	$	29,114
Securities borrowed		484,934		—			—		—		—			484,934		—			—			484,934
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		31,463		—			—		—		—			31,463		—			—			31,463
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		387,652		(110,000	)(g)		—		—		—			277,652		—			—			277,652
Trading assets, at fair value:
Financial instruments owned		1,307,933		—			—		—		—			1,307,933		—			—			1,307,933
Financial instruments owned and pledged		236,375		—			—		—		—			236,375		—			—			236,375
Property, equipment and capitalized software (net of accumulated depreciation)		44,644		—			—		—		—			44,644		—			—			44,644
Goodwill		715,379		—			—		—		—			715,379		—			—			715,379
Intangibles (net of accumulated amortization)		1,414		—			—		—		—			1,414		—			—			1,414
Other assets		38,903		—			—		—		—			38,903		—			(10,169	)(h)		28,734
Deferred tax asset		—		—			—		—		152,245	(i)		152,245		—			—			152,245
Total assets	$	3,324,561	$	(180,000	)		—			$	152,245		$	3,296,806	$	277,310		$	(263,669	)	$	3,309,887
Liabilities, redeemable interest and equity
Liabilities
Short-term borrowings	$	—		—			—		—		—		$	—		—			—		$	—
Securities loaned		497,862		—			—		—		—			497,862		—			—			497,862
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		2,006		—			—		—		—			2,006		—			—			2,006
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		686,203		—			—		—		—			686,203		—			—			686,203
Trading liabilities, at fair value:
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		1,037,634		—			—		—		—			1,037,634		—			—			1,037,634
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities		93,331		—			—		—		175,668	(i)		268,999		—			—			268,999
Senior secured credit facility		500,827		—			—		—		—			500,827		—			—			500,827
Total liabilities	$	2,817,863	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	175,668		$	2,993,531	$	—		$	—		$	2,993,531

75

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except per interest and share data)	Actual			Adjustments for 2015 Distributions to Pre-IPO Equityholders			Adjustments for the Reorganization Transactions Other than the Tax Receivable Agreements			Adjustments for Reorganization Transactions Involving Silver Lake Equityholders and Temasek Equityholders			Adjustments for the Tax Receivable Agreements		As Adjusted Before this Offering			Adjustments for this Offering			Adjustments for the Use of Proceeds			Pro Forma
Class A-1 redeemable interest(1)		294,433			—			(82,890	)(j)		(211,543	)(k)		—		—			—			—			—
Equity
Class A-1 — Authorized and Issued — 1,964,826 interests, Outstanding — 1,964,826 interests		19,648			—			(19,648	)(j)		—			—		—			—			—			—
Class A-2 — Authorized and Issued — 101,381,332 interests, Outstanding — 99,855,666 interests		287,705			—			(287,705	)(j)		—			—		—			—			—			—
Class A common stock (par value, $0.00001), 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and 31,899,012 shares outstanding		—			—			—			—	(k)		—		—			—			—	(f)		—
Class B common stock (par value, $0.00001), 175,000,000 shares authorized and 0 shares outstanding		—			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—
Class C common stock (par value, $0.00001), 90,000,000 shares authorized and 24,708,063 shares outstanding		—			—			—	(j)		—			—		—			—			—	(f)		—
Class D common stock (par value, $0.00001), 175,000,000 shares authorized and 79,902,009 shares outstanding		—			—			1	(j)		—			—		1			—			—			1
Additional paid-in capital		—			(180,000	)(g)		5,278	(d)		211,543	(k)		(23,423)(i)		13,398			276,750	(h)		(224,031	)(h)		66,117
Accumulated deficit		(91,383	)		—			91,383	(d)		—			—		—			—			(9,276	)(a)		(9,276	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(3,705	)		—			2,838	(j)		—			—		(867	)		—			—			(867	)
Total members' equity/shareholders' equity		212,265			(180,000	)		(207,853	)		211,543			(23,423)		12,532			276,750			(233,307	)		55,975
Non-controlling interest		—			—			290,743	(d)(j)		—			—		290,743			—			(30,362	)(d)		260,381
Total equity	$	212,265		$	(180,000	)	$	82,890		$	211,543		$	(23,423)	$	303,275		$	276,750		$	(263,669	)	$	316,356
Total liabilities, redeemable interest and equity	$	3,324,561		$	(180,000	)	$	—		$	—		$	152,245	$	3,296,806		$	276,750		$	(263,669	)	$	3,309,887

(1)

The Class A-1 interests of Virtu Financial are convertible by the holders at any time into an equivalent number of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial and, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, holders are entitled to receive distributions up to specified preference amounts before holders of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial are entitled to receive distributions. In connection with the reorganization transactions, all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial Units. See "Organizational Structure — The Reorganization Transactions."

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information.

76

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

(a)

Reflects approximately $12.3 million and $6.2 million of expected recurring compensation expenses in respect of the time-based vesting of (i) pre-IPO Class B interests in Virtu Financial vesting upon the consummation of this offering and (ii) stock options with respect to an aggregate of 9,223,000 shares of Class A common stock to be issued in connection with this offering under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, respectively. The stock options will have an exercise price equal to the public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering and will vest equally over a four-year period beginning on the grant date. The remaining unvested amounts relating to Class B interests and stock options of $9.4 million and $18.7 million, respectively, will vest over a weighted average time period of 0.8 and 3 years, respectively. With respect to the unvested pre-IPO Class B interests, such vesting over a period ending on December 31, 2017 will increase the non-controlling interests, assuming such interests are not exchanged for Class A common stock of Virtu Financial, Inc. The related impacts to the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition reflect the proportionate allocation of (i) $12.3 million described above and (ii) an additional $27.4 million representing the cumulative impact of prior expense related to the vested portion of pre-IPO Class B interests, between accumulated deficit, representing controlling interest of 23.4% and non-controlling interest of 76.6%.

We applied ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, in accounting for the Class B interests and stock option awards. Share-based compensation expense relating to Class B interests, which is recognized over a four-year service period and only upon the occurrence of an initial public offering, was determined using the fair value at the date of grant based on the equity value of Virtu Financial through the application of the Black-Scholes-Merton model. The volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model was based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies for a period equal to the estimated time until the liquidity event.

Share-based compensation expense relating to the stock options, which is recognized over a four-year service period, was determined using the fair value at the date of grant through the application of the Black-Scholes-Merton model, using the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the expected dividend rate, the risk-free interest rate and the "simplified" method in accordance Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 to determine the expected term. The volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model was based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies.

(b)

Reflects a 0.5% per annum reduction in the interest rate applicable to the outstanding term loan balance under our senior secured credit facility upon the consummation of this offering.

(c)

Represents the additional current income tax expense for the period based on an effective income tax rate of 10.3%, determined based on the U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to corporations of 35.0%, less the rate attributable to non-controlling interest of 26.8%, plus any state, local and foreign taxes net of federal tax benefit of 2.1%. After giving effect to the adjustments for the reorganization transactions and this offering, the additional current income tax provision (benefit) on our 23.4% interest in Virtu Financial will be $16.1 million and $(1.3) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(d)

Represents the portion of the stockholder's equity owned by the current members of Virtu Financial after the reorganization transactions and this offering. Immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by Virtu Financial Units not held by us will be 76.6%, and the net income attributable to Virtu Financial Units not held by

77

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

us will accordingly represent 83.7% of our net income. The higher percentage of net income attributable to Virtu Financial Units not held by us over the ownership percentage of Virtu Financial Units not held by us is due to the recognition of additional current income tax expense after giving effect to the adjustments for the reorganization transactions and this offering that is entirely attributable to our interest.

(e)

The weighted average number of shares underlying the basic earnings per share calculation reflects only the 31,899,012 shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering as they are the only outstanding shares which participate in the economics of Virtu Financial, Inc. The weighted average number of shares underlying the diluted earnings per share calculation similarly reflects the 31,899,012 shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering but does not include the conversion of the Class A common stock options as they were deemed to have an anti-dilutive impact at this time. Additionally, the conversion of Class C and Class D common shares would not have a dilutive effect on earnings per share as net income attributable to controlling interests would increase proportionately with each conversion.

(f)

The following sets forth the estimated sources and uses of funds in connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering, assuming the issuance of 16,532,272 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus):

•

Sources:

•

$297.6 million gross cash proceeds to us from the offering of Class A common stock.

•

Uses:

•

we will use $20.8 million to pay underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses (which will be borne by Virtu Financial through a reduction in the contributions described immediately below);

•

we will contribute $23.3 million to Virtu Financial in exchange for a number of Virtu Financial Units equal to the contribution amount divided by the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering;

•

we will use $58.1 million to purchase Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock; and

•

we will use $195.4 million to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including certain members of management, at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock.

(g)

Reflects the 2015 Distributions, which consist of (i) cash distributions by Virtu Financial to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million in January 2015, $20.0 million in February 2015 and $10.0 million in March 2015 (funded from cash on hand) and (ii) anticipated cash distributions by Virtu Financial to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million prior to the consummation of this offering, as of a record date prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions and $50.0 million following the consummation of this offering. We expect that the anticipated cash distributions to the Virtu Pre-IPO Members following the consummation of this offering will be funded from cash

78

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

on hand and excess cash held at clearing deposits from broker dealers and clearing organizations.

(h)

Reflects the effects on additional paid-in capital relating to the following ($ in thousands):

Gross proceeds from offering of Class A common stock	$	297,581
Payment of underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering		(20,831	)
Purchase of Class A common stock from Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder		(58,100	)
Purchase of Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class C common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members		(195,400	)
Vesting of pre-IPO Class B interests in Virtu Financial upon the consummation of this offering		39,638
Reclassification of costs incurred in this offering from other assets to additional paid-in capital		(10,169	)
	$	52,719

(i)

Reflects adjustment to give effect to $152.2 million of amortizable tax basis related to amounts recognized as taxable income by the current sellers of Virtu Financial. In addition, a wholly owned subsidiary of ours will succeed to an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners' and Temasek's, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member's remaining tax basis that similarly arose on account of taxable income recognized by past sellers of Virtu Financial. The total tax benefit expected in connection with the amortization of this tax basis is approximately $206.7 million, which is amortized over 15 years pursuant to Section 197 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). We have entered into an agreement with the Virtu Pre-IPO Members to pay them 85% of the tax savings (or $175.7 million) as the tax reduction is realized by us and the obligation to make those payments has been recognized as a liability (referred to as "TRA liability") and is included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in our pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. While the total tax benefit is $206.7 million, the amount that can be recognized as a deferred tax asset is a lesser amount due to the Madison Tyler Transactions that resulted in the recognition of goodwill for financial reporting purposes that had no corresponding tax basis within Virtu Financial. When determining the amount to recognize as a deferred tax asset, the tax basis in the units that results in the tax benefit of $206.7 million must be compared to the financial reporting basis in Virtu Financial units, which includes this historical financial reporting (but not tax) goodwill, resulting in the deferred tax asset being $152.2 million instead of the total tax benefit of $206.7 million. The $23.4 million difference between the deferred tax asset recognized and the TRA liability is recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in-capital.

(j)

Reflects adjustments to give effect to (i) the reclassification of Virtu Financial's Class A-1 redeemable interests, Class A-1 interests and Class A-2 interests into 104,610,072 Virtu Financial Units and (ii) the subscription for and purchase of (x) 79,902,009 corresponding shares of Class D common stock by the Founder Post-IPO Member and (y) 24,708,063 corresponding shares of Class C common stock, in each case at a purchase price of $0.00001 per share. Remaining value is included as part of non-controlling interest.

79

Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The effects on non-controlling interests relate to the following ($ in thousands):

Reclassification of Class A-1 redeemable interests into Virtu Financial Units	$	82,890
Reclassification of Class A-1 interests into Virtu Financial Units	$	19,648
Reclassification of Class A-2 interests into Virtu Financial Units	$	287,705
Reclassification of accumulated deficit attributable to the Virtu Pre-IPO members	$	(91,383	)
Reclassification to additional paid-in capital	$	(5,279	)
Reclassification of accumulated comprehensive income to the Virtu Pre-IPO Units		(2,838	)
	$	290,743

(k)

Reflects adjustments to give effect to the Mergers, in which we will acquire 18,837,464 Virtu Financial Units in exchange for issuing 18,837,464 shares of Class A common stock, and rights to receive payments under a tax receivable agreement, to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders.

80

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of Virtu Financial for the periods beginning on and after January 1, 2012. We were formed on October 16, 2013 and have not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to our formation and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from Virtu Financial's audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          You should read the following information in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our and Virtu Financial's respective audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Years Ended Dec. 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013		2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data:
Revenues
Trading income, net	$	685,150		$	623,733	$	581,476
Interest and dividends income		27,923			31,090		34,152
Technology services		9,980			9,682		—
Total revenues		723,053			664,505		615,628
Operating Expenses
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		230,965			195,146		200,587
Communication and data processing		68,847			64,689		55,384
Employee compensation and payroll taxes		84,531			78,353		63,836
Interest and dividends expense		47,083			45,196		48,735
Operations and administrative		21,923			27,215		27,826
Depreciation and amortization		30,441			23,922		17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211			1,011		71,654
Acquisition cost		—			—		69
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639			6,705		6,151
Impairment of intangible assets		—			—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—			—		6,134
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing(1)		—			10,022		—
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961			—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000			—		—
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		30,894			24,646		26,460
Total operating expenses		529,495			476,905		526,300
Income before income taxes		193,558			187,600		89,328
Provision for income taxes		3,501			5,397		1,768
Net income	$	190,057		$	182,203	$	87,560
Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Taxes
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		(5,032	)		1,382		548
Comprehensive income	$	185,025		$	183,585	$	88,108

	As of Dec. 31,
	2014		2013
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	75,864	$	66,010
Total assets		3,324,561		3,963,570
Senior secured credit facility		500,827		507,725
Total liabilities		2,817,863		3,510,282
Class A-1 redeemable interest(2)		294,433		250,000
Total Members'/shareholders' equity		212,265		203,288

(1)

In connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, Virtu Financial entered into a $320.0 million senior secured credit facility, which was subsequently refinanced. A portion of certain financing costs incurred in connection with the original credit facility that were scheduled to be amortized over the five-year term of the loan, including original issue discount and underwriting and legal fees, were accelerated and recognized at the closing of the refinancing.

(2)

The Class A-1 interests of Virtu Financial are convertible by the holders at any time into an equivalent number of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial and, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, holders are entitled to receive distributions up to specified preference amounts before holders of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial are entitled to receive distributions. In connection with the reorganization transactions, all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial Units. See "Organizational Structure — The Reorganization Transactions."

81

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. You should read the following discussion together with our and Virtu Financial's audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results and timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

          Virtu is a leading technology-enabled market maker and liquidity provider to the global financial markets. We stand ready, at any time, to buy or sell a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, and we generate revenue by buying and selling large volumes of securities and other financial instruments and earning small bid/ask spreads on individual transactions. We make markets by providing quotations to buyers and sellers in more than 11,000 securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world. We believe that our broad diversification, in combination with our proprietary technology platform and low-cost structure, enables us to facilitate risk transfer between global capital markets participants by supplying liquidity and competitive pricing while at the same time earning attractive margins and returns.

          We believe that market makers like us serve an important role in maintaining and improving the overall health and efficiency of the global capital markets by continuously posting bids and offers for securities and other financial instruments and thereby providing to market participants an efficient means to transfer risk. Market participants benefit from the increased liquidity, lower overall trading costs and execution certainty that we provide.

          We refer to our market making activities as being "market neutral," which means that we are not dependent on the direction of any particular market and we do not speculate. Our market making activities are designed to minimize capital at risk at any given time by limiting the notional size of our positions. Our strategies are also designed to lock in returns through precise hedging in the primary instrument or in one or more economically equivalent instruments, as we seek to eliminate the price risk in any positions held.

          Our revenue generation is driven primarily by transaction volume across a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, asset classes and geographies. We avoid the risk of long or short positions in favor of earning small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes across thousands of securities and financial instruments. We also generate revenue from interest and dividends on securities that we hold from time to time in connection with our market making activities and, beginning in 2013, from the sale of licensed technology and related services. Our revenues are also impacted by levels of volatility in a given period. Increases in market volatility can cause bid/ask spreads to widen as market participants are willing to incur greater costs to transact, which we benefit from.

          Virtu Financial was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on April 8, 2011 in connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, when the members of Virtu Financial's predecessor entity, Virtu East, which was formed and commenced operations on March 19, 2008, exchanged their interests in Virtu East for interests in Virtu Financial. On July 8, 2011, we completed our acquisition of Madison Tyler Holdings, which was co-founded by Mr. Vincent Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman. Madison Tyler Holdings was an electronic trading firm and market maker on

82

numerous exchanges and electronic marketplaces in equities, fixed income, currencies and commodities, and the Madison Tyler Transactions expanded our geographic and product market as well as our market penetration in existing markets. On December 9, 2011, we acquired the DMM business of Cohen Capital Group ("CCG"), giving us the right to act as a DMM in 258 symbols on the NYSE and NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex). On September 14, 2012, we acquired the European ETF market making assets of Nyenburgh, which include market making relationships with European ETF issuers and trading relationships with over-the-counter counterparties. Virtu Financial is a holding company that conducts its business through its operating subsidiaries.

          We believe that the key variable that impacts our revenues most strongly is the overall level of volumes in the various markets we serve. We make markets in more than 11,000 listed securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world, and we generate revenue by earning small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes. We believe that the most relevant asset class distinctions and venues for the markets we serve include the following:

Asset Classes	Selected Venues in Which We Make Markets
Americas Equities	NYSE, NASDAQ, DirectEdge, NYSE Arca, NYSE MKT, BATS, IEX, TMX, ICE, CME, BM&F Bovespa, major private liquidity pools
EMEA Equities	LSE, Deutsche Boerse, NASDAQ OMX, NYSE Euronext, Eurex, Chi-X, BME, XETRA, NYSE Liffe, Turquoise, Borsa Italiana, SIX Swiss Exchange, Johannesburg Stock Exchange
APAC Equities	TSE, SGX, OSE, SBI Japannext, TOCOM
Global Commodities	CME, ICE, TOCOM, SGX, NYSE Liffe, EBS
Global Currencies	CME, ICE, Currenx, EBS, HotSpot, Reuters, FXall, LMAX
Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities	CBOE, PHLX, NYSE Arca Options, eSpeed, BOX, BrokerTec

Components of Our Results of Operations

          The following discussion sets forth certain components of our consolidated statements of comprehensive income as well as factors that impact such components. We present our results under one reportable segment, which is consistent with our structure and how we manage our business.

Total Revenues

          The majority of our revenues are generated through market making activities and are recorded as trading income. In addition, we generate revenues from interest and dividends income as well as the sale of licensed technology and related services.

          Trading Income, Net.    Trading income, net, represents revenue earned from bid/ask spreads. Trading income is generated in the normal course of our market making activities and is typically proportional to the level of trading activity, or volumes, in the asset classes we serve. Our trading income is highly diversified by asset class and geography and is comprised of small amounts earned on millions of trades on various exchanges, primarily in Americas, EMEA and APAC equities, global currencies, global commodities, including energy and metals, and options, fixed income and

83

other securities. Trading income, net, includes trading income earned from bid/ask spreads. Our trading income, net, results from gains and losses associated with economically neutral trading strategies, which are designed to capture small bid ask spreads and often involve making markets in a derivative versus a correlated instrument that is not a derivative. These transactions often result in a gain or loss on the derivative and a corresponding loss or gain on the non-derivative. Trading income, net, accounted for approximately 95%, 94% and 94% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          Interest and Dividends Income.    Our market making activities require us to hold an inventory of securities on a regular basis, and we generate revenues in the form of interest and dividends income from these securities. Interest is earned on securities borrowed from other market participants pursuant to collateralized financing arrangements and on cash held by brokers. Dividends income arises from holding market making positions over dates on which dividends are paid to shareholders of record.

          Technology Services.    We began providing technology services to a third party in 2013 pursuant to a three-year arrangement. Technology services revenues represent fees charged for the licensing of our proprietary technology and the provision of related services, including hosting, management and support. These fees generally include an up-front component and a recurring fee for the relevant term. Revenue is recognized ratably for these services over the contractual term of the agreement.

Adjusted Net Trading Income

          Adjusted Net Trading Income is the amount of revenue we generate from our market making activities, or trading income, net, plus interest and dividends income and expense, net, less direct costs associated with those revenues, including brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net. Rather than analyzing these components of our operating results individually, we generally view them on an aggregate net basis in the context of Adjusted Net Trading Income. Adjusted Net Trading Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our total Adjusted Net Trading Income is the primary metric used by management in evaluating performance, making strategic decisions and allocating resources, and the primary factor influencing Adjusted Net Trading Income is overall market volume levels in securities and other financial instruments. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted Net Trading Income provides an indicator of the performance of our market making activities that is not affected by revenues or expenses that are not directly associated with such activities. Accordingly, management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Although we use Adjusted Net Trading Income as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted Net Trading Income is limited because it does not include certain material costs that are necessary to operate our business. Adjusted Net Trading Income should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, trading income, net, in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by revenues or expenses that are not directly associated with our market making activities. Adjusted Net Trading Income is limited as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

84

          The following table shows our percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income by asset class for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

	Percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income by Asset Class
	Years Ended Dec. 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Americas Equities(1)		26	%		27	%		30	%
EMEA Equities		12	%		11	%		13	%
APAC Equities		7	%		11	%		11	%
Global Commodities		21	%		23	%		26	%
Global Currencies		25	%		20	%		14	%
Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities		10	%		9	%		7	%
Unallocated(2)		(1	)%		(1	)%		(1	)%
Total Adjusted Net Trading Income		100	%		100	%		100	%

(1)

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, our percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income for Americas Equities consisted of 20%, 20% and 24% attributable to U.S. equities and 6%, 7% and 6% attributable to Canadian and Latin American equities, respectively.

(2)

Under our methodology for recording "trading income, net" in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, we recognize revenues based on the exit price of assets and liabilities in accordance with applicable U.S. GAAP rules, and when we calculate Adjusted Net Trading Income for corresponding reporting periods, we start with trading income, net, so calculated. By contrast, when we calculate Adjusted Net Trading Income by asset class, we do so on a daily basis, and as a result prices used in recognizing revenues may differ. Because we provide liquidity on a global basis, across asset classes and time zones, the timing of any particular Adjusted Net Trading Income calculation can effectively defer or accelerate revenue from one day to another or one reporting period to another, as the case may be. We do not allocate any resulting differences based on the timing of revenue recognition.

Operating Expenses

          Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees, Net.    Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees are our most significant expense and include the direct expenses of executing and clearing transactions we consummate in the course of our market making activities. Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees include fees paid to various prime brokers, exchanges and clearing firms for services such as execution of transactions, prime brokerage fees, access fees and clearing expenses. These expenses generally increase and decrease in direct correlation with our volumes and the level of trading activity in the markets we serve. Execution fees are paid primarily to electronic exchanges and venues where we trade. Clearance fees are paid to clearing houses and clearing agents. Rebates based on volume discounts, credits or payments received from exchanges or other market places are netted against brokerage, exchange and clearance fees.

          Communication and Data Processing.    Communication and data processing represent primarily fixed expenses for leased equipment, equipment co-location, network lines and connectivity for our trading centers and co-location facilities. More specifically, communications expense consists primarily of the cost of voice and data telecommunication lines supporting our business, including connectivity to data centers and exchanges, markets and liquidity pools around the world, and data processing expense consists primarily of market data fees that we pay to third parties to receive price quotes and related information.

85

          Employee Compensation and Payroll Taxes.    Employee compensation and payroll taxes include employee salaries, cash incentive compensation, employee benefits, payroll taxes, severance and other employee related costs. Non-cash compensation includes the stock-based-incentive compensation paid to employees in the form of Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco, which holds corresponding Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial. Upon the consummation of this offering, the Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco will convert into common units of Virtu Employee Holdco, and the corresponding Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial that are held by Virtu Employee Holdco, together with all other equity interests in Virtu Financial will convert into Virtu Financial Units. We have capitalized and excluded from this calculation employee compensation and benefits related to software development of $9.8 million, $10.1 million and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          Interest and Dividends Expense.    We incur interest expense from loaning certain equity securities in the general course of our market making activities pursuant to collateralized lending transactions. Typically, dividend expense is incurred when a dividend is paid on securities sold short.

          Operations and Administrative.    Operations and administrative expense represents occupancy, recruiting, travel and related expense, professional fees and other expenses.

          Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization expense results from the depreciation of fixed assets, such as computing and communications hardware, as well as amortization of leasehold improvements and capitalized in-house software development. We depreciate our computer hardware and related software, office hardware and furniture and fixtures on a straight line basis over a period of 3 to 7 years based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset, and we amortize our capitalized software development costs on a straight line basis over a period of 1.4 to 2.5 years, which represents the estimated useful lives of the underlying software. We amortize leasehold improvements on a straight line basis over the lesser of the life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Intangible assets with definite lives, including purchased intangibles, are amortized over their useful lives, ranging from 1.4 to 9 years.

          Amortization of Purchased Intangibles and Acquired Capitalized Software.    Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software consists primarily of the amortization of $110 million of assets purchased in the Madison Tyler Transactions. $108 million of these assets were amortized based on useful lives of 1.4 years and were fully amortized as of December 31, 2012. $2 million of the purchased intangibles were amortized on useful lives of 2.5 years and were fully amortized as of December 31, 2013.

          Acquisition Cost.    From time to time we have pursued and may, in the future, pursue strategic mergers, acquisitions or other corporate transactions as part of our growth strategy. The pursuit of such transactions generally results in the incurrence of professional, advisory and other related expenses in connection with the due diligence, negotiation and consummation of such transactions.

          Acquisition Related Retention Bonus.    In connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, we established a $21.5 million retention bonus plan for Madison Tyler Holdings employees, to be paid out in five installments through July 8, 2014. This expense is amortized on a straight line basis and, in the absence of changes in the amounts capitalized as related to software development, the expense is consistent over equivalent periods.

          Initial Public Offering Fees and Expenses.    Initial public offering fees and expenses reflect costs directly attributable to the Company's initial public offering process, which was postponed in

86

April 2014. The Company accounted for such costs in accordance with ASC 340-10, Other Assets and Deferred Costs. ASC 340 states that costs directly attributable to a successfully completed offering of equity securities may be deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital, but for an offering postponed for a period greater than 90 days, the offering costs must be charged as an expense in the period the offering process was postponed.

          Transaction Advisory Fees and Expenses.    Transaction advisory fees and expenses reflect professional fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Temasek Transaction, which was consummated on December 31, 2014.

          Impairment of Intangible Assets.    We test intangible assets for impairment annually or when impairment indicators are present, and if they are impaired, intangible assets are written down to fair value.

          Lease Abandonment.    From time to time, based on changes in technology or our business needs, we may abandon leased properties or equipment in favor of more optimal technology, or assets and, as a result, may incur charges representing the acceleration of depreciation, amortization or contractual commitments.

          Debt Issue Costs Related to Debt Refinancing.    The refinancing of our senior secured credit facility or any other indebtedness has and, may in the future result in the acceleration of debt issue costs incurred at issuance and originally scheduled to be amortized over the life of the loan.

          Financing Interest Expense on Senior Secured Credit Facility.    Financing interest expense reflects interest accrued on outstanding indebtedness, under our senior secured credit facility.

Non-Controlling Interest

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will be appointed as the sole managing member of Virtu Financial pursuant to Virtu Financial's limited liability company agreement. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of Virtu Financial and will also have a substantial financial interest in Virtu Financial, we will consolidate the financial results of Virtu Financial, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the non-controlling interest to reflect the entitlement of the Virtu Post-IPO Members to a portion of Virtu Financial's net income (loss). We will hold approximately 23.4% of the outstanding Virtu Financial Units (or approximately 24.8% of the outstanding Virtu Financial Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), and the remaining Virtu Financial Units will be held by the Virtu Post-IPO Members.

Provision for Income Taxes

          Our business was historically operated through a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and as such most of our income was not subject to U.S. federal and was subject to certain state income taxes. Our income tax expense for historical periods reflects taxes payable by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Prior to the completion of this offering, as a result of the reorganization transactions, we will become subject to U.S federal and certain state taxes applicable to entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes on taxable income attributable to the Company's controlling interest in Virtu Financial.

87

Future Public Company Expenses

          We expect our operating expenses to increase when we become a public company following this offering. We expect our accounting, legal and personnel-related expenses and directors' and officers' insurance costs to increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Sarbanes-Oxley and prepare and distribute periodic reports as required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

          As a result of a recently entered into office lease agreement with a commencement date of January 16, 2015, we plan to vacate our current office space and are in the process of determining the financial impact of the termination of our existing lease, but we estimated that we could recognize a maximum loss of approximately $3.0 million associated with the early termination.

Results of Operations

          The table below sets forth our historical consolidated results of operations in thousands of dollars for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

	Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data:
Revenues:
Trading income, net	$	685,150	$	623,733	$	581,476
Interest and dividend income		27,923		31,090		34,152
Technology services		9,980		9,682		—
Total revenue		723,053		664,505		615,628
Operating Expenses:
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		230,965		195,146		200,587
Communication and data processing		68,847		64,689		55,384
Employee compensation and payroll taxes		84,531		78,353		63,836
Interest and dividends expense		47,083		45,196		48,735
Operations and administrative		21,923		27,215		27,826
Depreciation and amortization		30,441		23,922		17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211		1,011		71,654
Acquisition cost		—		—		69
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639		6,705		6,151
Impairment of intangible assets		—		—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—		—		6,134
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—		10,022		—
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961		—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000		—		—
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		30,894		24,646		26,460
Total operating expenses		529,495		476,905		526,300
Income before income taxes		193,558		187,600		89,328
Provision for income taxes		3,501		5,397		1,768
Net income	$	190,057		182,203		87,560

88

	Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Other Comprehensive Income, net of taxes:
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		(5,032	)		1,382			548
Comprehensive income		185,025			183,585			88,108
Percentage of Total Revenues:
Revenues:
Trading income, net		95	%		94	%		94	%
Interest and dividends income		4			5			6
Technology services		1			1			—
Total revenue		100	%		100	%		100	%
Operating Expenses:
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		32	%		29	%		33	%
Communication and data processing		10			10			9
Employee compensation and payroll taxes		12			12			10
Interest and dividends expense		7			7			8
Operations and administrative		3			4			5
Depreciation and amortization		4			4			3
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		—			—			12
Acquisition related retention bonus		—			1			1
Lease abandonment		—			—			1
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—			2			—
Initial public offering fees and expenses		1			—			—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		1			—			—
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		4			4			4
Total operating expenses		74	%		73	%		86	%
Income before income taxes		26	%		27	%		14	%
Provision for income taxes		1	%		1	%		1	%
Net income		25	%		26	%		13	%

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Total Revenues

          Our total revenues increased $58.6 million, or 8.8%, to $723.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $664.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in trading income, net, of $61.5 million, a decrease in interest and dividends income of $3.2 million and $0.3 million increase in revenues generated from our initial deployment and delivery of technology services in February 2013.

Adjusted Net Trading Income

          Adjusted Net Trading Income increased $20.5 million, or 5.0%, to $435.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $414.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to the increased scale and diversification of our trading compared to the prior period and reflects increases in Adjusted Net Trading Income from Americas equities trading of $2.3 million, $7.2 million from EMEA equities trading, $28.7 million from global currencies trading and $3.8 million from trading options, fixed income and other securities. These increases in Adjusted Net Trading Income were partially offset by a decrease in Adjusted Net Trading Income from APAC equities trading of $15.6 million and $1.9 million from global commodities compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, which was primarily attributable to

89

overall decreased average daily volumes and volatility across certain asset classes in these categories. Adjusted Net Trading Income per day increased $0.08 million, or 5.0%, to $1.73 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.65 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The number of trading days for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 252 and 252, respectively. See "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data" for the reconciliation between Net Income and Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Trading Income, Net.    Trading income, net, increased $61.5 million, or 9.8%, to $685.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $623.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to the diversification of our revenues despite overall decreased average daily volumes and volatility across certain asset classes, in particular APAC equities, global commodities, and global currencies. Rather than analyzing trading income, net, in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income, together with interest and dividends income, interest and dividends expense and brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net, each of which are described below.

          Interest and Dividends Income.    Interest and dividends income decreased $3.2 million, or 10.2%, to $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily attributable to lower interest income earned on cash collateral posted as part of securities borrowed transactions.

          Technology Services.    Technology services revenues increased $0.3 million, or 3.1%, to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We commenced providing technology services and recognized revenues starting in February 2013, compared to the full year of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Operating Expenses

          Our operating expenses increased $52.6 million, or 11.0%, to $529.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $476.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increases in brokerage, exchange, and clearance fees of $35.9 million, interest and dividends expense of $1.9 million, communication and data processing expense of $4.1 million, employee compensation and payroll taxes of $6.1 million, operations and administrative expense of $5.3 million, financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility of $6.3 million, initial public offering fees and expenses of $9.0 million, transaction advisory fees and expenses of $3.0 million and $6.5 million in depreciation and amortization expense. These increases in operating expenses were partially offset by decreases in debt issue cost related to debt refinancing of $10.0 million, $4.1 million in acquisition related retention bonus, and $0.8 million in amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software.

          Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees, Net.    Brokerage exchange and clearance fees, net, increased $35.9 million, or 18.4%, to $231.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $195.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to the higher fees incurred in our Americas equities trading. As indicated above, rather than analyzing brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net, in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Communication and Data Processing.    Communication and data processing expense increased $4.1 million, or 6.4%, to $68.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $64.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to increased costs from the use of new telecommunication and market data technologies.

90

          Employee Compensation and Payroll Taxes.    Employee compensation and payroll taxes increased $6.1 million, or 7.9%, to $84.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase in compensation levels was attributable to increased incentive compensation as a result of the increase in overall profitability of our business and costs associated with a reduction in force for certain terminated employees. As of December 31, 2014, our global headcount was 148 employees as compared to 151 as of December 31, 2013.

          Interest and Dividends Expense.    Interest and dividends expense increased $1.9 million, or 4.2%, to $47.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to greater financing and dividend costs incurred from our market making activities. As indicated above, rather than analyzing interest and dividends expense in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Operations and Administrative.    Operations and administrative expense decreased $5.3 million, or 19.4%, to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to the operational efficiencies achieved in our overhead expenses such as travel and entertainment, freight, and occupancy costs, resulting in part from the relocation of our Dublin trading centers following the closure of our London trading office and the consolidation of our European operations in Dublin during the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased $6.5 million, or 27.3%, to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to increased capital expenditures on telecommunication, networking and other assets.

          Amortization of Purchased Intangibles and Acquired Capitalized Software.    Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software decreased $0.8 million, or 79.1%, to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily attributable to the full amortization of the majority of the purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software related to the Madison Tyler Transactions, all of which was amortized by December 31, 2013.

          Acquisition Related Retention Bonus.    Acquisition related retention bonus expense decreased $4.1 million, or 60.6%, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The final installment payment under the retention plan was made on July 2014, compared against the full year of expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014.

          Debt Issue Costs Related to Debt Refinancing.    Expense from debt issue costs related to debt refinancing was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. These costs reflect nonrecurring expenses incurred as a result of the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility in February 2013 and November 2013. We had no such expense in the year ended December 31, 2014.

          Initial Public Offering Fees and Expenses.    Initial public offering fees and expenses were $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. These costs reflect nonrecurring expenses incurred as a result of the Initial Public Offering postponement in April 2014. We had no such expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Transaction Advisory Fees and Expenses.    Transaction advisory fees and expenses were $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. These costs reflect nonrecurring professional

91

fees incurred in connection with the Temasek Transaction, which was consummated on December 31, 2014. We had no such expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Financing Interest Expense on Senior Secured Credit Facility.    Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility increased $6.3 million, or 25.4%, to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to a $150.0 million and $106.7 million increase in the principal amount outstanding under our senior secured credit facility in May and November 2013, respectively.

Provision for Income Taxes

          Historically, as a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, most of our income has not been subject to corporate tax, but instead our members have been taxed on their proportionate share of our net income. Our income tax expense reflects taxes payable by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Provision for income taxes decreased $1.9 million, or 35.1%, to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily attributable to decreased profitability in foreign jurisdictions where we are subject to corporate level taxation, in particular APAC operations due to lower observed market volumes.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Total Revenues

          Our total revenues increased $48.9 million, or 7.9%, to $664.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $615.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in trading income, net, of $42.2 million and to our initial deployment in 2013 and delivery of technology services, which generated revenues of $9.7 million during the period.

Adjusted Net Trading Income

          Adjusted Net Trading Income increased $48.2 million, or 13.0%, to $414.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $366.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase reflects an increase in Adjusted Net Trading Income from global currencies of $30.2 million compared to the prior period as a result of an increase in global foreign currency exchange volumes as well as increased usage of VFX, our platform for providing customized liquidity in foreign currencies, an increase of $11.9 million from trading options, fixed income and other securities compared to the prior period as a result of an increase in relevant options volumes, an increase of $3.6 million from trading APAC equities compared to the prior period as a result of an increase in relevant market volumes and an increase of $2.3 million from trading Americas equities compared to the prior period as a result of increasingly favorable fee arrangements with certain venues. These increases in Adjusted Net Trading Income were partially offset by a decrease in Adjusted Net Trading Income from global commodities trading of $1.7 million compared to the prior period as a result of lower observed market volumes in certain energy products and a decrease of $1.4 million from EMEA equities trading compared to the prior period as a result of lower market volumes in European equities. In addition, brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net, decreased $5.5 million due to improved fee arrangements with brokers, exchanges and clearing parties and a shift in Adjusted Net Trading Income to asset classes with lower associated expenses. Adjusted Net Trading Income per day increased $0.2 million, or 12%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

92

          Trading Income, Net.    Trading income, net, increased $42.2 million, or 7.3%, to $623.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $581.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was partially attributable to our growth across new asset classes and geographies, which is discussed in more detail below under "— Adjusted Net Trading Income," despite decreased average daily volumes and volatility in the Americas equities markets. Rather than analyzing trading income, net, in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income, together with interest and dividends income, interest and dividends expense and brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net, each of which are described below.

          Interest and Dividends Income.    Interest and dividends income decreased $3.1 million, or 9.0%, to $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to decreased trading volumes.

          Technology Services.    Technology services revenues were $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We commenced providing technology services in 2013. As such, we did not generate technology services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Operating Expenses

          Our operating expenses decreased $49.4 million, or 9.4%, to $476.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $526.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software of $70.6 million and a decrease in interest and dividends expense of $3.5 million, which were partially offset by increases of $9.3 million in communication and data processing, $14.6 million in employee compensation and payroll taxes and $5.9 million in depreciation and amortization expense.

          Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees, Net.    Brokerage exchange and clearance fees, net, decreased $5.5 million, or 2.7%, to $195.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $200.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to improved fee arrangements with brokers, exchanges and clearing parties, as well as a shift in trading volumes to asset classes, in particular global currencies, with lower associated brokerage expenses. As indicated above, rather than analyzing brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net, in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Communication and Data Processing.    Communication and data processing expense increased $9.3 million, or 16.8%, to $64.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $55.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to the expansion of our market making activities into new markets in Asia and increased costs from the use of new telecommunication technologies.

          Employee Compensation and Payroll Taxes.    Employee compensation and payroll taxes increased $14.6 million, or 22.7%, to $78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $63.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was partially attributable to an increase in salaries due to increased headcount and compensation levels in support of the growth of our business, as well as an increase in cash bonus compensation as a result of increased overall profitability, in addition to severance expense incurred in connection with the consolidation of our European operations in Dublin.

          Interest and Dividends Expense.    Interest and dividends expense decreased $3.5 million, or 7.3%, to $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $48.7 million for the

93

year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in trading volumes. As indicated above, rather than analyzing interest and dividends expense in isolation, we generally evaluate it in the broader context of our Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          Operations and Administrative.    Operations and administrative expense decreased $0.6 million, or 2.2%, to $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to the $4.7 million expense incurred in connection with our attempt to purchase a publicly traded market making and financial services firm during the year ended December 31, 2012. We did not incur such expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was partially offset by increases in recruiting expense, travel and entertainment expense, professional fees and occupancy expense, resulting in part from the relocation of our Dublin trading centers to a larger space following the closure of our London trading office and the consolidation of our European operations in Dublin.

          Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased $6.0 million, or 33.0%, to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to increased capital expenditures on telecommunication, networking and other assets.

          Amortization of Purchased Intangibles and Acquired Capitalized Software.    Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software decreased $70.6 million, or 98.6%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $71.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to the full amortization of the majority of the purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software related to the Madison Tyler Transactions, all of which was amortized by December 31, 2013.

          Acquisition Cost.    Acquisition cost was $0.07 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the acquisition of Nyenburgh. We had no such expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Acquisition Related Retention Bonus.    Acquisition related retention bonus expense increased $0.5 million, or 9.0%, to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the accelerated recognition of expenses related to certain employees.

          Impairment of Intangible Assets.    Impairment of intangible asset expense of $1.5 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, as we determined the DMM rights to be fully impaired. We had no such expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Lease Abandonment.    Lease abandonment expense was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to a lease abandoned on telecommunications equipment related to the Madison Tyler Transactions. We had no such expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Debt Issue Costs Related to Debt Refinancing.    Expense from debt issue costs related to debt refinancing was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. These costs reflect nonrecurring expenses incurred as a result of the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility in February 2013 and November 2013. We had no such expense in the year ended December 31, 2012.

          Financing Interest Expense on Senior Secured Credit Facility.    Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility decreased $1.9 million, or 6.9%, to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in the effective interest rate under our senior

94

secured credit facility as of February 2013, from 7.50% to 5.75%, which was partially offset by a $150.0 million and $106.7 million increase in the principal amount outstanding under our senior secured credit facility in May and November 2013, respectively.

Provision for Income Taxes

          Historically, as a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, most of our income has not been subject to corporate tax, but instead our members have been taxed on their proportionate share of our net income. Our income tax expense reflects taxes payable by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Provision for income taxes increased $3.6 million, or 205.3%, to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in taxable incomes in foreign jurisdictions where we are subject to corporate level taxation, including increased profitability in our European operations following a consolidation of such operations. We anticipate that our income tax provision will increase following the reorganization transactions, as we will be subject to corporate level taxation on taxable income, as adjusted for any non-controlling interest.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

          As of December 31, 2014, we had $75.9 million in cash and cash equivalents. These balances are maintained primarily to support operating activities and for capital expenditures and for short-term access to liquidity. As of December 31, 2014, we had short-term debt outstanding of $0 and long-term debt outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of $502.7 million. As of December 31, 2014, our regulatory capital requirements for domestic U.S. subsidiaries were $3.7 million, in aggregate.

          The majority of our assets consist of exchange-listed marketable securities, which are marked-to-market daily, and collateralized receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations arising from proprietary securities transactions. Collateralized receivables consist primarily of securities borrowed, receivables from clearing houses for settlement of securities transactions and, to a lesser extent, securities purchased under agreements to resell.

          We actively manage our liquidity, and we maintain significant borrowing facilities through the securities lending markets and with banks and prime brokers. We have continually received the benefit of uncommitted margin financing from our prime brokers globally. These margin facilities are secured by securities in accounts held at the prime broker. For purposes of providing additional liquidity, we maintain a committed revolving credit facility for Virtu Financial BD LLC, one of our wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiaries. See " — Credit Facilities" below. In addition, we expect to supplement our overall liquidity with the new revolving credit facility we intend to obtain in connection with this offering.

          Based on our current level of operations, we believe our cash flows from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our broker-dealer revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for more than the next twelve months. We anticipate that our primary upcoming cash and liquidity needs will be increased margin requirements from increased trading activities in markets where we currently provide liquidity and in new markets into which we expand. We manage and monitor our margin and liquidity needs on a real-time basis and can adjust our requirements both intraday and inter-day, as required. In addition, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share to holders of our Class A common stock.

95

          Following the consummation of this offering, before any other distributions are made to us and the Virtu Post-IPO Members by Virtu Financial, Virtu Financial will distribute to certain Virtu Pre-IPO Members as of a record date prior to the commencement of the reorganization transactions, pro rata in accordance with their respective interests in classes of equity entitled to participate in operating cash flow distributions, operating cash flow of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries for the fiscal period beginning on January 1, 2015 and ending on the date of the consummation of the reorganization transactions, less any reserves established during this period and less any operating cash flow for this period previously distributed to such Virtu Pre-IPO Members. We expect this distribution will be funded from cash on hand. See "Dividend Policy."

          We expect our principal sources of future liquidity to come from cash flows provided by operating activities and financing activities we may pursue, including the new revolving credit facility described above. In addition, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we will have broad discretion as to the application of $23.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." We may also use such net proceeds, together with cash from operations, to finance growth through the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, products, services or technologies that are complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions or other strategic transactions. Certain of our cash balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to $250,000 per account but without a cap under certain conditions. From time to time these cash balances may exceed insured limits, but we select financial institutions deemed highly creditworthy to minimize risk. We consider highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months when acquired to be cash equivalents.

Tax Receivable Agreements

          Generally, we are required under the tax receivable agreements described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements" to make payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders that are generally equal to 85% of the applicable cash tax savings, if any, that we actually realize as a result of favorable tax attributes that will be available to us as a result of the reorganization transactions, exchanges of membership interests for Class A common stock or Class B common stock and payments made under the tax receivable agreements. We will retain the remaining 15% of these cash tax savings. We expect that future payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders in respect of the purchases, the exchanges and the Mergers described in "Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions" will aggregate to approximately $175.7 million and range from approximately $7.4 million to $12.9 million per year over the next 15 years (or approximately $179.9 million in the aggregate, ranging from approximately $7.7 million to $13.2 million per year over the next 15 years if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Such payments will occur only after the Company has filed its U.S. federal and state income tax returns and realized the cash tax savings from the favorable tax attributes. The first payment would be due after the filing of the Company's tax return for the year ended December 31, 2015, which is due March 15, 2016, but the due date can be extended until September 15, 2016. Future payments under the tax receivable agreements in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts. We currently expect to fund these payments from cash flow from operations generated by our subsidiaries as well as from excess tax distributions that we receive from our subsidiaries.

          Under the tax receivable agreements, as a result of certain types of transactions and other factors, including a transaction resulting in a change of control, we may also be required to make payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders in amounts equal

96

to the present value of future payments we are obligated to make under the tax receivable agreements. If the payments under the tax receivable agreements are accelerated, we may be required to raise additional debt or equity to fund such payments. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason (including because our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us) such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. For a full description of the tax receivable agreements, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—We will be required to pay the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

Regulatory Capital Requirements

          Certain of our principal operating subsidiaries are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements in the United States and other jurisdictions. Virtu Financial BD LLC and Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC are registered U.S. broker-dealers, and their primary regulators include the SEC, the Chicago Stock Exchange and FINRA. Virtu Financial Ireland Limited is a registered investment firm under the Market in Financial Instruments Directive, and its primary regulator is the Central Bank of Ireland.

          The SEC and FINRA impose rules that require notification when regulatory capital falls below certain pre-defined criteria. These rules also dictate the ratio of debt-to-equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. If a firm fails to maintain the required regulatory capital, it may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the applicable regulatory agency, and suspension or expulsion by these regulators could ultimately lead to the firm's liquidation. Additionally, certain applicable rules impose requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to and/or approval from the SEC, the Chicago Stock Exchange and FINRA for certain capital withdrawals. Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC is also subject to rules set forth by NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex) and is required to maintain a certain level of capital in connection with the operation of its DMM business. Virtu Financial Ireland Limited is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland as an Investment Firm and in accordance with European Union law is required to maintain a minimum amount of regulatory capital to cover its regulatory capital requirements. In addition to periodic requirements to report its regulatory capital and submit other regulatory reports, Virtu Financial Ireland Limited is required to obtain consent prior to receiving capital contributions or making capital distributions from its regulatory capital. Failure to comply with its regulatory capital requirements could result in regulatory sanction or revocation of its regulatory license.

          The following table sets forth the regulatory capital level, requirement and excess for domestic U.S. subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014:

(In thousands)	Regulatory Capital		Regulatory Capital Requirement		Excess Regulatory Capital
Virtu Financial BD LLC		59,795		1,000		58,795
Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC		8,139		3,700		4,439

97

Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	272,699		$	259,361		$	160,446
Investing activities		(36,159	)		(32,016	)		(28,356	)
Financing activities		(221,654	)		(202,695	)		(128,760	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(5,032	)		1,382			548
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	9,854		$	26,032		$	3,878

          The table above summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Operating Activities

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $272.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $259.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase of $13.3 million in net cash provided by operating activities is largely a reflection of the increased profitability of our business and the use of proceeds from excess funds held at prime brokers and clearinghouses towards repayment of the short term borrowings.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $259.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $160.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase of $99.0 million in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to an increase in net income of $94.6 million.

Investing Activities

          Net cash used in investing activities was $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $4.2 million increase in net cash used in investing activities was due to a $6.2 million increase in property and equipment purchases offset by a $0.3 million decrease in capitalized software development. The property and equipment purchases in the year ended December 31, 2014 increased as a result of investments in networking and communication equipment.

          Net cash used in investing activities was $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was due to a $6.1 million increase in property and equipment purchases, partially offset by a reduction of $1.3 million in cash used for acquisitions and a $1.1 million decrease in capitalized software expense.

Financing Activities

          Net cash used in financing activities of $221.7 million, $202.7 million and $128.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are primarily a result of distributions to members of Virtu Financial, including mandatory tax distributions, repurchase of Class A-2 interests and changes in borrowings under short-term lending arrangements and our senior secured credit facility.

Credit Facilities

          We originally entered into our senior secured credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in July 2011 in connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions. Subsequently, we

98

refinanced our senior secured credit facility in February 2013, we obtained an incremental term loan thereunder in May 2013 and we refinanced our senior secured credit facility again in November 2013. As of December 31, 2014, our senior secured credit facility had an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $502.7 million, and it matures in November 2019. We used the incremental proceeds from the most recent refinancing of our senior secured credit facility to make a special distribution of $98.4 million to the members of Virtu Financial. Prior to the consummation of this offering, borrowings under our senior secured credit facility bear interest, at our election, at either (i) the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (c) an adjusted LIBOR rate for a Eurodollar borrowing with an interest period of one month plus 1% and (d) 2.25%, plus, in each case, 3.5%, or (ii) the greater of (x) an adjusted LIBOR rate for the interest period in effect and (y) 1.25%, plus, in each case, 4.5%. Upon the consummation of this offering, such borrowings will bear interest, at our election, at either (i) the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (c) an adjusted LIBOR rate for a Eurodollar borrowing with an interest period of one month plus 1% and (d) 2.25%, plus, in each case, 3.0%, or (ii) the greater of (x) an adjusted LIBOR rate for the interest period in effect and (y) 1.25%, plus, in each case, 4.0%.

          Our senior secured credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants, which require us to maintain specified financial ratios and tests, including interest coverage and total leverage ratios, which may require us to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. Our senior secured credit facility is also subject to certain negative covenants that restricts our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, guarantee debt obligations, repay other indebtedness, pay dividends, pledge assets, make investments, including in certain of our operating subsidiaries, make acquisitions or consummate mergers or consolidations and engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. We are also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow and certain other triggering events. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our covenants and made contingent principal payments totalling $3.5 million since the latest refinancing.

          Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, other than the equity interests in and assets of our subsidiaries that are subject to, or potentially subject to, regulatory oversight, and our foreign subsidiaries, but including 100% of the non-voting stock and 65% of the voting stock of these subsidiaries.

          In addition, we can borrow up to an additional $200 million in incremental term loans and revolving loans. We have obtained commitments from a syndicate of lenders, subject to customary conditions in addition to the consummation of this offering, to provide us with a new revolving credit facility in the amount of $100 million for general corporate purposes. The new revolving credit facility will be implemented pursuant to an amendment to our senior secured credit facility, will be secured on a pari passu basis with the existing term loan under our senior secured credit facility and will be subject to the same financial covenants and negative covenants. Borrowings under the new revolving credit facility will bear interest, at our election, at either (i) the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% (c) an adjusted LIBOR rate for a Eurodollar borrowing with an interest period of one month plus 1% and (d) 2.25%, plus, in each case, 2.0%, or (ii) the greater of (x) an adjusted LIBOR rate for the interest period in effect and (y) 1.25%, plus, in each case, 3.0%. We will also pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the facility. Although we have obtained commitments for the new revolving credit facility, the commitments are subject to conditions (including termination) and there can be no assurance that we will successfully enter into the new revolving credit facility.

          On July 22, 2013, Virtu Financial BD LLC, our wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiary, entered into a $50.0 million, one-year secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our "broker-dealer credit facility," with BMO Harris Bank N.A. The maturity date for the broker-dealer credit

99

facility was subsequently extended for an additional year. Borrowings under our broker-dealer credit facility are used to finance the purchase and settlement of securities and bear interest at the adjusted LIBOR rate or base rate, plus a margin of 1.25% per annum. A commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the facility is payable quarterly in arrears. An upfront fee of $0.5 million was payable in four equal installments, on the closing date and on the last day of each of the three subsequent quarters. Our broker-dealer credit facility requires, among other items, maintenance of minimum net worth, minimum excess net capital and a maximum total assets to equity ratio.

Commitments and Contingencies

          The following table reflects our minimum contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014. Amounts we pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

	Payments due by period
(In thousands)	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long-term debt obligations		502,714		2,914		10,200		489,600		—
Capital leases		16,546		11,135		5,411		—		—
Operating leases		20,634		7,488		7,054		4,148		1,944
Total contractual obligations(1)		539,894		21,537		22,665		493,748		1,944

(1)

Excludes the Class A-1 interests of Virtu Financial, which are convertible by the holders at any time into an equivalent number of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial and, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, holders are entitled to receive distributions up to specified preference amounts before holders of Class A-2 capital interests of Virtu Financial are entitled to receive distributions. In connection with the reorganization transactions, all of the existing equity interests in Virtu Financial will be reclassified into Virtu Financial Units.

Inflation

          We believe inflation has not had a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Quantitative and Qualitative Information about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk, Derivative Instruments

          In the normal course of business, we utilize derivative financial instruments in connection with our proprietary trading activities. We do not designate our derivative financial instruments as hedging instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815 "Derivatives and Hedging." Instead, we carry our derivative instruments at fair value with gains and losses included in trading income, net, in the accompanying statements of comprehensive income. Fair value of derivatives that are freely tradable and listed on a national exchange is determined at their last sale price as of the last business day of the period.

          Since gains and losses are included in earnings, we have elected not to separately disclose gains and losses on derivative instruments, but instead to disclose gains and losses within trading revenue for both derivative and non-derivative instruments.

          Futures Contracts.    As part of our proprietary market making trading strategies, we use futures contracts to gain exposure to changes in values of various indices, commodities, interest rates or foreign currencies. A futures contract represents a commitment for the future purchase or sale of an

100

asset at a specified price on a specified date. Upon entering into a futures contract, we are required to pledge to the broker an amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other assets equal to a certain percentage of the contract amount. Subsequent payments, known as variation margin, are made or received by us each day, depending on the daily fluctuations in the fair values of the underlying securities. We recognize a gain or loss equal to the daily variation margin.

          Due from Brokers and Clearing Organizations.    Management periodically evaluates our counterparty credit exposures to various brokers and clearing organizations with a view to limiting potential losses resulting from counterparty insolvency.

Foreign Currency Risk

          As a result of our international market making activities and accumulated earnings in our foreign subsidiaries, our income and net worth are subject to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates. While we generate revenues in several currencies, a majority of our operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, depreciation in these other currencies against the U.S. dollar would negatively impact revenue upon translation to the U.S. dollar The impact of any translation of our foreign denominated earnings to the U.S. dollar is mitigated, however, through the impact of daily hedging practices that are employed by the company.

          Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as foreign exchange translation adjustment in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and changes in members' equity. Our primary currency translation exposures historically relate to net investments in entities having functional currencies denominated in the Euro.

Market Risk

          The purchase and sale of futures contracts requires margin deposits with an FCM. The Commodity Exchange Act requires an FCM to segregate all customer transactions and assets from the FCM's proprietary activities. A customer's cash and other equity deposited with an FCM are considered commingled with all other customer funds subject to the FCM's segregation requirements. In the event of an FCM's insolvency, recovery may be limited to the Company's pro rata share of segregated customer funds available. It is possible that the recovery amount could be less than the total cash and other equity deposited.

Financial Instruments with Off Balance Sheet Risk

          We enter into various transactions involving derivatives and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. These financial instruments include futures, forward contracts, and exchange-traded options. These derivative financial instruments are used to conduct trading activities and manage market risks and are, therefore, subject to varying degrees of market and credit risk. Derivative transactions are entered into for trading purposes or to economically hedge other positions or transactions.

          Futures and forward contracts provide for delayed delivery of the underlying instrument. In situations where we write listed options, we receive a premium in exchange for giving the buyer the right to buy or sell the security at a future date at a contracted price. The contractual or notional amounts related to these financial instruments reflect the volume and activity and do not necessarily reflect the amounts at risk. Futures contracts are executed on an exchange, and cash settlement is made on a daily basis for market movements, typically with a central clearing house as the counterparty. Accordingly, futures contracts generally do not have credit risk. The credit risk for

101

forward contracts, options, and swaps is limited to the unrealized market valuation gains recorded in the statements of financial condition. Market risk is substantially dependent upon the value of the underlying financial instruments and is affected by market forces, such as volatility and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those that are the most important portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements, our most critical accounting policies are discussed below. In applying such policies, we must use some amounts that are based upon our informed judgments and best estimates. Estimates, by their nature, are based upon judgments and available information. The estimates that we make are based upon historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

          Due to the nature of our operations, substantially all of our financial instrument assets, comprised of financial instruments owned, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are carried at fair value based on published market prices and are marked to market daily, or are assets which are short-term in nature and are reflected at amounts approximating fair value. Similarly, all of our financial instrument liabilities that arise from financial instruments sold but not yet purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are short-term in nature and are reported at quoted market prices or at amounts approximating fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Trading Income, Net

          Trading income, net, consists of trading gains and losses that are recorded on a trade date basis and reported on a net basis. Trading income, net, is comprised of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities (i.e., unrealized gains and losses) and realized gains and losses on equities, fixed income securities, currencies and commodities.

Interest and Dividends Income/Interest and Dividends Expense

          Interest income and interest expense are accrued in accordance with contractual rates. Interest income consists of income earned on collateralized financing arrangements and on cash held by brokers. Interest expense includes interest expense from collateralized transactions, margin and related short-term lending facilities. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date, and interest is recognized on the accrual basis.

102

Technology Services

          Technology services revenues consist of fees paid by third parties for licensing of our proprietary risk management and trading infrastructure technology and provision of associated management and hosting services. These fees include both upfront and annual recurring fees. Income from existing arrangements for technology services is recorded as a services contract in accordance with SEC Topic 13 (SAB 104), SEC Topic 13.A.3 (f), with revenue being recognized once persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual services period.

Software Development Costs

          We account for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. We capitalize costs of materials, consultants and payroll and payroll related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use software. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense.

          Management's judgment is required in determining the point when various projects enter the stages at which costs may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized. Capitalization of such costs begins when a program or functionality under development has established technological feasibility and ends when the resulting program or functionality is available for release to users.

          Our capitalized software development costs were approximately $47.5 million and $38.0 million with related accumulated amortization of approximately $39.8 million and $29.6 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Capitalized software development costs and related accumulated amortization are included in property, equipment and capitalized software on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition and are amortized over a period of 1.4 to 2.5 years, which represents the estimated useful lives of the underlying software. The estimated useful lives of the underlying software are based on analysis performed by a third party in connection with the Madison Tyler Transaction.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We account for stock-based compensation transactions with employees under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation: Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires the recognition of the fair value of stock-based awards in net income. The fair value of awards issued for compensation is determined using a third-party valuation on the date of grant. The fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees is amortized over the vesting period of the award, if any.

          During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we granted Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial to certain employees and a non-employee. These interests vest over a period of up to 4 years or immediately and are subject to repurchase provisions upon certain termination events. These awards are accounted for as equity awards and are measured at the date of grant. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we recorded $16.0 million, $13.4 million and $8.4 million, respectively, in expense recognized relating to these awards. As of December 31, 2014, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to these Class A-2 profits interests that have not vested was $3.6 million, and this amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

103

          We estimated the fair value of the Class A-2 profits interests using Contingent Claim Analysis based on the Merton framework, an option pricing methodology based on expected volatility, risk-free rates and expected life. Expected volatility is calculated based on companies in our peer group. The weighted average assumptions we used in estimating the grant date fair values of the Class A-2 profits interests during the year ended December 31, 2014 are summarized below:

	As of December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Expected life (in years)		0.5			0.5			1.5
Expected stock price volatility		25	%		25	%		30	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—
Risk-free interest rate		0.12	%		0.10	%		0.20	%

          Activity in the Class A-2 profits interests is as follows:

	Number of Interests			Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Life
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		2,298,957		$	6.40		0.70
Interests Granted		2,223,814		$	7.19		—
Interests Repurchased		(88,319	)	$	6.57		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		4,434,452		$	6.82		3.40
Interests Granted		1,992,556		$	7.52		—
Interests Repurchased		(358,001	)	$	6.51		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2014		6,069,007		$	7.05		2.54

          In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain employees were granted Class B interests in Virtu Financial. No Class B interests were granted for the year ended December 31, 2014. These interests vest in accordance with the terms of the Existing Equity Incentive Plan and are subject to repurchase provisions, upon certain termination events. These interests are accounted for as equity awards. There was no expense recognized relating to these awards.

Income Taxes

          We conduct our business globally through a number of separate legal entities. Consequently, our effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations of each legal jurisdiction in which we operate. We may pay taxes in some jurisdictions and not others.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the underlying net tangible and intangible assets of our acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below the operating segment. We operate in one operating segment, which is our only reporting unit.

          The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step is used to identify potential impairment and compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the

104

goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step is used to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, and compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

          The primary valuation methods we use to estimate the fair value of our reporting unit are the income and market approaches. In applying the income approach, projected available cash flows and the terminal value are discounted to present value to derive an indication of fair value of the business enterprise. The market approach compares the reporting unit to selected reasonably similar publicly-traded companies.

          We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Based on the results of the annual impairment tests performed as of July 1, 2014 and 2013, no goodwill impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

          We amortize finite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when impairment indicators are present, and if impaired, written down to fair value. As a result of the CCG Transaction, we previously recorded an identifiable intangible asset, the rights for CCG to act as a DMM on the NYSE and NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex). We determined that these rights were fully impaired as of December 31, 2012 and have written down the $1.5 million of remaining value of these assets to zero on our consolidated statements of financial condition and recognized a corresponding loss which is recorded within Impairment of intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. We have no indefinite-lived intangibles.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The amended standard requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarified that the scope of ASU 2011-11 is limited to include derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. We have adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-11 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements other than additional disclosures.

          Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) — In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income. The amendment created new disclosure requirements requiring entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. We have retrospectively adopted the provision of ASU 2013-02 on January 1, 2013. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

105

          Income Taxes — In July 2013, the FASB issued an ASU to clarify the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This ASU requires entities to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a NOL carryforward whenever the NOL or tax credit carryforward would be available to reduce the additional taxable income or tax due if the tax position is disallowed. The ASU was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          Revenue — In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2016 (fiscal year 2017 for us) and early adoption is not permitted. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. We have not yet determined the potential effects of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.

          Repurchase Agreements — In June, 2014, the FASB released ASU No. 2014-11, Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The amendment changes the accounting for repurchase financing transactions and for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. The accounting changes are effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2015. The effect of the accounting changes on transactions outstanding as of the effective date are required to be presented as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2015. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new amendment but believes the effect on its consolidated statements of financial condition and comprehensive income will be immaterial, as we currently do not enter into these types of repurchase transactions. The amendment also requires additional disclosures for repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions regarding the class of collateral pledged and the remaining contractual tenor of the agreements, as well as a discussion of the potential risks associated with the agreements and the related collateral pledged, and how those risks are managed. Additional disclosures are required for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, sales with a total return swap and other similar transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as a sale. The new disclosures are required to be presented beginning in the second quarter of 2015.

          Compensation — In June 2014, the Emerging Issues Task Force (the "EITF") of the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. The amendment requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The ASU is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

          Going Concern — In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The guidance will explicitly require management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related

106

footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard will be effective in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Earlier adoption is permitted. We will implement this new standard on the required effective date.

          Hybrid Financial Instruments — In November 2014, the EITF of the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. The ASU requires that for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share, an entity should determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of relevant facts and circumstances. An entity should use judgment based on an evaluation of all the relevant terms and features, and should consider the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. For all other entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 (fiscal year 2016 for us) and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

107

BUSINESS

Overview

          Virtu is a leading technology-enabled market maker and liquidity provider to the global financial markets. We stand ready, at any time, to buy or sell a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, and we generate revenue by buying and selling securities and other financial instruments and earning small bid/ask spreads across a large volume of transactions. We make markets by providing quotations to buyers and sellers in more than 11,000 securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world. We believe that our broad diversification, in combination with our proprietary technology platform and low-cost structure, enables us to facilitate risk transfer between global capital markets participants by supplying liquidity and competitive pricing while at the same time earning attractive margins and returns.

          We believe that market makers like us serve an important role in maintaining and improving the overall health and efficiency of the global capital markets by continuously posting bids and offers for financial instruments and thereby providing to market participants an efficient means to transfer risk. All market participants benefit from the increased liquidity, lower overall trading costs and enhanced execution certainty that we provide. While in most cases we do not have customers in a traditional sense, we make markets for global banks, brokers and other intermediaries, in addition to retail and institutional investors, including corporations, individuals, hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and other investors, all of whom can access our liquidity on exchanges or venues in order to transfer risk in multiple securities and asset classes for their own accounts and/or on behalf of their customers. The following table illustrates our diversification and scale:

Asset Classes	Percentage of Adjusted Net Trading Income(1) (Year Ended December 31, 2014)	Selected Venues in Which We Make Markets
Americas Equities	26%	NYSE, NASDAQ, DirectEdge, NYSE Arca, NYSE MKT, BATS, IEX, TMX, ICE, CME, BM&F Bovespa, major private liquidity pools
EMEA Equities	12%	LSE, Deutsche Boerse, NASDAQ OMX, NYSE Euronext, Eurex, Chi-X, BME, XETRA, NYSE Liffe, Turquoise, Borsa Italiana, SIX Swiss Exchange, Johannesburg Stock Exchange
APAC Equities	7%	TSE, SGX, OSE, SBI Japannext, TOCOM
Global Commodities	21%	CME, ICE, TOCOM, SGX, NYSE Liffe, EBS
Global Currencies	25%	CME, ICE, Currenex, EBS, HotSpot, Reuters, FXall, LMAX
Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities	10%	CBOE, PHLX, NYSE Arca Options, eSpeed, BOX, BrokerTec

(1)

For a full description of Adjusted Net Trading Income and a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Trading Income to trading income, net, see "Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

          We refer to our market making activities as being "market neutral," which means that we are not dependent on the direction of any particular market and we do not speculate. Our market

108

making activities are designed to minimize capital at risk at any given time by limiting the notional size of our positions. Our strategies are also designed to lock in returns through precise hedging in the primary instrument or in one or more economically equivalent instruments, as we seek to eliminate the price risk in any positions held. Our revenue generation is driven primarily by transaction volume across a broad range of securities and other financial instruments, asset classes and geographies. We avoid the risk of long or short positions in favor of seeking to earn small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes across thousands of securities and financial instruments. While we seek to eliminate the price risk of long or short positions, a great number of our trades are not profitable. For example, for the 252 trading days of 2014, we averaged approximately 5.3 million trades per day globally across all asset classes, and we profitably exited 49% of our overall positions.

          We do not engage in the types of principal investing and predictive, momentum and signal trading in which many other broker-dealers and trading firms engage. In fact, in order to minimize the likelihood of unintended activities by our market making strategies, if our risk management system detects a trading strategy generating revenues outside of our preset limits, it will freeze, or "lockdown," that strategy and alert risk management personnel and management. Although this approach may prevent us from maximizing potential returns in times of extreme market volatility, we believe the reduction in risk is an appropriate trade-off that is in keeping with our aim of generating consistently strong revenue from trading.

          Our market making activities employ the following three basic strategies: a "single instrument" market making strategy, a "one to one" market making strategy and a "one to many" market making strategy. The single instrument market making strategy involves actively quoting in a single instrument with the intention of profiting by capturing the spread between the bid and offer. This strategy places buy orders, or bids, and sell orders, or offers, in the market for the subject instrument at or near the inside of the market with the intention of achieving an execution. If another market participant executes against the strategy's bid or offer by crossing the spread, the strategy will attempt to exit the position by continuing to quote on the opposite side of the market in order to execute an offsetting position. The one to one market making strategy involves continuously quoting a two-sided market in a single instrument with the intention of either capturing the spread in the primary instrument or locking in a return by hedging in a different but economically similar instrument. The one to many market making strategy involves continuously quoting a two-sided market in a primary instrument (typically an ETF) with the intention of either capturing the spread in the primary instrument or attempting to lock in a return by hedging in a basket of instruments that represent an economically equivalent value to the primary instrument.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our total revenues were approximately $723.1 million and $664.5 million, respectively, our trading income, net, was approximately $685.2 million and $623.7 million, respectively, our Adjusted Net Trading Income was approximately $435.0 million and $414.5 million, respectively, our net income was approximately $190.1 million and $182.2 million, respectively, and our Adjusted Net Income was approximately $226.5 million and $215.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we earned approximately 26% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income from Americas equities (of which approximately 20% was attributable to U.S. equities and approximately 6% was attributable to Canadian and Latin American equities), 12% from EMEA equities, 7% from APAC equities, 21% from global commodities, 25% from global currencies and 10% from options, fixed income and other securities. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Trading Income to trading income, net, and Adjusted Net Income to net income, see "Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data." Since our inception, we have sought to broadly diversify our market making across securities, asset classes and geographies, and as a result, for the year ended December 31, 2014, we achieved a diverse mix of

109

Adjusted Net Trading Income results, with no one geography or asset class constituting more than 26% of our total Adjusted Net Trading Income.

          The chart below illustrates our daily Adjusted Net Trading Income from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2014. The overall breadth and diversity of our market making activities, together with our real-time risk management strategy and technology, have enabled us to have only one overall losing trading day during the period depicted, a total of 1,485 trading days, though a significant percentage of our trades are not profitable. For example, during the period beginning January 1, 2014 and ending December 31, 2014, we executed an average of 5.3 million trades per day and we profitably exited 49% of our overall positions.

Daily Adjusted Net Trading Income Distribution(1)
(in millions)

(1)

Includes Madison Tyler Holdings' Adjusted Net Trading Income prior to the Madison Tyler Transactions on July 8, 2011. Includes NYSE trading days and excludes holidays and half days.

          Technology and operational efficiency are at the core of our business, and our focus on market making technology is a key element of our success. We have developed a proprietary, multi-asset, multi-currency technology platform that is highly reliable, scalable and modular, and we integrate directly with exchanges and other liquidity centers. Our market data, order routing, transaction processing, risk management and market surveillance technology modules manage our market making activities in an efficient manner and enable us to scale our market making activities globally and across additional securities and other financial instruments and asset classes without significant incremental costs or third-party licensing or processing fees.

          We are a self-clearing registered broker-dealer in the U.S. and are registered with the Central Bank of Ireland for our European trading. We participate on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools globally and register as a market maker or liquidity provider and/or enter into direct obligations to provide liquidity on nearly every exchange or venue that offers such programs. We engage regularly with regulators around the world on issues affecting electronic trading and have been a proponent with the SEC of affirmative market making obligations for electronic market makers in U.S. equities in an effort to enhance the transparency and liquidity provided to capital markets. In the U.S., we conduct our business from our headquarters in New York, New York and our trading center in Austin, Texas. Abroad, we conduct our business through trading centers located in Dublin and Singapore.

110

Industry and Market Overview

          A "market maker" or "liquidity provider" is commonly defined by stock exchanges, futures exchanges and regulatory authorities around the world as a person or entity who provides continuous, two-sided quotes at multiple price levels at or near the best bid or offer, taking market risk, through a variety of exchanges and markets, which are accessible broadly and continuously for immediate execution. Market makers, like us, serve a critical role in the functioning of all financial markets by providing bids and offers for securities and other financial instruments. Market makers enhance liquidity and execution certainty for all market participants, enabling buyers and sellers to efficiently transfer risk, and are compensated for this service by earning a small amount of money on the bid/ask spread on individual transactions. A market maker's success depends on it posting competitive prices and accurately and efficiently responding to relevant market data.

          Historically, market making activities occurred on the physical floor of exchanges, where human traders would execute buy and sell orders for securities. Over the last 20 years, however, the global trading markets have been characterized by the electronification of trading, development of new asset classes, volume growth and improving technology and speed of communication. The advent of electronic trading venues has changed the traditional trading process for many types of securities in the equity, bond and currency markets. The practice of physical, "open outcry" trading has largely been replaced by electronic trading platforms. This shift, and the resulting increase in automation and speed and reduction in trading costs, has led to significant growth in electronic trading volumes, as implied by growth in the aggregate notional value and number of trades on exchanges around the world. According to the World Federation of Exchanges, the number of equity shares traded electronically grew at a compound annual rate of 15.8% since 2004, from approximately 3.5 billion shares in 2004 to approximately 15.1 billion shares in 2014. In addition, according to the Futures Industry Association, trading of futures and options on exchanges has grown at a compound annual rate of 9.4% since 2004, from 8.9 billion contracts in 2004 to 21.9 billion contracts in 2014, and we believe that a significant portion of this growth has come from the electronification of trading.

Yearly Global Exchange Electronic Order Book Volumes (billions of shares)	Yearly Global Futures and Options Volumes (billions of contracts)
Source: World Federation of Exchanges.	Source: Futures Industry Association.

          Growth in foreign exchange market volumes has also been robust. According to the Bank for International Settlements, the daily average market turnover across foreign exchange instruments in 2013 was $5.3 trillion. This rate represents 12.0% compound annual growth from the April 2004 daily average of $1.9 trillion. Among the various foreign exchange instruments, outright spots and swaps led this growth as turnover in foreign exchange spot transactions more than tripled from

111

$631 billion in April 2004 to $2.0 trillion in April 2013 and the daily average turnover of foreign exchange swaps increased from $954 billion to $2.2 trillion during the same period.

Global Foreign Exchange Market Volumes, Net-Net Basis
(dollars in trillions)

Source: Bank for International Settlements.

          Growth in the electronic trading markets has led to increased competition among market makers. Successful firms have had to automate their trading and develop efficient, scalable technology platforms to remain competitive. Electronic market makers employ technology and automated trading applications to place bids and offers more quickly and transact at a lower cost than their predecessors, leading to enhanced liquidity and more efficient pricing for all market participants.

          Market structures have become increasingly complex and diverse. Although in some geographies and asset classes trading continues to occur through a single exchange, many markets for many asset classes, such as U.S. and European equities, have become increasingly fragmented. While we believe this fragmentation and related competition have been beneficial to all market participants, leading to more compressed bid/ask spreads and creating deeper liquidity, they have also created greater complexity and have required electronic market makers to expand their infrastructure to connect with more venues. We believe this trend will enable larger firms with scalable infrastructure, like us, to capture more of these opportunities. The chart below illustrates decreasing shares of market volumes in cash equities on certain major exchanges across the world, signifying increased market fragmentation.

Percentage of Cash Equities Market Volumes
US (NYSE & NASDAQ)	Canada (TSX)	United Kingdom (LSE)	Germany (Deutsche Boerse)

Source: BATS Global Markets for US, London and Germany, Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (IIROC) for Canada.

          Increased volumes and penetration of electronic trading have been greatest in developed markets, particularly in the U.S. However, we believe that many other global markets will become

112

more liquid, efficient and electronic over time, in part through the increased participation of electronic market makers, which will result in greater volume growth and transaction velocity. Automated services that provide continuous bids and offers across many securities and asset classes are fundamental to this transformation. Furthermore, regulatory changes impacting the OTC derivatives markets, such as the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation and the Dodd-Frank Act, will require many formerly OTC products to be cleared through central clearing houses, potentially causing an increase in market-traded futures volumes. Unlike exchange traded futures, OTC derivatives have historically traded between two parties. However, increased regulatory requirements for transactions in OTC derivatives may cause some market participants to shift their trading toward exchange traded futures. The OTC derivatives market is large but has significantly less trading volume than the listed futures market. The "futurization" of the large OTC derivatives markets and the potential for increased trading volume could result in higher volumes and subsequently more opportunities for electronic market makers.

The OTC Market Is Currently Larger than the Exchange Market (Notional Outstanding Value, dollars in trillions)	Exchange Contracts Experience Higher Trading Levels (Turnover/Notional)

Source: Bank for International Settlements.

Our Competitive Strengths

          Critical Component of an Efficient Market Eco-System.    As a leading, low-cost market maker dedicated to providing improved efficiency and liquidity across multiple securities, asset classes and geographies, we aim to provide critical market functionality and robust price competition, leading to reduced trading costs and more efficient pricing in the securities and other financial instruments in which we provide liquidity. This contribution to the financial markets, and the scale and diversity of our market making activities, provides added liquidity and transparency, which we believe are necessary and valued components to the efficient functioning of market infrastructure and benefit all market participants. We support transparent and efficient, technologically advanced marketplaces, and advocate for legislation and regulation that promotes fair and transparent access to markets.

          Cutting Edge, Proprietary Technology.    Technology is at the core of our business. Our team of software engineers develops all of our core software internally, and we utilize optimized infrastructure to integrate directly with the exchanges and other trading venues on which we provide liquidity. Wherever possible, we lease commercially available rack space that is co-located with, or in close proximity to, the exchanges and other venues where we provide liquidity. We do not pay any licensing or per-trade processing fees to any third parties, and the engineering cycles for enhancements or new technologies are entirely within our control. Our focus on technology and our ability to leverage our technology enables us to be one of the lowest cost providers of liquidity to the global electronic trading marketplace.

113

          Consistent, Diversified and Growing Revenue Base.    We generate revenues by making markets and earning small bid/ask spreads in more than 11,000 listed securities and other financial instruments on more than 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in 34 countries around the world. The reliability and scalability of our technology platform also allow us to capitalize on higher transaction volumes during periods of extraordinary market volatility and enable us to diversify our Adjusted Net Trading Income through asset class and geographic expansion. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2014, no single asset class or geography constituted more than 26% of our total Adjusted Net Trading Income. Our diversification, together with our revenue generation strategy of earning small bid/ask spreads on large trading volumes across thousands of securities, enables us to deliver consistent Adjusted Net Trading Income under a wide range of market conditions.

          Low Costs and Large Economies of Scale.    Our high degree of automation, together with our ability to reduce external costs by internalizing certain trade processing functions, enables us to leverage our low market making costs over large trading volumes. Our market making costs are low due to several factors. As a self-clearing DTC member, we avoid paying clearing fees to third parties in our U.S. equities market making business. In addition, because of our significant scale, we are able to obtain competitive pricing for trade processing functions and other costs that we do not internalize. Our significant volumes frequently place us in the lowest cost tiers of brokerage, clearing and exchange fees for venues that provide tiered pricing structures. Our low-cost structure allows us to maintain a marginal cost per trade that we believe is favorable compared to our competitors. Our scale is further demonstrated by our headcount — as of December 31, 2014, we had only 148 employees. Our business efficiency is also reflected in our operating margins and our Adjusted EBITDA margins.

          Real-Time Risk Management.    Our trading is designed to be non-directional, non-speculative and market neutral. Our market making strategies are designed to put minimal capital at risk at any given time by limiting the notional size of our positions. Our strategies are also designed to lock in returns through precise hedging in the primary instrument or in one or more economically equivalent instruments, as we seek to eliminate the price risk in any positions held. Our real-time risk management system is built into our trading platform and is an integral part of our order life-cycle, analyzing real-time pricing data and ensuring that our order activity is conducted within strict pre-determined trading and position limits. If our risk management system detects that a trading strategy is generating revenues or losses in excess of our preset limits, it will lockdown that strategy and alert management. In addition, our risk management system continuously reconciles our internal transaction records against the records of the exchanges and other liquidity centers with which we interact. As a result of our successful real-time risk management strategy, we have had only one losing trading day since January 1, 2008.

          Proven and Talented Management Team.    Our management team, with an average of approximately 20 years of industry experience, is led by individuals with diverse backgrounds and deep knowledge and experience in the development and application of technology to the electronic trading industry. Mr. Vincent Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, is the former Chairman of the NYMEX and has been a market maker his entire career since leaving active duty in the U.S. Army and joining the NYMEX in 1982. Mr. Viola is widely recognized as an innovator and pioneer in market making and electronic trading over his 30-plus year career. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Douglas A. Cifu has been with us since our founding in 2008 and previously was a Partner with the international law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP. Our Chief Financial Officer, Joseph Molluso, has been with us since 2013 and previously was a Managing Director in the Investment Banking division at J.P. Morgan.

114

Our Key Growth Strategies

          Capitalize on secular growth in electronic trading of global listed securities markets and continue to increase market penetration.    We expect that global electronic trading volumes will continue to grow, driven by various factors, including technology, globalization, convergence of exchange and non-exchange markets and the evolving regulatory environment. According to the World Federation of Exchanges, the number of equity shares traded through an electronic order book grew at a compound annual rate of 15.8% since 2004, from approximately 3.5 billion shares in 2004 to approximately 15.1 billion shares in 2014. In addition, according to the Futures Industry Association, trading of futures and options on exchanges has grown at a compound annual rate of 9.4% since 2004, from 8.9 billion contracts in 2004 to 21.9 billion contracts in 2014, and we believe that a significant portion of this growth has come from the electronification of trading. Our ability to offer competitive bid and offer quotes, facilitated by our proprietary, scalable technology platform and our low-cost structure, has enabled us to grow our business and add trading volume at little incremental cost. As a result, we expect to be well positioned to capitalize on future growth in the global electronic trading markets, particularly in certain asset classes in which we have lower Adjusted Net Trading Income or are not yet a participant.

          Provide increasing liquidity across a wider range of new securities and other financial instruments.    We believe that the full implementation of the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation and the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. will increase transparency, liquidity and efficiency in global trading markets and encourage the further development of trading opportunities in certain asset classes in which highly liquid electronic markets remain limited or nonexistent due to historical reliance on bilateral voice trading and other inefficient processes. The migration of these products to electronic markets will provide us with an opportunity to deploy our market making strategies in asset classes that are not accessible to us currently including, for example, interest rate swaps, interest rate swap futures, CDS index futures and OTC energy swaps.

          Grow geographically.    We trade on over 225 unique exchanges, markets and liquidity pools around the world, located in 34 countries. We look to expand into new geographies when access is available to us and the applicable regulatory scheme permits us to deploy our strategy. Given the scalability of our platform, we believe we will be able to expand into new geographies and begin generating revenues quickly with little incremental cost. We intend to continue to expand our market making business into new geographic locations, including locations in the EMEA and APAC markets, where we began making markets in 2008 and 2010, respectively. We entered the Japanese, Australian and certain other Asian markets beginning in late 2011, and we expect those markets to be growth areas for us.

          Leverage our technology to offer additional technology services to market participants.    We believe that our order management, market data, order routing, processing, risk management and market surveillance technology modules offer a key value proposition to market participants and that sharing our technological capabilities with market participants in a manner that expands electronic trading will create more opportunities for market making as trading volumes increase. For example, we adapted our existing technology to provide a customized automated trading platform for foreign exchange products to a major financial institution. We believe this platform will increase transparency, liquidity and efficiency for that financial institution and will provide us with a unique opportunity to provide liquidity and market making services directly to other financial institutions as well. In 2014, we also entered into an order routing agreement with a registered broker-dealer in order to assist it in its execution of institutional order flow.

          Expand customized liquidity solutions.    We also provide liquidity and competitive pricing in foreign currency markets directly to market participants on our VFX platform and through other customized liquidity arrangements. We offered more than 75 different pairs of currency products as

115

of December 31, 2014. We intend to offer this same type of customized liquidity in other asset classes globally.

          Pursue strategic partnerships and acquisitions.    We intend to selectively consider opportunities to grow through strategic partnerships or acquisitions that enhance our existing capabilities or enable us to enter new markets or provide new products and services. For example, the Madison Tyler Transactions created economies of scale with substantial synergy opportunities realized to date and allowed us to enhance our international presence. In addition, with our acquisition of the ETF market making assets of Nyenburgh in the third quarter of 2012, we became an OTC market maker in ETFs and from time to time provide two-sided liquidity to a significant number of counterparties throughout Europe.

Diversity of Our Market Making

          We make markets in a number of different assets classes, which are discussed in more detail below.

Americas Equities

          Americas equities trading accounted for approximately 26% and 27% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2014, of the 26% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income attributable to Americas equities, approximately 20% was attributable to U.S. equities and approximately 6% was attributable to Canadian and Latin American equities. We trade approximately 6,000 Americas equity securities including, among others, equity related futures and exchange traded funds, on eleven SEC registered exchanges as well as other alternative trading systems, including the NYSE, the NASDAQ, Direct Edge, NYSE Arca, BATS and IEX, the TSX in Canada, Bovespa in Brazil and BMV in Mexico, and we connect to more than 20 private liquidity pools. In 2011, we became a DMM in over 260 stocks on the floor of the NYSE and the NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex), and we are seeking to increase the number of listed NYSE stocks for which we serve as a DMM.

          As exchange traded funds, or "ETFs," and other similar products have proliferated both domestically and internationally, demand has increased for trading the underlying assets or hedging such funds. Our technology has enabled us to expand into providing liquidity to this growing area by making markets across these assets in a variety of trading venues globally. We are authorized participants and can create and/or redeem ETFs in Americas equities, EMEA equities and APAC equities.

EMEA Equities

          EMEA equities trading accounted for approximately 12% and 11% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Similar to our strategy in the Americas, we utilize proprietary connections to all of the registered exchanges in a particular jurisdiction including the LSE, BATS-Chi-X Europe and NYSE Euronext, as well as any additional pools of liquidity to which we can gain access either directly or through a broker. We are also well positioned in European ETFs, as an authorized participant in many European ETFs. In addition, after our acquisition of the ETF market making assets of Nyenburgh, we provide two-sided liquidity to a significant number of counterparties throughout Europe.

APAC Equities

          APAC equities trading accounted for approximately 7% and 11% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We utilize proprietary connections to the ASX, TSX and SGX, among other exchanges and liquidity pools.

116

Global Commodities

          Trading in global commodities accounted for approximately 21% and 23% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During these periods, we had leading volumes on both the CME and ICE in trading crude oil, natural gas, heating oil and gasoline futures. We trade approximately 100 energy products and futures on the ICE, CME, TOCOM and NYSE Liffe US. We also actively trade precious metals, including gold, silver, platinum and palladium.

Global Currencies

          Trading in global currencies, including spot, futures and forwards, accounted for approximately 25% and 20% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During these periods, we were a leading participant in the major foreign exchange venues, including Reuters, Currenex, Hotspot FX and EBS. Currency trading has historically utilized intermediaries and large broker-dealers, and as a result, market making opportunities in foreign exchange have been limited.

Options, Fixed Income and Other Securities

          Trading in other products, U.S. and foreign government fixed income products and options accounted for approximately 10% and 9% of our Adjusted Net Trading Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We trade these products on a variety of specialized exchanges and other trading venues, including all of the U.S. options exchanges of which we are a member (i.e., CBOE, ISE and NYSE Arca) and through the U.S. futures exchanges. We believe that we can increase our volumes in certain of these products.

Technology

          We have developed, in-house, a single proprietary, scalable and modular technology platform that we directly integrate with exchanges and other trading venues through customized infrastructure to provide continuous bid and offer quotations on a wide variety of assets traded electronically around the world. Our platform incorporates market data and evaluates risk exposure on a real-time basis to update outstanding quotes often many times per second, enabling us to offer competitive bid/ask spreads. Our high degree of automation reduces our costs, and we believe our cost per trade is as low as or lower than any other market participants. Leveraging the scalability and low costs of our platform, we are able to test and rapidly deploy new liquidity provisioning strategies, expand to new securities, asset classes and geographies and increase transaction volumes at little incremental cost. These efficiencies are central to our ability to deliver consistently positive Adjusted Net Trading Income as our profitability per trade and per instrument is not significant, particularly in U.S. equities.

          Our transaction processing is automated over the full life cycle of a trade. Our platform generates and disseminates continuous bid and offer quotes on over 11,000 tradable listed products. It simultaneously searches for the best possible combination of prices available at the time an order is placed and immediately seeks to execute that order electronically or send it where the order has the highest probability of execution at the best price. At the moment a trade is executed, our systems capture and deliver this information back to the source, in most cases within a fraction of a second, and the trade record is written into our clearing system, where it flows through a chain of control accounts that allow us to reconcile trades, positions and payments until the final settlement occurs.

          Our core software technology is developed internally, and we do not generally rely on outside vendors for software development or maintenance. To achieve optimal performance from our

117

systems, we continuously test and upgrade our software. Our focus on cutting-edge technology not only improves our performance but also helps us attract and retain talented developers.

          Virtually all of our software has been developed and maintained with a unified purpose. We track and test new software releases with proprietary automated testing tools and are not hindered by disparate or limiting legacy systems assembled through acquisitions. Although we acquired new technology as a result of the Madison Tyler Transactions in 2011, we had substantially completed integration of core trading technologies within eight to twelve months of the close of the transaction.

          We have built and continuously refined our automated and integrated, real-time systems for world-wide trading, risk management, clearing and cash management, among other purposes. We have also assembled a proprietary connectivity network between us and exchanges around the world. Efficiency and speed in performing prescribed functions are always crucial requirements for our systems, and generally we focus on opportunities in markets that are sufficiently advanced to allow the seamless deployment of our automated strategies, risk management system and core technology.

          Our systems are monitored 24 hours a day, five days a week by our core operations team and are substantially identical across our four offices, in New York, New York, Austin, Texas, Dublin, Ireland and Singapore. This redundancy covers our full technology platform, including our market data, order routing, transaction processing, risk management and market surveillance technology modules. Because our systems can be operated by qualified personnel in any office at any time across our globally distributed offices, we have an effective, organic disaster recovery and business continuity plan in place, allowing for seamless operation of our trading strategies in the event of disruption.

Risk Management

          We are intensely focused on risk management and monitor our activities on a continuous basis using our fully integrated technology systems.

          Risk management is at the core of our trading infrastructure. Our real-time risk controls monitor all of our market making positions, incorporating market data and evaluating our risk exposure to continuously update our outstanding bid and offer quotes, often many times per second. Although our market making is automated, the trading process and our risk exposure are monitored by a team of individuals, including members of our senior management team, who oversee our risk management processes in real time. Our risk management system is intrinsic to our trading infrastructure that is utilized in each of our four trading centers.

          Our risk management policies are set by our Risk Committee and overseen by our Chief Risk Officer. We utilize the following three-pronged approach to managing risk:

•

Strategy Lockdowns.  Messages that leave our trading environment must first pass through a series of preset risk controls, or "lockdowns," which are intended to minimize the likelihood of unintended activities by our market making algorithms, and which cannot be modified by our traders. Not only do we implement preset risk controls to limit downside risk, but we also do the same to limit upside risk — if our risk management system detects that a trading strategy is generating revenues or losses in excess of our preset limits, a lockdown will be triggered. When a lockdown is triggered, our risk management system alerts us and automatically freezes the applicable trading strategy, cancels all applicable open orders and prevents the placement of additional related orders. Following a lockdown, a trader must manually reset the applicable trading strategy. While this risk prevention layer adds a degree of latency to our trading infrastructure and can prevent us from earning outsized returns in

118

times of extreme market volatility, we believe that this trade-off is necessary to properly limit our downside risk.

•

Aggregate Exposure Monitoring.  Pursuant to our risk management policies, our automated management information systems generate reports in real-time as well as on daily and periodic bases. These reports include risk profiles, profit and loss analyses and trading performance reports. Our assets and liabilities are marked-to-market daily for financial reporting purposes by reference to official exchange prices, and they are re-valued continuously throughout the trading day for risk management and asset/liability management purposes.

•

Operational Controls.  We have automated the full cycle of controls of our business. Key automated controls include:

•

our technical operations system continuously monitors our network and the proper functioning of each of our trading centers around the world;

•

our market making system continuously evaluates over 11,000 listed securities in which we provide bid and offer quotes and changes its bids and offers in such a way as to minimize exposure to directional price movements. The speed of communicating with exchanges and market centers is maximized through continuous software and network engineering innovation, allowing us to achieve real-time controls over market exposure. We connect to exchanges and other electronic venues through a network of co-location facilities around the world that are monitored 24 hours a day, five days a week, by our staff of experienced network professionals;

•

our clearing system captures trades in real time and performs automated reconciliations of trades and positions, corporate action processing, options exercises, securities lending and inventory management, allowing us to effectively manage operational risk; and

•

software developed to support our market making systems performs daily profit and loss and position reconciliations.

          In addition, we seek to minimize our liquidity risk by focusing our trading in highly active and liquid instruments. The diversity of assets and venues in which we provide liquidity serves as a further form of portfolio risk management.

          Our Risk Committee includes key personnel from each of our locations globally and is comprised of our Chief Risk Officer, members of our senior management team, senior technologists and traders, and certain senior compliance officers. Our board of directors is regularly apprised of the activities of our Risk Committee and our risk management policies, procedures and controls through board updates and other communications. All of our risk controls and settings are reviewed and approved by our Risk Committee.

Competition

          Historically, our competition has been registered market making firms ranging from sole proprietors with very limited resources to large, integrated broker-dealers. Today, a range of market participants may compete with us for revenues generated by market making activities across one or more asset classes and geographies, including large broker-dealers, such as Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and UBS, and other participants, such as Citadel, DRW Holdings, Hudson River Trading, IMC, KCG Holdings, Optiver, Susquehanna, Timber Hill and Wolverine Trading. Some of our competitors in market making are larger than we are and have more captive order flow in certain assets. We believe that the high cost of developing a competitive technological framework is a significant barrier to entry by new market participants.

119

          We believe that we must have more sophisticated, versatile and robust software than our competitors in order to maintain a competitive advantage. Technology and software innovation is a primary focus for us, rather than relying solely on the speed of our network. We believe that our scalable technology allows us to access new markets and increase volumes with limited incremental costs.

          In addition, we believe our lack of direct customers and customer accounts allows us increased flexibility as we face fewer constraints in reallocating resources to pursue market opportunities as they arise. We are also a self-clearing DTC participant, so we avoid paying clearing fees to third parties in our U.S. equities market making business.

Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

          We rely primarily on trade secret, trademark, domain name, copyright and contract law to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology. We enter into confidentiality, intellectual property invention assignment and/or non-competition and non-solicitation agreements or restrictions with our employees, independent contractors and business partners, and we strictly control access to and distribution of our intellectual property.

Properties

          We lease office space in New York, New York, which serves as our corporate headquarters and as a trading center, and office space in other locations, including Austin, Texas, which serves as a trading center, and Dublin and Singapore, our respective European and Asian regional headquarters and trading centers. We also lease rack space in data centers that are co-located with exchanges around the world.

Employees

          As of December 31, 2014, we had 148 employees, all of whom were employed on a full-time basis. None of our employees is covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time we may be involved in disputes or litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations. We have also been, are currently, and may in the future be, the subject of one or more regulatory or SRO enforcement actions, including but not limited to targeted and routine regulatory inquiries and investigations involving Regulation NMS, Regulation SHO, capital requirements and other domestic and foreign securities rules and regulations. In addition, the AMF is examining the trading activities of a subsidiary of Madison Tyler Holdings in certain French listed equity securities on or around 2009 (see "Risk Factors — Non-compliance with applicable laws or regulatory requirements could negatively impact our reputation, prospects, revenues and earnings"). We and other broker-dealers and trading firms have also been the subject of requests for information and documents from the SEC and the NYAG. We have been cooperating and complying with the SEC's and NYAG's requests for information and documents. We are not currently a party to any legal or regulatory proceedings that, based on information currently available, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulation

          We conduct our U.S. equities market making activities through our two SEC-registered broker-dealers, Virtu Financial BD LLC and Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC. Virtu Financial BD LLC is a self-clearing broker-dealer, is regulated by the SEC and its designated examining authority is the

120

Chicago Stock Exchange. Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC is regulated by the SEC and its designated examining authority is FINRA.

          Our activities in U.S. equities are almost entirely self-cleared. We are a full clearing member of the National Securities Clearing Corporation, or NSCC, and the DTC. In other asset classes, we use the services of prime brokers who provide us direct market access to markets and often the benefits of cross-margining and margin financing in return for an execution and clearing fee. We continually monitor the credit quality of our prime brokers and rely on large multinational banks for most of our execution and clearing needs globally.

          Our energy, commodities and currency market making and trading activities are conducted through Virtu Financial Global Markets LLC.

          We conduct our EMEA market making and trading activities from Dublin and through our Irish subsidiaries, Virtu Financial Ireland Limited, which is authorized as an "Investment Firm" with the Central Bank of Ireland, and Virtu Financial Europe Limited.

          We conduct our APAC market making and trading activities from Singapore and through our Singapore subsidiary, Virtu Financial Singapore Pte. Ltd., and our Australian subsidiary, Virtu Financial Asia Pty. Ltd. Virtu Financial Singapore Pte. Ltd. is registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore for an investment incentive arrangement, and Virtu Financial Asia Pty. Ltd. holds a financial services license issued by, and is therefore subject to the regulatory oversight of, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

          Most aspects of our business are subject to extensive regulation under federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, as well as the rules of the various SROs of which our subsidiaries are members. The SEC, CFTC, state securities regulators, FCA, SFC, FINRA, NFA, other SROs and other U.S. and foreign governmental regulatory bodies promulgate numerous rules and regulations that may impact our business. As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies are charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of investors in those markets. Regulated entities are subject to regulations concerning all aspects of their business, including trading practices, order handling, best execution practices, anti-money laundering, handling of material non-public information, safeguarding data, securities credit, capital adequacy, reporting, record retention, market access and the conduct of officers, employees and other associated persons. We do not carry customer accounts and are therefore exempt from otherwise applicable SEC requirements relating to the protection of customer securities and the maintenance of a cash reserve account for the benefit of customers.

          Rulemaking by these and other regulators (foreign and domestic), including resulting market structure changes, has had an impact on our regulated subsidiaries by directly affecting our method of operation and, at times, our profitability. Legislation can impose, and has imposed, significant obligations on broker-dealers, including our regulated subsidiaries. These increased obligations require the implementation and maintenance of internal practices, procedures and controls which have increased our costs and may subject us to government and regulatory inquiries, claims or penalties.

          Failure to comply with any laws, rules or regulations could result in administrative or court proceedings, censures, fines, penalties, disgorgement and censures, suspension or expulsion from a certain jurisdiction, SRO or market, the revocation or limitation of licenses, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or injunctions or the suspension or disqualification of the entity and/or its officers, employees or other associated persons. These administrative or court proceedings, whether or not resulting in adverse findings, can require substantial expenditures of time and money and can have an adverse impact on a firm's reputation.

          The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to constant change. Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised

121

legislation or regulations imposed by the U.S. Congress, foreign legislative bodies, state securities regulators, U.S. and foreign governmental regulatory bodies and SROs. Additional regulations, changes in existing laws and rules, or changes in interpretations or enforcement of existing laws and rules often directly affect the method of operation and profitability of regulated broker-dealers. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have. However, there have been in the past, and could be in the future, significant technological, operational and compliance costs associated with the obligations which derive from compliance with such regulations.

          Since March 2014, in connection with news media attention to electronic trading and market structure, we and other broker-dealers and trading firms have been the subject of requests for information and documents from the SEC and NYAG. We have been cooperating and complying with the SEC's and NYAG's requests for information and documents.

          On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted in the U.S. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will be accomplished through extensive rulemaking by the SEC and other governmental agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act includes the "Volcker Rule," which significantly limits the ability of banks to engage in proprietary trading, and Title VII, which provides a framework for the regulation of the swap markets. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues. These studies could lead to additional regulatory changes. At this time, it is difficult to assess the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on us and on the financial services industry.

          We have foreign subsidiaries and plan to continue to expand our international presence. The market making industry in many foreign countries is heavily regulated, much like in the U.S. The varying compliance requirements of these different regulatory jurisdictions and other factors may limit our ability to conduct business or expand internationally. For example, MiFID, which was implemented in November 2007, is now under further review by the European Parliament. MiFID represented one of the more significant changes to take place in the operation of European capital markets. In October 2012, the European Parliament adopted, with amendments, MiFID II/MiFIR. MiFID II/MiFIR will not be finalized until the completion of trialogues among the European Commission, European Parliament and Council of the European Union, which began in the third quarter of 2013. Some broader trends of the proposals address increased transparency and oversight of financial firms, with a focus on high frequency trading, broker liquidity private pools, crossing networks and multilateral trading facilities. For example, the current proposal would require firms like us to conduct all trading on European markets through authorized investment firms. MiFID II/MiFIR will also require certain types of firms, including us, to post firm quotes at competitive prices and will supplement current requirements with regard to investment firms' risk controls related to the safe operation of electronic systems. MiFID II/MiFIR may also impose additional requirements on our trading platforms, such as a minimum order resting time, cancellation fees, circuit breakers and limits on the ratio of unexecuted orders to trades. Each of these proposals may impose technological and compliance costs on us. Any of these laws, rules or regulations, if adopted, as well as any regulatory or legal actions or proceedings, changes in legislation or regulation and changes in market customs and practices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital rules of the SEC, FINRA, other SROs and foreign regulators. These rules, which specify minimum capital requirements for our regulated subsidiaries, are designed to measure the general financial integrity and liquidity of a broker-dealer and require that at least a minimum part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Failure to maintain required minimum capital may subject a regulated subsidiary to a requirement to cease conducting business, suspension, revocation of registration or expulsion by applicable regulatory authorities, and ultimately could require the relevant entity's liquidation. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Failure to comply with applicable regulatory capital requirements could subject us to sanctions imposed by the SEC, FINRA and other SROs or regulatory bodies."

122

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

          The following table sets forth the names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Name	Age		Position
Vincent Viola		59		Founder, Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Douglas A. Cifu		49		Chief Executive Officer and Director
Joseph Molluso		46		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Venu Palaparthi		44		Senior Vice President, Compliance, Regulatory and Government Affairs
General John Philip Abizaid (Ret.)		63		Director
Michael Bingle		42		Director
William F. Cruger, Jr.		56		Director
Joseph Osnoss		37		Director
John F. (Jack) Sandner		73		Director

          Set forth below is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors.

Vincent Viola is our Founder and has served as our Executive Chairman since November 2013. He is also the Chairman of our board of directors. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Virtu Financial and its predecessors since April 2008. Mr. Viola is one of the nation's foremost leaders in electronic trading. He was the founder of Virtu East in 2008, a founder of Madison Tyler Holdings in 2002 and the former Chairman of the NYMEX. Mr. Viola started his career in the financial services industry on the floor of the NYMEX and became Vice Chairman from 1993 to 1996 and Chairman from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Viola graduated from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point in 1977. He later graduated from the U.S. Army Airborne, Infantry and Ranger Schools and served in the 101st Airborne Division. In 1983, he graduated from the New York Law School. Mr. Viola's extensive business experience in the financial services industry provides the board of directors with valuable knowledge and experience in the electronic trading and market making business. In addition, as our founder, Mr. Viola has successfully led Virtu since its inception and provides the board of directors with valuable insight regarding strategic decisions and the future direction of our Company.

Douglas A. Cifu has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. since November 2013. He previously served as Virtu Financial's President and Chief Operating Officer and has served on its board of directors since co-founding the firm in April 2008. Prior to co-founding Virtu, Mr. Cifu was a partner at the international law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, where he practiced corporate law from 1990 to 2008. Mr. Cifu also serves on the board of directors of Independent Bank Group, Inc., a regional bank holding company. Mr. Cifu completed his J.D. at Columbia Law School in 1990 and received his B.A. from Columbia University in 1987, from which he graduated magna cum laude. Mr. Cifu's experience as a corporate attorney provides us with valuable insight regarding acquisitions, debt financings, equity financings and public markets.

Joseph Molluso has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining Virtu, Mr. Molluso was a Managing Director in Investment Banking at J.P. Morgan from March 2006 to November 2013, where he provided strategic advice to financial institutions with a focus on market structure related companies. Mr. Molluso started his career as an investment banker specializing in financial services companies in 1997 at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette and its successor, Credit Suisse, where he helped establish the global financial technology group. Mr. Molluso received his M.B.A. from New York University in 1997 and his B.B.A. from Pace University in 1991.

123

Venu Palaparthi has been our Senior Vice President for Compliance, Regulatory and Government Affairs since December 2014. Mr. Palaparthi also serves as Chief Executive Officer of our two registered broker dealers. Between 2011 and 2014, Mr. Palaparthi served as an officer at Nasdaq in the Global Trading and Market Services division. While at Nasdaq, he was CEO of Nasdaq's broker-dealer subsidiaries — Nasdaq Execution Services LLC, Execution Access LLC and NPM Securities LLC. Mr. Palaparthi was responsible for regulatory compliance for Transaction Services U.S. and led various market structure and post-execution initiatives for Nasdaq's U.S. marketplaces. Prior to Nasdaq, Mr. Palaparthi was Chief Compliance Officer of Instinet LLC between 2008 and 2011. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Palaparthi worked in a variety of functions at Instinet including Head of Business Audit and Technology Compliance Officer. Mr. Palaparthi started his career as an analyst at Reuters in 1994. Mr. Palaparthi received his MBA from The University of Texas at Arlington in 1994. He earned a dual degree — BE (Honors) in Computer Science and M.Sc. (Honors) in Economics—from Birla Institute of Technology and Science in Pilani, India.

          General John Philip Abizaid (Ret.) became a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. in April 2015 and has been a member of Virtu Financial's board of directors since July 2011. Since 2007, Gen. Abizaid has served as an international business and leadership consultant. Gen. Abizaid retired from the U.S. Army in 2007 after 34 years of service, during which time he rose from an infantry platoon leader to become a four-star general and the longest-serving commander of U.S. Central Command. During his distinguished career, his command assignments ranged from infantry combat to delicate international negotiations. Gen. Abizaid serves as the Distinguished Chair of the Combating Terrorism Center at West Point. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the International Institute for Strategic Studies, and serves as a Director of the George Olmsted Foundation. In addition to serving on our board, Gen. Abizaid serves on the board of directors for USAA, RPM, Inc., Vast Exploration Inc. and the Defense Venture Group. Gen. Abizaid's extensive international, military and governmental experience and previous service on the boards of other companies adds significant value to the board of directors and to our Company.

          Michael Bingle became a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. in April 2015 and has been a member of Virtu Financial's board of directors since July 2011. Mr. Bingle is a managing partner and managing director for Silver Lake Partners. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 2000, Mr. Bingle was a principal at Apollo Management, L.P., then a large-scale and diversified private equity firm. Prior to Apollo, he worked as an investment banker in the Leveraged Finance Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Bingle serves on the board of directors of Gartner, Inc., Gerson Lehrman Group, Inc. and Interactive Data Corporation, and is on the Annual Fund Executive Committee of Duke University's School of Engineering. He is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Previously Mr. Bingle was a director of Ameritrade Holding Corp., Datek Online Holdings, Inc., Mercury Payment Systems, LLC, Instinet, Inc. and IPC Systems, Inc. Mr. Bingle holds a B.S.E. in Biomedical Engineering from Duke University. Mr. Bingle's extensive experience in private equity, technology investing, large-scale mergers and acquisitions and his previous service on the boards of other companies adds significant value to the board of directors.

          William F. Cruger, Jr. became a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. in April 2015 and has been a member of Virtu Financial's board of directors since February 2015. He was most recently Vice Chairman of Investment Banking at J.P. Morgan and Co. where he was responsible for key client relationships on a global basis. Previously Mr. Cruger held a number of senior positions at J.P. Morgan, including Managing Director in the Financial Institutions group from 1996 to 2011. During this time he also oversaw the rationalization of the firm's private equity investments in trading platforms and related ventures at Lab Morgan from 2000-2001. Prior to this, Mr. Cruger ran the firm's investment banking practices in Japan from 1991-1996, Latin America from 1989-1991 and Emerging Asia from 1984-1988. Mr. Cruger currently serves on the board of

124

MarketAxess Holdings Inc. and People's United Financial, Inc., and has previously served on the boards of Archipelago Holdings, Inc., CreditTrade, Inc. and Capital IQ, Inc. He has an M.B.A. from Columbia University and a B.A. from Clark University. Mr. Cruger's extensive experience in financial markets and financial leadership adds significant value to the board of directors.

          Joseph Osnoss became a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. in April 2015 and has been a member of Virtu Financial's board of directors since July 2011. Mr. Osnoss is a managing director of Silver Lake, which he joined in 2002. From 2010 to 2014, before returning to the U.S., he was based in Silver Lake's London office, where he helped oversee the firm's activities in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Mr. Osnoss is a director of Global Blue S.A., Interactive Data Corporation and Sabre Corporation, and previously served on the boards of Mercury Payment Systems, LLC and Instinet Incorporated. Prior to joining Silver Lake, Mr. Osnoss worked in investment banking at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and financings in technology and related industries. Mr. Osnoss graduated summa cum laude from Harvard College with an A.B. in Applied Mathematics-Economics and a citation in French language. He is a Visiting Professor at the London School of Economics, where he participates in teaching and research activities within the Department of Finance. Mr. Osnoss' extensive experience investing in private equity and serving on the boards of other companies, both domestically and internationally, positions him to contribute meaningfully to our board of directors.

          John F. (Jack) Sandner became a member of the board of directors of Virtu Financial, Inc. in April 2015 and has been a member of Virtu Financial's board of directors since November 2011. Mr. Sandner has served as a member of the board of directors of CME Group Inc. since 1978 and a member of CME for more than 30 years. He also served as Special Policy Advisor from 1998 to 2005. Previously, he served as Chairman of the board of CME Group Inc. for 13 years. Mr. Sandner has served as Chairman of E*Trade Futures, LLC since 2003. Mr. Sandner previously served as President and CEO of RB&H Financial Services, L.P., a futures commission merchant and clearing firm, from 1985 to 2003. RB&H Financial Services, L.P. is now a division of MF Global. Mr. Sandner serves as a consultant to RB&H Financial Services, L.P. Mr. Sandner currently serves on the board of the NFA and serves as one of our board representatives on the Dubai Mercantile Exchange. Mr. Sandner currently serves on the board of CME Group Inc. and Echo Global Logistics, Inc. and previously served on the board of Click Commerce Inc. Mr. Sandner's extensive business experience in the electronic market making business and his previous service on the boards of other public companies adds significant value to the board of directors.

Controlled Company

          We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering on NASDAQ. As the Founder Post-IPO Member will continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering, we will be considered a "controlled company" for the purposes of NASDAQ rules and corporate governance standards. As a "controlled company," we will be permitted to, and we intend to, elect not to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and require that we either establish a Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, each comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to the board of directors by the independent members of the board of directors.

Director Independence

          The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Bingle, Cruger, Osnoss and Sandner are each "independent directors" as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ.

125

Board Structure

Composition

          Upon the consummation of the offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the number of directors on our board of directors will be determined from time to time by the board of directors but shall not be less than three persons nor more than 20 persons.

          Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled at any time by the remaining directors. In addition, at any point prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event (defined as the time at which the Founder Post-IPO Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees no longer beneficially own shares representing 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock), vacancies on the board of directors may also be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.

          Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement that we will enter into with the Founder Post-IPO Member and the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Silver Lake Equityholders will be entitled to nominate one Class III director for election to our board of directors so long as affiliates of Silver Lake Partners continue to own at least 30% of the Class A common stock held by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners immediately prior to this offering (calculated assuming that all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock are exchanged for Class A common stock). The Founder Post-IPO Member will agree to vote its shares in favor of the director nominated by the Silver Lake Equityholders in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. To the extent that the Silver Lake Equityholders are no longer entitled to nominate a board member pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, they shall, if requested by our board of directors, cause their nominee to resign, and our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, will nominate a director to fill such vacancy. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement" for additional information.

          Until the Triggering Event, any director may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Thereafter, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of common stock. At any meeting of the board of directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors. In connection with this offering, Messrs. Cruger, Osnoss and Viola will be designated as Class I directors, Messrs. Cifu and Sandner will be designated as Class II directors and Messrs. Abizaid and Bingle will be designated as Class III directors.

Committees of the Board

          Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Under the rules of NASDAQ, the membership of the Audit Committee is required to consist entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have fully independent Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. The following is a brief description of our committees.

126

Audit

          Our Audit Committee assists the board in monitoring the audit of our financial statements, our independent auditors' qualifications and independence, the performance of our audit function and independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors, and our independent auditors report directly to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will also review and approve related party transactions as required by the rules of NASDAQ.

          Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Cruger, Osnoss and Sandner are expected to be the members of our Audit Committee. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Cruger qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and that each of Messrs. Cruger and Sandner are "independent" for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of NASDAQ. In addition, the board of directors has determined that Mr. Osnoss is not "independent" for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of NASDAQ because his relationship with Silver Lake Partners may cause him to be deemed our "affiliate." Accordingly, we are relying on the phase-in provisions of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering, and we plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors that are independent for purposes of serving on an audit committee within one year of our listing. We believe that the functioning of our audit committee complies with the applicable requirements of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation

          Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our directors and employees and is responsible for approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. Our Compensation Committee will also administer the issuance of awards under our 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

          Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Abizaid, Bingle and Sandner are expected to be the members of our Compensation Committee. Because we will be a "controlled company" under the rules of NASDAQ, our Compensation Committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the Compensation Committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance

          Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee selects or recommends that the board of directors select candidates for election to our board of directors, develops and recommends to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us and oversees board of director and management evaluations.

          Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Abizaid and Viola are expected to be the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Because we will be a "controlled company" under the rules of NASDAQ, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

127

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table shows the compensation earned by our principal executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, our Founder and Executive Chairman and our two most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014, whom we refer to collectively as our "named executive officers."

          The principal positions listed in the table refer to the positions of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary		Bonus			Equity Awards			All Other Compensation			Total(1)
Vincent Viola		2014		—		—			—			—			—
Founder and Executive Chairman		2013		—		—			—			—			—
Douglas A. Cifu(2)		2014	$	1,000,000		—			—		$	41,774	(9)	$	1,041,774
Chief Executive Officer		2013	$	1,000,000		—			—			—		$	1,000,000
Joseph Molluso		2014	$	500,000	$	400,000		$	289,634	(3)	$	—		$	1,189,634
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer		2013	$	76,293	$	975,000	(4)	$	3,209,919	(5)		—		$	4,261,212
Venu Palaparthi(7)		2014	$	17,307	$	600,000	(6)	$	482,723	(8)	$	—		$	1,100,030
Senior Vice President, Compliance, Regulatory and Government Affairs

(1)

All amounts set forth in this table were paid by Virtu Financial. The Company has not paid or provided the named executive officers with any compensation prior to this offering.

(2)

Mr. Cifu will become Virtu Financial's Chief Executive Officer upon the completion of this offering.

(3)

This amount represents the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to the grant of fully vested Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco granted on December 31, 2014. Assumptions used in calculating this amount are described in Note 15 of the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

(4)

This amount represents a one-time starting bonus of $600,000 and a year-end cash bonus of $375,000.

(5)

This amount represents the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to (i) the grant of Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco granted on November 4, 2013, which vest on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, and (ii) the grant of fully vested Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco granted on December 31, 2013. Assumptions used in calculating this amount are described in Note 15 of the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

(6)

This amount represents a one-time starting bonus of $200,000 and a year-end cash bonus of $400,000.

(7)

Mr. Palaparthi became our Senior Vice President for Compliance, Regulatory and Government Affairs on December 1, 2014.

(8)

This amount represents the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to the grant of Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco granted on December 8, 2014, which vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Assumptions used in calculating this amount are described in Note 15 of the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

(9)

This amount represents the cost of providing transportation services to Mr. Cifu for the fiscal year December 31, 2014.

          Since our inception, Mr. Viola has not received any salary, bonus or other cash or equity compensation, and Mr. Cifu has not received any cash bonus compensation. Each of Messrs. Cifu, Molluso and Palaparthi and affiliates of Mr. Viola have received, and will continue to receive, distributions in respect of their direct and indirect equity holdings in Virtu Financial.

Employment Agreements and Restrictive Covenant Agreements

          In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into employment agreements with Messrs. Viola and Cifu that will provide for the grant of equity compensation in us as compensation for the services they will provide to us. All of our named executive officers will be subject to the

128

non-compete and non-solicitation provisions to be included in the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement discussed under "Certain Relationship and Related Party Transactions — Amended and Restated Virtu Financial Limited Liability Company Agreement."

New Employment Agreement with Messrs. Viola and Cifu

          The employment agreements to be entered into with Messrs. Viola and Cifu will be effective as of the day prior to the pricing date of this offering, and have an initial term of three years with automatic renewals for successive one-year terms thereafter unless either we or the executive provides notice of non-renewal at least ninety days in advance of the expiration of the then-current term. However, if a change in control of the Company occurs at a time when there are less than two years remaining in the term, the term will automatically be extended so that the expiration date is two years from the effective date of the change in control.

          The employment agreement with Mr. Viola will provide that he will serve as our Executive Chairman, and the employment agreement with Mr. Cifu will provide that he will serve as our Chief Executive Officer. Messrs. Viola and Cifu will report to our board of directors. During the term, their principal place of employment will be in our principal office in Manhattan, New York. Each of their employment agreements will further provide that to the extent such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of his duties, service and responsibilities, each of Messrs. Viola and Cifu will be permitted to manage his personal, financial and legal affairs, serve on civic or charitable boards and committees and, to the extent approved by our board of directors, serve on corporate boards and committees; provided that (1) Mr. Viola will be permitted to continue to be engaged in, or provide services to, certain specified businesses and activities, and to become engaged in, or provide services to, any other business or activity, to the extent that he reasonably believes that such business or activity is not appropriate for us to pursue; and (2) Mr. Cifu will be permitted to continue to be engaged in, or provide services to, certain specified businesses and activities (including but not necessarily limited to his role as the Vice Chairman and Alternate Governor of the Florida Panthers, a National Hockey League franchise, and his role as a director of the Independent Bank Group, Inc., a regional bank holding company), and, to the extent such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of his duties, service and responsibilities, to become engaged in, or provide services to, any other business or activity in which Mr. Viola is permitted to become engaged in, to the extent that Mr. Cifu's level of participation in such businesses or activities are consistent with his participation in the aforementioned specified businesses or activities prior to the effective date of the employment agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Messrs. Viola and Cifu will be subject to non-compete obligations until the third anniversary of the date on which such person ceases to be an officer, director or employee of ours. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Amended and Restated Virtu Financial Limited Liability Company Agreement."

          The employment agreements will provide for a base salary of $1 for Mr. Viola and $1,000,000 for Mr. Cifu, and will provide each executive with the opportunity to earn a discretionary annual bonus based on such business objectives and/or business performance as determined by the non-employee members of our board of directors or our compensation committee in their or its sole discretion. The employment agreements with Messrs. Viola and Cifu will provide for a grant of stock options with respect to shares of our Class A common stock. These stock options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of grant.

          The employment agreements will provide that Messrs. Viola and Cifu will be entitled to participate in all of our benefit plans and programs, and to receive perquisites, commensurate with their respective positions, that are provided by us from time to time for our senior executives generally, and to receive director and officer indemnification and insurance protection. If Mr. Viola

129

elects to seek reimbursement for the use of his privately owned aircraft for business purposes, he will be reimbursed at the then-prevailing charter rates for his aircraft.

          The employment agreements include an acknowledgment from Messrs. Viola and Cifu that they will be bound by the confidentiality and restrictive covenant provisions set forth in the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement, which provisions are incorporated by reference into their stock option agreements. The employment agreements also provide that we will pay as incurred, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses that Mr. Viola or Mr. Cifu incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome) by us, the executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of their employment agreement or any guarantee of performance of their employment agreement that arises in connection with or following a change in control, plus interest on any delayed payment at the applicable federal rate under Section 7872 of the Code.

          The employment agreements for Messrs. Viola and Cifu provide for severance upon certain terminations of employment as described below under "Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control."

Existing Employment Agreement with Mr. Molluso

          Virtu East entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Molluso on August 7, 2013 on an "at will" employment basis. The employment agreement provides for a salary of $500,000 per year and a starting bonus of $600,000 (which must be repaid upon a termination for "cause" or certain violations of his restrictive covenants). In addition, the employment agreement provides for eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus, as determined at the sole discretion of Virtu East; provided that, for the years ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, Mr. Molluso is guaranteed a minimum bonus of $750,000 and $1,000,000, respectively. The employment agreement also provides for a grant of Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco with the number of Class A-2 profits interests to be granted determined by dividing $6,000,000 by the most recent valuation of a Class A-2 capital interest of Virtu Financial. Mr. Molluso is eligible to participate in all benefit programs of Virtu East available to similarly situated employees.

          In connection with his employment agreement, Mr. Molluso entered into a restrictive covenant agreement which provides that he will not engage in any business that competes with Virtu or its affiliates, and he will not solicit or hire employees, consultants or members of Virtu East, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during his employment and for a period of three years thereafter. He is also subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions. The employment agreement provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment as described below under "Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control."

Existing Employment Agreement with Mr. Palaparthi

          Virtu East entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Palaparthi on October 29, 2014 on an "at will" employment basis. The employment agreement provides for a salary of $300,000 per year and a starting bonus of $200,000 (which must be repaid upon a termination for "cause," certain violations of his restrictive covenants or his voluntary termination on or prior to December 1, 2015). In addition, the employment agreement provides for eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus, as determined at the sole discretion of Virtu East; provided that, for the years ending December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, Mr. Palaparthi is guaranteed a minimum bonus of $400,000 and $350,000, respectively. The employment agreement also provides for a grant of Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco with the number of Class A-2 profits interests to be granted determined by dividing $1,000,000 by the most recent valuation of a Class A-2 capital interest of Virtu Financial. Mr. Palaparthi is eligible to participate in all benefit programs of Virtu East available to similarly situated employees.

130

          In connection with his employment agreement, Mr. Palaparthi entered into a restrictive covenant agreement which provides that for a period of 12 months or, if longer, the period during which Mr. Palaparthi receives severance payments from Virtu or any of its affiliates (the "Restrictive Covenant Period"), he will not be employed by, engage in any business, or own any interest in any person or entity that (i) is a past, current or prospective client of, (ii) is an investor in or (iii) competes with, Virtu or its affiliates. In addition, during the Restrictive Covenant Period, Mr. Palaparthi may not solicit or encourage any current or prospective employee, consultant, agent, client or vendor of Virtu or its affiliates to terminate its relationship with Virtu or its affiliates or enter into any other business or employment relationship with any other person, and may not solicit or accept funds from any actual or prospective client, shareholder or investor in Virtu or its affiliates. He is also subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

          The following tables provide information about the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014. Mr. Viola does not hold any outstanding equity awards.

Class B Interests

Name	Grant Date	Unvested Class B Interest Percentage(1)	Market Value of Unvested Class B Interests(2)
Douglas A. Cifu	July 8, 2011	0.50%	$4,729,664

(1)

As of December 31, 2014, the unvested Class B interests were scheduled to vest in equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, subject to (i) continued employment on each annual vesting date and (ii) the consummation of a sale transaction meeting specified criteria or an initial public offering.

(2)

There was no public market for the Class B interests as of December 31, 2014, and thus the market value reflected in the table above is based on the total fair market value after marketability discounts of 4% of the capital proceeds attributable to all such Class B interests having a threshold of $1.046 billion as of such date. The marketability discount was determined using a formulaic approach by applying a methodology that determines the marketability discount based on the value of an "average-strike" (or "Asian") put option.

          In connection with the Madison Tyler Transactions, on July 8, 2011, Mr. Cifu was awarded equity-based interests in Virtu Financial, which allow him to share in the future appreciation of Virtu Financial, subject to two vesting conditions: time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and transaction-based vesting (based on the occurrence of certain corporate events), as described in more detail below. These equity-based interests are designed to provide an opportunity for long-term incentive compensation in order to motivate Mr. Cifu and reward him for growth in our equity value.

          The equity interests were granted pursuant to the Existing Equity Incentive Plan in the form of profits interests, called Class B interests. Each Class B interest represents an equity interest in Virtu Financial that, in a sale or other specified capital transaction, entitles the holder to a percentage of the profits and appreciation in the equity value of Virtu Financial arising after the date of grant. Mr. Cifu's awarded Class B interests represent 0.5% of such profits and appreciation in equity value. The awards were structured so that if Virtu Financial's equity value were to appreciate, Mr. Cifu would share in a specified percentage of the profits and equity value appreciation from the date of grant solely with respect to the vested portion of the executive's Class B interests. If Virtu Financial's equity value had not appreciated in value or decreased in value after the date of grant, then the Class B interests would have no value.

131

          These awards also provide a retention tool because the Class B interests vest over a four-year period, subject to Mr. Cifu's continued employment on each annual vesting date. Further, to incentivize Mr. Cifu to work towards certain corporate objectives, the Class B interests vest only if Virtu Financial consummates a sale transaction meeting specified criteria or an initial public offering. In addition, by accepting an award of Class B interests, the Existing Equity Incentive Plan imposes non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions on the named executive officer so that his Class B interests are subject to forfeiture if he violates those restrictions.

Class A-2 Profits Interests

Name	Grant Date	Unvested Class A-2 Profits Interests		Market Value of Unvested Class A-2 Profits Interests(3)
Joseph Molluso	November 4, 2013	308,954	(1)	$2,359,031
Venu Palaparthi	December 8, 2014	64,181	(2)	$482,492

(1)

As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Molluso's remaining Class A-2 profits interests were scheduled to vest in three equal installments on November 4, 2015, 2016 and 2017, subject to continued employment on each annual vesting date.

(2)

As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Palaparthi's Class A-2 profits interests were 100% unvested and scheduled to vest in three equal installments on December 8, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

(3)

There was no public market for the Class A-2 profits interests as of December 31, 2014, and thus the market value reflected in the table above is based on the total fair market value after marketability discounts of 4% attributable to all Class A-2 profits interests having a threshold of $1.971 billion for Mr. Molluso with respect to his grants dated November 4, 2013 and $2.031 billion for Mr. Palaparthi as of December 31, 2014. The marketability discount was determined using a formulaic approach by applying a methodology that determines the marketability discount based on the value of an "average-strike" (or "Asian") put option.

          Messrs. Molluso and Palaparthi were awarded an equity-based interest in Virtu Employee Holdco (which in turn holds an interest in Virtu Financial) that allows them to share in distributions and the future appreciation of Virtu Financial, subject to time-based vesting (based on continued employment) as described in more detail below. These equity-based interests are designed to provide an opportunity for long-term incentive compensation in order to motivate Messrs. Molluso and Palaparthi and reward them for growth in our equity value.

          The equity interests were granted pursuant to the Virtu Employee Holdco Limited Liability Company Agreement in the form of Class A-2 profits interests. Each Class A-2 profits interest of Virtu Employee Holdco corresponds to a Class A-2 profits interest in Virtu Financial and entitles the holder to a percentage of distributions of available cash flow and, in connection with a sale or other specified capital transaction of Virtu Financial, a percentage of the proceeds of such sale or capital transaction, subject to satisfying certain valuation hurdles determined by Virtu Financial at the time of the grant.

          These awards provide a retention tool because the Class A-2 profits interests vest over a four-year period for Mr. Molluso and a three-year period for Mr. Palaparthi, subject to the named executive officer's continued employment on each annual vesting date. In addition, by accepting an award of Class A-2 profits interests, the Virtu Employee Holdco Limited Liability Company Agreement imposes non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions on the named executive officer so that his Class A-2 profits interests are subject to forfeiture if he violates those restrictions.

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, all of Virtu Financial's outstanding Class B interests and Class A-2 profits interests will be reclassified into vested and unvested Virtu Financial Units based on a hypothetical liquidation of Virtu Financial and the initial public offering price per share of

132

our Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, all of Virtu Employee Holdco's Class A-2 profits interests will be reclassified into common units of Virtu Employee Holdco. The unvested Virtu Financial Units shall vest following the offering based on the current time-based vesting schedule of the outstanding unvested Class B interests or Class A-2 profits interests from which they were reclassified. Upon termination of employment, all unvested Virtu Financial Units will be forfeited and any vested Virtu Financial Units will be subject to repurchase by us. Both the vested and unvested Virtu Financial Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from Virtu Financial except that unvested Virtu Financial Units will no longer be entitled to any such distributions upon forfeiture. If any unvested Virtu Financial Units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by Virtu Financial for no consideration (and we will cancel the related shares of Class C common stock described below for no consideration). The vesting and other terms applicable to such Virtu Financial Units will be set forth in definitive documentation to be entered into immediately prior to the completion of this offering. In connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering, members of management who receive Virtu Financial Units directly, and Virtu Employee Holdco on behalf of members of management who receive Virtu Financial Units indirectly, will also subscribe for a number of shares of our Class C common stock equal to the number of Virtu Financial Units they receive. Each share of Class C common stock paired with a Virtu Financial Unit will be vested or unvested to the same extent as the Virtu Financial Unit with which it is paired. There are no voting rights associated with the Virtu Financial Units, whether vested or unvested, but each share of Class C common stock will carry one vote, including both vested and unvested shares of Class C common stock. Vested Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock) may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

Severance Benefits

          As of December 31, 2014, Messrs. Viola, Cifu and Palaparthi were not entitled to any payments in connection with the termination of their employment.

          Under the new employment agreements for Messrs. Viola and Cifu to be entered into in connection with this offering, if Messrs. Viola's or Cifu's employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the employment agreement), due to death or disability (as defined in the employment agreement), by the executive for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), or due to the expiration of the term on the expiration date as a result of our delivery of a notice of non-renewal of the term, then in addition to receiving their accrued amounts, each of them will receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims, severance pay in an aggregate amount (the "Severance Amount") equal to the greater of one times (1x) his base salary and an amount equal to the total amount of base salary that would otherwise have been payable through the remainder of the term, and continued health, dental, vision and life insurance benefits under the terms of our benefit plans for twelve months or the period from termination of employment through the remainder of the term, whichever is longer (the "Benefits Continuation Period"). However, if such termination occurs at any time within sixty days before, or 24 months following, a change in control, then in lieu of the Severance Amount the executive will be entitled to receive 2.5 times the sum of (1) his base salary and (2) the annual bonus (including any amounts deferred or satisfied through the grant of equity awards) most recently awarded to the executive for a completed fiscal year of the Company, and the Benefits Continuation Period will be extended to 24 months or the period from termination of employment through the remainder of the term, whichever is longer; and, in the case of Mr. Viola, the Company will reimburse him, for two years following termination of his employment, for his lease of first-class office space and salary and benefit expenses for a secretarial or administrative assistant, consistent with those provided immediately prior to his termination of employment.

133

          If any payments to Messrs. Viola or Cifu are determined to be so-called "golden parachute" payments subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will be reduced to the extent such reduction would result in the executive retaining a greater net after-tax amount than he would have retained had he received the full amount of the payments and paid the applicable excise tax.

          Joseph Molluso.    If, prior to December 31, 2014, Mr. Molluso is terminated by Virtu East without "cause" or resigns at a time when neither Mr. Viola nor Mr. Cifu are serving as chairman, chief executive officer or president of Virtu Financial or any successor entity (a "Viola and Cifu Exit"), Mr. Molluso is entitled to severance in an aggregate amount not less than one year of base salary and any guaranteed bonus not yet paid as of the termination date, payable in cash in equal quarterly installments over the period ending on the third anniversary of Mr. Molluso's termination. In addition, all of Mr. Molluso's outstanding unvested Class A-2 profits interests will become 100% vested upon a termination without "cause" or upon a Viola and Cifu Exit.

          Termination of Mr. Molluso's employment for "cause" generally means his (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties; (ii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (iii) willful material breach of a material provision of his employment agreement; or (iv) fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement of funds or property belonging to Virtu East (or Virtu Financial, in the case of his Class A-2 profits interests), subject to up to a 15-day period to cure such breach or failure if susceptible to cure.

Change in Control Benefits

          All of Mr. Molluso's outstanding unvested Class A-2 profits interests will become 100% vested upon a "change in control." A change in control generally means (i) prior to an initial public offering of Virtu Financial or any of its subsidiaries or parents (the "IPO Entity"), Mr. Viola and certain of his affiliates fail to own equity interests representing a majority of the "available cash flow percentage" (as defined in the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement) attributable to all issued and outstanding equity interests of Virtu Financial, and (ii) following an initial public offering, the acquisition of ownership by any person or group (other than Mr. Viola, his affiliates, certain affiliates of Silver Lake Partners or any of their respective permitted transferees) of equity interests representing 40% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power of the IPO Entity, and the percentage of such aggregate ordinary voting power is greater than the aggregate voting power of Mr. Viola, his affiliates, certain affiliates of Silver Lake Partners, certain affiliates (as defined in the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement) of Temasek and their respective permitted transferees.

Calculations of Benefits to Which Executive Would Be Entitled

          Assuming each named executive officer's termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2014 or a change in control occurred on December 31, 2014, the dollar value of the

134

payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated in the table below.

Named Executive Officer	Termination Without Cause			Termination for Good Reason		Termination Following a Viola and Cifu Exit		Change in Control
Vincent Viola
Salary Payment		—			—		—		—
Bonus Payment		—			—		—		—
Equity Award		—			—		—		—
Douglas A. Cifu
Salary Payment		—			—		—		—
Bonus Payment		—			—		—		—
Equity Award		—			—		—		—
Joseph Molluso
Salary Payment		—			—		—		—
Bonus Payment		—			—		—		—
Equity Award	$	2,359,031	(1)		—		—	$	2,359,031	(1)
Venu Palaparthi		—			—		—		—
Salary Payments		—			—		—		—
Bonus Payment		—			—		—		—
Equity Award		—			—		—		—

(1)

Amount represents the value of Mr. Molluso's Unvested Class A-2 profits interests as of December 31, 2014.

Compensation of our Directors

          Prior to the offering we paid our non-employee directors (other than Messrs. Bingle and Osnoss) $2,500 per board meeting attended. Additionally, we have engaged Mr. Abizaid to provide leadership consulting services from time to time for specified projects globally, and Mr. Abizaid has provided these services in each of four global offices to all of our employees. We compensate Mr. Abizaid at a base rate of $5,000 per day for such services and also reimburse him for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with these engagements.

          Following the offering, only non-employee directors (other than Messrs. Bingle and Osnoss) will receive compensation for service on the Board. The compensation payable to our non-employee directors will consist of the following:

•

an award of restricted stock units valued at $125,000 at the time of grant upon the completion of this offering and upon re-election at each subsequent annual meeting of shareholders. The restricted stock units will vest on the one year anniversary of the date of grant;

•

an annual cash retainer of $75,000, with no additional fees paid for Board and committee meetings attended;

•

an annual cash retainer of $25,000 for the chair of the Audit Committee, $15,000 for the chair of the Compensation Committee and $10,000 for the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee;

•

an annual cash retainer of $10,000 for members of the Audit Committee, $7,500 for members of the Compensation Committee and $7,500 for members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

135

          After four years of service non-employee directors (other than Messrs. Bingle and Osnoss) must maintain a minimum stock ownership equal to $100,000.

          The following table sets forth compensation earned by our directors during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash		Equity Awards(1)		All Other Compensation			Total
John P. Abizaid	$	—		—	$	127,250	(2)	$	127,250
Michael Bingle		—		—		—			—
Douglas A. Cifu		—		—		—			—
William F. Cruger, Jr.		—		—		—			—
Joseph Osnoss		—		—		—			—
John F. (Jack) Sandner		—		—		—			—
Vincent Viola		—		—		—			—

(1)

As of December 31, 2014, Messrs. Abizaid and Sander each held 7,690 Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Employee Holdco, all of which were vested. For outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Cifu, please see "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End" above.

(2)

Represents fees paid to Mr. Abizaid pursuant to his consulting arrangement. These amounts were paid by Virtu Financial. The Company has not paid or provided the directors with any compensation prior to this offering.

IPO Equity Grants

          In connection with this offering, we intend to grant awards for an aggregate of 3,260,000 shares of Class A common stock to our named executive officers under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan described below. The awards will consist of stock options for 3,260,000 shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, which will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Mr. Viola will be granted 2,775,000 options, Mr. Cifu will be granted 400,000 options, Mr. Molluso will be granted 60,000 options and Mr. Palaparthi will be granted 25,000 options. The options will be subject to time-based vesting conditions. They will generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued employment on the applicable vesting date. The options shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the 2015 Management Incentive Plan described below.

2015 Management Incentive Plan

          Our board of directors and stockholders plan to adopt the Virtu Financial 2015 Management Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, to become effective upon consummation of this offering. The following is a summary of certain terms and conditions of the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2015 Management Incentive Plan attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You are encouraged to read the full 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

          Administration.    The Compensation Committee (or subcommittee thereof, if necessary for Section 162(m) of the Code) will administer the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2015 Management Incentive Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems

136

necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

          Eligibility.    Any current or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors of our Company or its affiliates who are selected by the Compensation Committee will be eligible for awards under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

          Number of Shares Authorized.    The 2015 Management Incentive Plan provides for an aggregate of 12,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock. No more than 12,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. Other than Mr. Viola's stock option grant in connection with this offering, no participant may be granted awards of options and stock appreciation rights with respect to more than 1,000,0000 shares of our Class A common stock in any 12-month period. No more than 1,000,0000 shares of our Class A common stock may be granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan with respect to any performance compensation awards to any participant during a performance period (or with respect to each year if the performance period is more than one year). The maximum amount payable to any participant under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan for any single year during a performance period for a cash denominated award is $10,000,000 (with respect to each year if the performance period is more than one year). Shares of our Class A common stock subject to awards are generally unavailable for future grant; provided that in no event shall such shares increase the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. If any award granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan expires, terminates, is canceled or forfeited without being settled or exercised, or if a stock appreciation right is settled in cash or otherwise without the issuance of shares, shares of our Class A common subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. In addition, if any shares are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, such shares will again be available for grant under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

          Change in Capitalization.    If there is a change in our Company's corporate capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock or other relevant change in capitalization or applicable law or circumstances, such that the Compensation Committee determines that an adjustment to the terms of the 2015 Management Incentive Plan (or awards thereunder) is necessary or appropriate, then the Compensation Committee may make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable. Such adjustments may be to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, the limitations on awards under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options and such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine appropriate.

          Awards Available for Grant.    The Compensation Committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards), other cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by our Company or with which our Company combines (which are referred to herein as "Substitute Awards").

          Stock Options.    The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock that are either "qualified," meaning they are intended to

137

satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or "non-qualified," meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an "incentive stock option." Options granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Under the terms of the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% shareholder), provided that, if the term of a non-qualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our Class A common stock is prohibited by our Company's insider trading policy, the option's term shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, by check, by cash equivalent and/or shares of our Class A common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), or by such other method as the Compensation Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including: (i) in other property having a fair market value equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes, (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of our Class A common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism or (iii) by means of a "net exercise" procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of Class A common stock will be settled in cash.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.    The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award SARs under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan may include SARs and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs, including with respect to vesting and expiration. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the strike price per share of our Class A common stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant. The remaining terms of the SARs shall be established by the Compensation Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

          Restricted Stock.    The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock is Class A common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. Any accumulated dividends will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock vests.

          Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award restricted stock unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A restricted stock unit award, once vested, may be settled in common shares equal to the number of units earned, or in cash equal to the fair market value of the number

138

of vested shares, at the election of the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock units may be settled at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation Committee. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by our Company of dividends on shares of our Class A common stock, either in cash or (at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee) in shares of our Class A common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends, and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Compensation Committee, which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled.

          Other Stock-Based Awards.    The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of our Class A common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of our Class A common stock under such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

          Performance Compensation Awards.    The Compensation Committee may grant any award under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan in the form of a "Performance Compensation Award" (including cash bonuses) intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code by conditioning the number of shares earned or vested, or any payout, under the award on the satisfaction of certain "Performance Goals." The Compensation Committee may establish these Performance Goals with reference to one or more of the following:

•

net earnings or net income (before or after taxes);

•

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

•

net revenue or net revenue growth;

•

gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth;

•

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

•

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, gross revenue or gross revenue growth, invested capital, equity or sales);

•

cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per-share basis;

•

earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA);

•

gross or net operating margins;

•

productivity ratios;

•

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return;

•

expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings;

•

operating efficiency;

•

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

•

working capital targets;

•

measures of economic value added or other "value creation" metrics;

•

enterprise value;

•

stockholder return;

139

•

client retention;

•

competitive market metrics;

•

employee retention;

•

objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets);

•

system-wide revenues;

•

cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value;

•

strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets, or international operations; or

•

any combination of the foregoing.

          Any of the above Performance Goal elements can be stated as a percentage of another Performance Goal or used on an absolute, relative or adjusted basis to measure the performance of our Company and/or its affiliates or any divisions, operation or business units, product lines, asset classes, brands, administrative departments or combination thereof, as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. Performance Goals may be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies or a published or special index that the Compensation Committee deems appropriate or, stock market indices. The Compensation Committee may provide for accelerated vesting of any award based on the achievement of Performance Goals. Any award that is intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code will be granted, and Performance Goals for such an award will be established, by the Compensation Committee in writing not later than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the Performance Goals relate, or such other period required under Section 162(m) of the Code. Before any payment is made in connection with any award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Compensation Committee must certify in writing that the Performance Goals established with respect to such award have been achieved. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant's Performance Compensation Award for a performance period, the Compensation Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

          The Compensation Committee may also specify adjustments or modifications (to the extent it would not result in adverse results under Section 162(m) of the Code) to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items and/or in management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our Company's annual report to shareholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in our Company's fiscal year.

          Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, a participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a performance compensation award only to the extent that (I) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (II) all or some of the portion of such participant's performance compensation award has been earned for the performance period based on the application of the "Performance Formula" (as defined in the 2015 Management Incentive Plan) to such Performance Goals.

140

          As a new public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs in 2019. As a result, awards under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan (whether in the form of equity or cash bonuses) need not be designed to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code during this transition period, and the Compensation Committee may take this into account in determining terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

          Effect of a Change in Control.    Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between a participant and our Company, in the event of a change of control, if a participant's employment or service is terminated by our Company other than for cause (and other than due to death or disability) within the 12-month period following a change in control, then the Compensation Committee may provide that (i) all then-outstanding options and SARs will become immediately exercisable as of such participant's date of termination with respect to all of the shares subject to such option or SAR; and/or (ii) the restricted period shall expire as of such participant's date of termination with respect to all of the then-outstanding shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units (including without limitation a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals); provided that any award whose vesting or exercisability is otherwise subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Compensation Committee and prorated for the number of days elapsed from the grant date of such award through the date of termination. In addition, the Compensation Committee may in its discretion and upon at least ten days' notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding award and pay the holders, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such awards based upon the price per share of the Company's common stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. Notwithstanding the above, the Compensation Committee shall exercise such discretion over any award subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time such award is granted.

          Nontransferability.    Each award may be exercised during the participant's lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant's guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless the Compensation Committee permits the award to be transferred to a permitted transferee (as defined in the 2015 Management Incentive Plan).

          Amendment.    The 2015 Management Incentive Plan will have a term of ten years. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Management Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval if necessary to comply with any tax, NASDAQ or other applicable regulatory requirement. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

          The Compensation Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award theretofore granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any option theretofore granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant, holder or beneficiary; and provided further that, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the option price of any option or the strike price of any SAR, (ii) the Compensation Committee may

141

not cancel any outstanding option and replace it with a new option (with a lower exercise price) or cancel any SAR and replace it with a new SAR (with a lower strike price) or other award or cash in a manner that would be treated as a repricing (for compensation disclosure or accounting purposes), and (iii) the Compensation Committee may not take any other action considered a repricing for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange on which our common shares are listed. However, stockholder approval is not required with respect to clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above with respect to certain adjustments on changes in capitalization. In addition, none of the requirements described in the preceding clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) can be amended without the approval of our stockholders.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

          The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise and vesting of awards under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirement of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

          Stock Options.    The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an incentive stock option, shares of our Class A common stock acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option, or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of incentive stock options will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an "item of tax preference," which may give rise to "alternative minimum tax" liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the share on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option ("a non-qualified stock option"). Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise and the participant's tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. Our Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to

142

certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.

          SARs.    No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. Our Company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

          Restricted Stock.    A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. If the election is made, the participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to our Company. (Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act). Our Company will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

          Restricted Stock Units.    A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. Our Company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

          Section 162(m).    In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The 2015 Management Incentive Plan is intended to satisfy an exception with respect to grants of options and SARs to covered employees. In addition, the 2015 Management Incentive Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under the "performance-based compensation" exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. As discussed above, as a new public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs in 2019.

143

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The tables below set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock by:

•

each of our directors and executive officers;

•

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class or series of our capital stock; and

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

          The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for before this offering that are set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares and Virtu Financial Units to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the reorganization transactions and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See "Organizational Structure." The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for after this offering that are set forth below are based on (a) the number of shares and Virtu Financial Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and (b) an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          We intend to use approximately $253.5 million (or $262.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 7,365,606 Virtu Financial Units from certain employees). If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock will be purchased from our existing 5% equityholders, directors or executive officers. The beneficial ownership numbers and percentages for after this offering set forth below reflect this application of such net proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Purchases from Equityholders."

          The amounts and percentages of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

144

          Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is: c/o Virtu Financial, Inc., 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022-1010.

          The following table assumes the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.

	Class A Common Stock Owned (on a fully exchanged and converted basis)(1)																				Combined Voting Power(3)
											Class B Common Stock Owned (on a fully exchanged basis)(2)
																					Before this Offering			After this Offering
	Before this offering					After this offering					Before this offering					After this offering
Name of Beneficial Owner	Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Percentage			Percentage
5% Equityholders
TJMT Holdings LLC(4)		79,902,009		59.1	%		79,902,009		58.5	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		93.5	%		93.4	%
Silver Lake Equityholders(5)		14,464,060		10.7	%		6,130,727		4.5	%		—		—			—		—			1.7	%		*
Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder(6)		12,364,603		9.2	%		12,364,603		9.1	%		—		—			—		—			1.4	%		1.5	%
Virtu Employee Holdco LLC(7)		16,425,277		12.2	%		15,028,807		11.0	%		—		—			—		—			1.9	%		1.7	%
Directors and Executive Officers
Vincent Viola(4)(7)(8)		96,327,286		71.3	%		94,930,816		69.5	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		95.4	%		95.1	%
Douglas A. Cifu(9)		3,646,960		2.7	%		3,646,960		2.7	%		—		—			—		—			*			*
Joseph Molluso		475,710		*			475,710		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Venu Palaparthi		64,134		*			64,134		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
John P. Abizaid(10)		7,690		*			7,690		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Michael Bingle		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
William F. Cruger, Jr.		6,413		*			6,413		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Joseph Osnoss		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
John F. (Jack) Sandner(11)		7,690		*			7,690		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)		100,535,883		74.4	%		99,139,413		72.6	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		96.0	%		95.6	%

*

Less than 1%

          The following table assumes the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

	Class A Common Stock Owned (on a fully exchanged and converted basis)(1)																				Combined Voting Power(3)
											Class B Common Stock Owned (on a fully exchanged basis)(2)
																					Before this Offering			After this Offering
	Before this offering					After this offering					Before this offering					After this offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
	Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Number		Percentage			Percentage			Percentage
5% Equityholders
TJMT Holdings LLC(4)		79,902,009		59.1	%		79,902,009		57.7	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		93.5	%		93.2	%
Silver Lake Equityholders(5)		14,464,060		10.7	%		6,130,727		4.4	%		—		—			—		—			1.7	%		*
Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder(6)		12,364,603		9.2	%		12,364,603		8.9	%		—		—			—		—			1.4	%		1.4	%
Virtu Employee Holdco LLC(7)		16,425,277		12.2	%		15,028,807		10.9	%		—		—			—		—			1.9	%		1.7	%
Directors and Executive Officers
Vincent Viola(4)(7)(8)		96,327,286		71.3	%		94,930,816		68.6	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		95.4	%		94.9	%
Douglas A. Cifu(9)		3,646,960		2.7	%		3,646,960		2.6	%		—		—			—		—			*			*
Joseph Molluso		475,710		*			475,710		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Venu Palaparthi		64,134		*			64,134		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
John P. Abizaid(10)		7,690		*			7,690		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Michael Bingle		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
William F. Cruger, Jr.		6,413		*			6,413		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
Joseph Osnoss		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—			—
John F. (Jack) Sandner(11)		7,690		*			7,690		*			—		—			—		—			*			*
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)		100,535,883		74.4	%		99,139,413		71.6	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		79,902,009		100.0	%		96.0	%		95.4	%

*

Less than 1%

145

(1)

Each Virtu Post-IPO Member, other than the Founder Post-IPO Member, holds Virtu Financial Units and an equal number of shares of Class C common stock. Each Virtu Post-IPO Member, other than the Founder Post-IPO Member, has the right at any time to exchange any vested Virtu Financial Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class C common stock) for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Founder Post-IPO Member has the right at any time to exchange any Virtu Financial Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class D common stock) for shares of Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and to convert shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See "Description of Capital Stock." The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that (i) all vested Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class C common stock) have been exchanged for shares of Class A common stock, (ii) all vested Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class D common stock) have been exchanged for shares of Class B common stock and (iii) all shares of Class B common stock have been converted into shares of Class A common stock. Set forth below is a table that lists each of our directors and named executive officers who own Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock:

Name	Number of Virtu Financial Units and Shares of Class C Common Stock
Douglas A. Cifu	3,646,960

(2)

Prior to this offering, the Founder Post-IPO Member holds 79,902,009 Virtu Financial Units and an equal number of shares of Class D common stock. The Founder Post-IPO Member has the right at any time to exchange any Virtu Financial Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class D common stock) for shares of Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and to convert shares of Class B common stock into a shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See "Description of Capital Stock." The numbers of shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that all vested Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class D common stock) have been exchanged for shares of Class B common stock.

(3)

Percentage of combined voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock, voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class B common stock and Class D common stock is entitled to 10 votes per share and each holder of Class A common stock and Class C common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. Our Class C common stock and Class D common stock do not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) associated with our Class A and Class B common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

(4)

TJMT Holdings LLC, the Founder Post-IPO Member, is owned by trusts for the benefit of family members of Mr. Viola and Teresa Viola, Mr. Viola's wife. Teresa Viola and Michael Viola, Mr. Viola's son, share dispositive control and voting control over the shares held by the Founder Post-IPO Member. Mr. Viola may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Founder Post-IPO Member by virtue of his relationship with Teresa Viola.

(5)

The Class A common stock owned by the Silver Lake Equityholders is comprised of 3,002,137 shares of Class A common stock held by SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., the general partner of which is Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. ("Silver Lake Technology"); 3,128,590 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock held by SLP Virtu Investors, LLC, the managing member of which is Silver Lake Partners III DE (AIV III), L.P., the general partner of which is Silver Lake Technology and 0 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock held by Silver Lake Technology, the general partner of which is SLTA III (GP), L.L.C. ("GP").

(6)

Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited.

(7)

Mr. Viola is the manager of Virtu Employee Holdco and exercises dispositive control and voting control over the 16,425,277 shares held by Virtu Employee Holdco. Mr. Viola disclaims beneficial ownership in such shares (including the 1,386,006 shares of Class C common stock and corresponding Virtu Financial Units to be purchased by the Company with net proceeds of this offering) except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(8)

Includes shares held by Virtu Employee Holdco, including the 1,386,006 shares of Class C common stock and corresponding Virtu Financial Units to be purchased by the Company with net proceeds of this offering and as to which Mr. Viola disclaims beneficial ownership.

(9)

The Class A common stock owned by Mr. Cifu is comprised of: 2,824,275 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock held by Mr. Cifu; and 822,685 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock held by a trust for the benefit of the Cifu Family Trust. Melissa B. Lautenberg, Mr. Cifu's wife, and Dr. Mitchel A. Lautenberg, Ms. Lautenberg's brother, share dispositive control and voting control over the shares held by the Cifu Family Trust. Mr. Cifu may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Cifu Family Trust by virtue of his relationship with Ms. Lautenberg.

(10)

Consists of shares held by Virtu Employee Holdco on behalf of Mr. Abizaid.

(11)

Consists of shares held by Virtu Employee Holdco on behalf of Mr. Sandner.

146

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Reorganization Agreement and Common Stock Subscription Agreement

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will enter into a reorganization agreement and related agreements with Virtu Financial, four of our wholly owned subsidiaries, and each of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, Virtu Employee Holdco and certain Virtu Pre-IPO Members, which will affect the reorganization transactions. See "Organizational Structure" for more information.

          The table below sets forth the consideration in Virtu Financial Units, Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock to be received by our 5% equityholders, directors and executive officers in the reorganization transactions, based on an assumed public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):

Name	Virtu Financial Units to be issued in the Reorganization Transactions		Class A Common Stock to be Issued in the Reorganization Transactions		Class B Common Stock to be Issued in the Reorganization Transactions		Class C Common Stock to be Issued in the Reorganization Transactions		Class D Common Stock to be Issued in the Reorganization Transactions
TJMT Holdings LLC(1)		79,902,009		—		—		—		79,902,009
SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P.		—		6,472,861		—		—		—
Silver Lake Technology Associates III L.P.		610,000		—		—		610,000		—
SLP Virtu Investors LLC		7,381,199		—		—		7,381,199		—
Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd.		—		12,364,603		—		—		—
Virtu Employee Holdco LLC(1)		16,425,277		—		—		16,425,277		—
Vincent Viola		—		—		—		—		—
Douglas A. Cifu		2,824,275		—		—		2,824,275		—
Cifu Family Trust(2)		822,685		—		—		822,685		—
Joseph Molluso		475,710		—		—		475,710		—
John P. Abizaid		7,690		—		—		7,690		—
Michael Bingle		—		—		—		—		—
William F. Cruger, Jr.		6,413		—		—		6,413		—
Joseph Osnoss		—		—		—		—		—
John F. (Jack) Sandner		7,690		—		—		7,690		—

(1)

Mr. Viola may be deemed to beneficially own the interests held by TJMT Holdings LLC and Virtu Employee Holdco LLC.

(2)

Mr. Cifu may be deemed to beneficially own the interests held by the Cifu Family Trust.

          The consideration set forth above and otherwise to be received in the reorganization transactions is subject to adjustment based on the final public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering.

Purchases from Equityholders

          Immediately following this offering, based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised, we will use approximately $253.5 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Stockholder and 11,672,659 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of

147

Class C common stock from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including 4,862,609 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and 6,810,050 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock from certain employees (or approximately $262.8 million, to repurchase 3,470,724 shares of Class A common stock and 12,228,215 Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

          The following table sets forth the cash proceeds that each of our existing 5% equityholders, directors and executive officers will receive from the purchase by us of shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock with the proceeds from this offering, based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised:

Name	Number of shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock to be sold to us, assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised(1)		Cash proceeds ($)
SLP Virtu Investors, LLC		4,252,609		71,188,675
SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P.		3,470,724		58,099,920
(Virtu Employee Holdco LLC on behalf of certain members)		1,396,470		23,376,908
Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.		610,000		10,211,400

(1)

If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised, no additional shares of Class A common stock or Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock will be purchased from our existing 5% equityholders, directors or executive officers.

Amended and Restated Virtu Financial Limited Liability Company Agreement

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we, Virtu Financial and each of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and Virtu Employee Holdco, will enter into the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement. Following the reorganization transactions, and in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement, we will operate our business through Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement, so long as affiliates of Mr. Viola or affiliates of Silver Lake Partners continue to own any Virtu Financial Units, shares of our Class A common stock or securities exchangeable or convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, we will not, without the prior written consent of such holders, engage in any business activity other than the management and ownership of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries or own any assets other than securities of Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries and/or any cash or other property or assets distributed by or otherwise received from Virtu Financial and its subsidiaries, unless we determine in good faith that such actions or ownership are in the best interest of Virtu Financial. As the sole managing member of Virtu Financial, we will have control over all of the affairs and decision making of Virtu Financial. As such, through our officers and directors, we will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of Virtu Financial and the day-to-day management of Virtu Financial's business. We will fund any dividends to our stockholders by causing Virtu Financial to make distributions to its equityholders, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake

148

Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco and us, subject to the limitations imposed by our credit agreement. See "Dividend Policy."

          The holders of Virtu Financial Units will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any net taxable income of Virtu Financial. Net profits and net losses of Virtu Financial will generally be allocated to its members pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective ownership of Virtu Financial Units, though certain non-pro rata adjustments will be made to reflect tax depreciation, amortization and other allocations. The Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement will provide for cash distributions to the holders of Virtu Financial Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the taxable income of Virtu Financial that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on Virtu Financial's estimate of the net taxable income of Virtu Financial allocable to each holder of Virtu Financial Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income).

          The Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise determined by us, if at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, other than pursuant to an issuance and distribution to holders of shares of our common stock of rights to purchase our equity securities under a "poison pill" or similar shareholders rights plan or pursuant to an employee benefit plan, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently invested in Virtu Financial (unless such shares were issued by us solely to fund (i) our ongoing operations or pay our expenses or other obligations or (ii) the purchase from a member of Virtu Financial of Virtu Financial Units (in which cash such net proceeds shall instead be transferred to the selling member as consideration for such purchase)) and Virtu Financial shall issue to us one Virtu Financial Unit. Similarly, except as otherwise determined by us, Virtu Financial will not issue any additional Virtu Financial Units to us unless we issue or sell an equal number of shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Conversely, if at any time any shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, Virtu Financial will redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of Virtu Financial Units held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price per security, as the shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired. In addition, Virtu Financial will not effect any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Virtu Financial Units unless it is accompanied by substantively identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of each class of our common stock, and we will not effect any subdivision or combination of any class of our common stock unless it is accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Virtu Financial Units.

          Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement, certain members of management of Virtu Financial, including Messrs. Viola and Cifu, will be subject to non-compete and non-solicitation obligations until the third anniversary of the date on which such person ceases to be an officer, director or employee of ours. The employee members of Virtu Employee Holdco will be subject to similar restrictions under the limited liability company agreements of Virtu Employee Holdco.

          Subject to certain exceptions, Virtu Financial will indemnify all of its members, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, Virtu Employee Holdco and us, and their officers and other related parties, including the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, against all losses or expenses arising from claims or other legal proceedings in which such person (in its

149

capacity as such) may be involved or become subject to in connection with Virtu Financial's business or affairs or the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement or any related document.

          Virtu Financial may be dissolved only upon the first to occur of (i) the sale of substantially all of its assets or (ii) as determined by us. Upon dissolution, Virtu Financial will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including creditors who are members or affiliates of members) in satisfaction of all of Virtu Financial's liabilities (whether by payment or by making reasonable provision for payment of such liabilities, including the setting up of any reasonably necessary reserves) and (b) second, to the members in proportion to their vested Virtu Financial Units (after giving effect to any obligations of Virtu Financial to make tax distributions).

Exchange Agreement

          At the closing of this offering, we will enter into an Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") with Virtu Financial and each of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members and Virtu Employee Holdco, pursuant to which they (or certain transferees thereof) will have the right to exchange their Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon exchange, each share of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock will be cancelled.

          The Exchange Agreement provides that, in the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to our Class A common stock is proposed by us or our stockholders and approved by our board of directors or is otherwise consented to or approved by our board of directors, the Virtu Post-IPO Members will be permitted to participate in such offer by delivery of a notice of exchange that is effective immediately prior to the consummation of such offer. In the case of any such offer proposed by us, we are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to enable and permit the Virtu Post-IPO Members to participate in such offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of our Class A common stock without discrimination. In addition, we are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Virtu Post-IPO Members may participate in each such offer without being required to exchange Virtu Financial Units and shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock.

          The Exchange Agreement also provides that, in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving our Company (unless, following such transaction, all or substantially all of the holders of the voting power of us prior to such transaction continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction) is approved by our board of directors and consummated in accordance with applicable law, we may require that each of the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange with us all of such Virtu Post-IPO Member's Virtu Financial Units and shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for aggregate consideration for each Virtu Financial Unit and share of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, that is equivalent to the consideration payable in respect of each share of our Class A common stock in such transaction. Such Virtu Post-IPO Members are not required to participate in such a transaction that is tax-free for our stockholders unless the transaction is also tax-free for such Virtu Post-IPO Members as holders of Virtu Financial Units and shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable.

150

Stockholders Agreement

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") with the Founder Post-IPO Member and the Silver Lake Equityholders. Under the Stockholders Agreement, the Silver Lake Equityholders will be entitled to nominate one Class III director for election to our board of directors so long as affiliates of Silver Lake Partners continue to own at least 30% of the Class A common stock held by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners immediately prior to this offering (calculated assuming that all of their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock are exchanged for Class A common stock). If the Silver Lake Equityholders no longer own such interest in us, they will, upon the request of our board of directors, agree to cause their nominee to resign from the board of directors.

          Mr. Viola and the Founder Post-IPO Member will agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the director nominated by the Silver Lake Equityholders in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. Further, Mr. Viola and the Founder Post-IPO Member will agree, for so long as the Silver Lake Equityholders are entitled to nominate a director, to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to ensure that the provisions in respect of corporate opportunities and director and officer indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses set forth in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws are not amended, modified or supplemented in any manner without the Silver Lake Equityholders' prior written consent. To the extent Mr. Viola or a Founder Post-IPO Member transfer any of their respective shares to an affiliated transferee, that transferee would also be bound by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. To the extent that the Silver Lake Equityholders are no longer entitled to nominate a board member, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, will nominate a director in their place. The Silver Lake Equityholders' initial nominee for our board of directors is Michael Bingle, who will be a Class III Director.

          The Stockholders Agreement also provides for the reimbursement of Mr. Viola's, the Founder Post-IPO Member's and the Silver Lake Equityholders' out-of-pocket expenses incurred or accrued in connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering (other than taxes and underwriting discounts and commissions), up to a maximum amount of $850,000 for Mr. Viola and the Founder Post-IPO Member and $850,000 for the Silver Lake Equityholders.

Registration Rights Agreement

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") with each of the Virtu Post-IPO Members, including the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members, the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders and Virtu Employee Holdco.

          At any time beginning 180 days following the closing of this offering, subject to several exceptions, including underwriter cutbacks and our right to defer a demand registration under certain circumstances, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act all shares of common stock constituting registrable securities that they request be registered at any time following this offering so long as the securities requested to be registered in each registration statement have an aggregate estimated market value of least $50 million. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we will not be obligated to effectuate more than seven demand registrations for the Founder Post-IPO Member, or more than two demand registrations for the Silver Lake Equityholders or more than two demand registrations for the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder. If we become eligible to register the sale of our securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, which will not be until at least 12 months after the date of this prospectus, the

151

Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder have the right to require us to register the sale of the registrable securities held by them on Form S-3, subject to offering size and other restrictions.

          If the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders or the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder make a request for registration, the non-requesting parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to customary piggyback registration rights in connection with the request, and if the request is for an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration rights will be subject to underwriter cutback provisions, with priority first for registration of shares going first to the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder on a pro rata basis (provided that (a) for one year after the completion of this offering, such priority will be allocated 75% to the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder (to be allocated 45% to the Silver Lake Equityholders and 30% to the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder if they both elect to have their securities included in such registration) and 25% to the Founder Post-IPO Member until any of the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder or the Founder Post-IPO Member have included all their securities sought to be included in such registration and (b) from the one year anniversary of the completion of this offering until three demand registrations have been completed, such priority will be allocated 50% to the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder (to be allocated 30% to the Silver Lake Equityholders and 20% to the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder if they both elect to have their securities included in such registration) and 50% to the Founder Post-IPO Member until any of the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder or the Founder Post-IPO Member have included all their securities sought to be included in such registration), second to the other parties with piggyback registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement and third to other persons with a contractual right to include securities in the registration. In addition, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any registration initiated by us or another stockholder, and if any such registration is in the form of an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration rights will be subject to customary cutback provisions, with priority for registration of shares going first to us or such other stockholder, as applicable, second to the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder as described above, third to the other parties, if any, with piggyback registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement and fourth to other persons with a contractual right to include securities in the registration.

          In addition, we will undertake in the Registration Rights Agreement to file a registration statement as soon as we become eligible to register the sale of our securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act and to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to remain effective in order to register the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of Virtu Financial Units, together with shares of Class C common stock, by Virtu Employee Holdco, certain other Virtu Post-IPO Members, including Mr. Cifu, and certain transferees thereof from time to time. Alternatively, under certain circumstances, we may instead file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to permit the resale of the shares of Class A common stock held by such persons. For so long as any such registration statement is effective and usable, neither Virtu Employee Holdco nor transferee thereof will have the piggyback registration rights described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

          In connection with the transfer of their registrable securities, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement may assign certain of their respective rights under the Registration Rights Agreement under certain circumstances. In connection with the registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling stockholders and we will bear all fees, costs and expenses (except underwriting commissions and discounts and fees and expenses of financial advisors of the selling stockholders and their internal and similar costs).

152

Tax Receivable Agreements

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will acquire equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the Mergers. In addition, as described under "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members. These purchases will result in favorable tax basis adjustments to the assets of Virtu Financial that will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, respectively, are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions. Both the existing and anticipated tax basis adjustments are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

          We intend to enter into three tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (one with the Founder Post-IPO Member, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and other post-IPO investors, another with the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders and the other with the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members) that will provide for the payment by us to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees of Virtu Financial Units or other assignees) of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (i) any increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from (a) the acquisition of equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the reorganization transactions (which represents the unamortized portion of the increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from a prior acquisition of interests in Virtu Financial by an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member, (b) the purchases of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering, (c) exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, or (d) payments under the tax receivable agreements, (ii) any net operating losses available to us as a result of the Mergers and (iii) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed arising as a result of payments made under the tax receivable agreements.

          The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest.

          The payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreements could be substantial. We expect that, as a result of the amount of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Virtu Financial, assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize in full the potential tax benefit described above, future payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders in respect of the purchases, the exchanges and the Mergers will aggregate to approximately $175.7 million and range from approximately $7.4 million to $12.9 million per year over the next 15 years (or approximately $179.9 million in the aggregate, ranging from approximately $7.7 million to $13.2 million per year over the next 15 years if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Future payments under the tax receivable agreements in respect of

153

subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned upon the Virtu Post-IPO Members' or the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders' continued ownership of us.

          In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreements, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees or other assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that any excess payments made to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be netted against future payments otherwise to be made under the tax receivable agreements, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

          In addition, the tax receivable agreements provide that, upon certain mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combination or certain other changes of control, our or our successor's obligations with respect to tax benefits would be based on certain assumptions, including that we or our successor would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the benefits arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits covered by the tax receivable agreements. As a result, upon a change of control, we could be required to make payments under a tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of our actual cash tax savings, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

          In addition, the tax receivable agreements will provide that in the case of a change in control of the Company, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will have the option to terminate the applicable tax receivable agreement, and we will be required to make a payment to such electing party in an amount equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to the lesser of 6.5% or LIBOR plus 100 basis points, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer's, then-current cost of capital) under the tax receivable agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer's, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. These provisions of the tax receivable agreements may result in situations where the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other shareholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are substantial and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer's, actual cash savings in income tax.

          Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements are dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. Our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

154

Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreements

          In connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering, we expect to issue stock options, with respect to shares of Class A common stock, to certain of our direct and indirect employee equityholders and other employees pursuant to our 2015 Management Incentive Plan (such grants, "IPO grants"). We also intend to offer certain of our direct and indirect employee equityholders and other employees, including Messrs. Cifu, Molluso and Palaparthi, the ability to sell to us, in connection with this offering, pre-IPO equity interests in our Company ("pre-IPO equity") representing up to 15% of his or her pre-IPO equity (calculated based on the amount of pre-IPO equity that would be owned assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested. See " — Purchases from Equityholders."

          In addition, we have entered into Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreements ("equity retention agreements") with certain of our direct and indirect employee equityholders and other employees, including Messrs. Viola, Cifu, Molluso and Palaparthi (collectively, the "equity restricted employees"), pursuant to which each equity restricted employee may:

•

upon the consummation of this offering, sell to us up to 15% of his or her pre-IPO equity (calculated based on the amount of pre-IPO equity that would be owned assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 30% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 45% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the third anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 60% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the fourth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 75% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 90% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested; and

•

on and after the sixth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell any of his or her remaining pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested, without being subject to any further equity retention restrictions.

          In addition to the equity retention restrictions described above, in each equity retention agreement the applicable equity restricted employee will acknowledge that he or she remains subject to the following existing restrictive covenants until the third anniversary of the date his or her employment with us is terminated, in each case subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement or the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Employee Holdco:

•

the equity restricted employee will not directly or indirectly engage in certain competitive activities;

155

•

the equity restricted employee will not solicit, or assist any other person to solicit, as an employee or a consultant, any employee or former employee, or certain equityholders, of ours;

•

the equity restricted employee will not hire, or assist any other person to hire, as an employee or a consultant, any employee or former employee, or certain equityholders, of ours; and

•

the equity restricted employee will not take any action or make any public statement that disparages or denigrates our Company or our directors, officers, employees, equityholders, representatives or agents.

Indemnification Agreements

          We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Other Transactions

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we, Virtu Financial, two of our wholly owned subsidiaries, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member expect to enter into a merger agreement, which provides for the reimbursement of Temasek's out-of-pocket expenses incurred or accrued in connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering (other than taxes and underwriting discounts and commissions), subject to an agreed upon cap.

          We employ the son of Mr. Viola, our Founder and Executive Chairman, as a trader, and he received total compensation from us for the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $554,747 (which consisted of $410,000 in cash and Class A-2 profits interests having a fair market value of $144,747), $510,703 (which consisted of $410,000 in cash and Class A-2 profits interests having a fair market value of $100,703) and $636,006 (which consisted of $510,000 in cash and Class A-2 profits interests having a fair market value of $126,066, respectively.

          We have engaged Mr. Abizaid to provide leadership consulting services from time to time. Mr. Abizaid received total compensation from us pursuant to such engagement for the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $127,250, $210,584 and $87,000, respectively. See "Executive Compensation — Compensation of our Directors."

          We have entered into certain futures clearing transactions with Pioneer Futures, Inc., a futures commission merchant owned by the Founder Post-IPO Member, in the ordinary course of business. In December 2013, TJMT Holdings LLC disposed of its interests in Pioneer Futures, Inc.

Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures

          Upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written Related Person Transaction Policy (the "policy"), which will set forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by our Audit Committee. In accordance with the policy, our Audit Committee will have overall responsibility for implementation of and compliance with the policy.

          For purposes of the policy, a "related person transaction" is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeded, exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person (as defined in the policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A "related person transaction" does not include any employment relationship or

156

transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

          The policy will require that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entry into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under the policy, our Audit Committee may approve only those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event that we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under the policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to the Audit Committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

          The policy will also provide that the Audit Committee review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Additionally, we will make periodic inquiries of directors and executive officers with respect to any potential related person transaction of which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.

157

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we expect to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation so that our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 175,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 90,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 175,000,000 shares of Class D common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

          Immediately following the reorganization transactions, we will have two holders of record of our Class A common stock, no holders of record of our Class B common stock, 13 holders of record of our Class C common stock, one holder of record of our Class D common stock and no holders of record of our preferred stock. Of the authorized shares of our capital stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), 18,837,464 shares of our Class A common stock will be issued and outstanding, no shares of our Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding, 36,380,722 shares of our Class C common stock will be issued and outstanding, 79,902,009 shares of our Class D common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. In addition, we expect to issue stock options and restricted stock units with respect to an aggregate amount of 9,223,000 shares of Class A common stock in connection with this offering under the 2015 Management Incentive Plan. See "Executive Compensation — 2015 Management Incentive Plan."

          After the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we expect to have 31,899,012 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or 34,378,852 shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), no shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, 24,708,063 shares of our Class C common stock outstanding (or 24,152,507 shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom), 79,902,009 shares of our Class D common stock outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting

          The holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except (i) as required by applicable law or (ii) any amendment (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event) to our certificate of incorporation that would affect the rights of the Class A common stock and the Class C common stock in a manner that is disproportionately adverse as compared to the Class B common stock or Class D common stock, or vice versa, in which case the holders of Class A common stock and Class C common stock or the holders of Class B common stock and Class D common stock, as applicable, shall vote together as a class.

          Holders of our Class A common stock and Class C common stock are entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval. Holders of our Class B common stock and Class D common stock are entitled to ten votes on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval.

          Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon the

158

completion of this offering, the Founder Post-IPO Member will control approximately 93.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 93.2% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) as a result of their ownership of our Class D common stock. Accordingly, the Founder Post-IPO Member will control our business policies and affairs and can control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board or directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. The Founder Post-IPO Member will continue to have such control as long as it owns at least 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our Company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the Founder Post-IPO Member, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders.

Dividends

          The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, dividends may not be declared or paid in respect of Class B common stock unless they are declared or paid in the same amount in respect of Class A common stock, and vice versa. With respect to stock dividends, holders of Class B common stock must receive Class B common stock while holders of Class A common stock must receive Class A common stock.

          The holders of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our (i) Class C common stock, paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class C common stock, and (ii) Class D common stock, paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class D common stock, in each case in connection with stock dividends.

Merger, Consolidation, Tender or Exchange Offer

          The holders of Class B common stock and Class D common stock will not be entitled to receive economic consideration for their shares in excess of that payable to the holders of Class A common stock and Class C common stock, respectively, in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination requiring the approval of our stockholders or a tender or exchange offer to acquire any shares of our common stock. However, in any such event involving consideration in the form of securities, the holders of Class B common stock and Class D common stock will be entitled to receive securities that have no more than ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holders of Class A common stock and Class C common stock.

Liquidation or Dissolution

          Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company.

Conversion, Transferability and Exchange

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of

159

Class A common stock, and each share of our Class D common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class C common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that each share of our Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock, and each share of our Class D common stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class C common stock, (a) immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by the Founder Post-IPO Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees (collectively, "Founder Equityholders"), subject to certain limited exceptions, such as transfers to permitted transferees, or (b) if Founder Equityholders own less than 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Shares of our Class A common stock and Class C common stock are not subject to any conversion right.

          Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, "permitted transferees" of the Founder Post-IPO Member will include (i) Vincent Viola or any of his immediate family members (which would include parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings of such person or such person's spouse, and lineal descendants of siblings of such person or such person's spouse) or any trust, family-partnership or estate-planning vehicle so long as Mr. Viola and/or his immediate family members are the sole economic beneficiaries thereof, (ii) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which all of the economic beneficial ownership thereof belongs to Mr. Viola, his immediate family members or any trust, family-partnership or estate-planning vehicle whose economic beneficiaries consist solely of Mr. Viola and/or his immediate family members, (iii) a charitable institution controlled by Mr. Viola and/or his immediate family members, (iv) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order and (v) a legal or personal representative of Mr. Viola and/or his immediate family members in the event of death or disability.

          Among other exceptions described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Founder Equityholders will be permitted to pledge shares of Class D common stock and/or Class B common stock that they hold from time to time without causing an automatic conversion to Class C common stock or Class A common stock, as applicable, provided that any pledged shares are not transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee.

          Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement (i) the Founder Post-IPO Member may exchange its Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class D common stock or, after the Triggering Event (defined as the point in time when the Founder Equityholders no longer beneficially own shares representing 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock), Class C common stock, for shares of our Class B common stock (or, after the Triggering Event, Class A common stock) and (ii) the other Virtu Post-IPO Members may exchange their vested Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock for shares of our Class A common stock. Each such exchange will be on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon exchange, each share of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock so exchanged will be cancelled.

Other Provisions

          None of the Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock or Class D common stock has any pre-emptive or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock or Class D common stock.

          At such time as no Virtu Financial Units remain exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, our Class C common stock will be cancelled. At such time as no Virtu Financial Units remain exchangeable for shares of our Class B common stock, our Class D common stock will be cancelled.

160

Preferred Stock

          After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our board of directors also will be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock, which could have a negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.

Corporate Opportunity

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" will not apply against the Founder Post-IPO Member, Mr. Viola, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our clients or customers. In addition, subject to the restrictions on competitive activities described below, Mr. Cifu will be permitted to become engaged in, or provide services to, any other business or activity in which Mr. Viola is currently engaged or permitted to become engaged, to the extent that Mr. Cifu's level of participation in such businesses or activities is consistent with his current participation in such businesses and activities. The Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement will provide that Mr. Viola, in addition to our other executive officers and our employees that are Virtu Post-IPO Members, may not directly or indirectly engage in certain competitive activities until the third anniversary of the date on which such person ceases to be an officer, director or employee of ours. The Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, and our non-employee directors are not subject to any such restriction. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A common stock — We are controlled by the Founder Post-IPO Member, whose interests in our business may be different than yours, and certain statutory provisions afforded to stockholders are not applicable to us," and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Amended and Restated Virtu Financial Limited Liability Company Agreement."

Certain Certificate of Incorporation, By-Law and Statutory Provisions

          The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and of the Delaware General Corporation Law summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares of Class A common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.

161

          These provisions include:

          Classified Board.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Our board of directors will initially have six members.

          In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the Triggering Event (defined as the point in time when Founder Equityholders no longer beneficially own shares representing 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock), other than preferred stock directors and subject to obtaining any required stockholder votes or consents under the Stockholders Agreement, directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, voting together as a single class. This requirement of a super-majority vote to remove directors for cause could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such removal.

          Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the Triggering Event, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will also provide that, subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock and except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice chairman of the board or the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the Triggering Event, at the request of holders of a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, voting together as a single class. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

          Advance Notice Procedures.    Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder's intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give our board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

          Super-Majority Approval Requirements.    The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that,

162

following the Triggering Event, the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock eligible to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to the classified board, actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings of stockholders, business combinations and amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. This requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

          Authorized but Unissued Shares.    Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

          Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we are not subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they will provide that the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders and the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder, their respective affiliates and successors and their transferees will not be deemed to be "interested stockholders," regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Directors' Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Securities Exchange

          We intend to list our Class A common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol "VIRT."

163

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of Class A common stock or the availability of Class A common stock for future sales will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. The market price of our Class A common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock or the perception that such sales could occur in the future. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of Class A common stock. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock — Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall."

Sale of Restricted Shares

          Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 31,899,012 shares of Class A common stock (or 34,378,852 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) outstanding, excluding 9,223,000 shares of Class A common stock underlying outstanding options or restricted stock units. Of these shares, the 16,532,272 shares sold in this offering (or 19,012,112 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction under the Securities Act, except any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In the absence of registration under the Securities Act, shares held by affiliates may only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below or another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. Upon the completion of this offering, approximately 15,366,740 of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock (or 15,366,740 shares if the underwriters' exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be deemed "restricted securities," as that term is defined under Rule 144, and would also be subject to the "lock-up" period noted below.

          In addition, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon consummation of the offering, the Virtu Post-IPO Members will own an aggregate of 104,610,072 Virtu Financial Units and 104,610,072 shares of our Class C common stock and Class D common stock (or 104,054,516 Virtu Financial Units and 104,054,516 shares of Class C common stock and Class D common stock if the underwriters' exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Founder Post-IPO Member could from time to time exchange its Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class D common stock for shares of our Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis, and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members could from time to time exchange their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the Virtu Post-IPO Members upon an exchange of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or upon conversion of shares of Class B common stock would be considered "restricted securities," as that term is defined under Rule 144 and would also be subject to the "lock-up" period noted below.

          Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, or pursuant to a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the

164

holders of approximately 119,976,812 shares of our Class A common stock (or 119,421,256 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) (on an assumed as-exchanged basis) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter "lock-up" period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The representatives of the underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

          In general, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

          A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Options/Equity Awards

          We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register approximately 12,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance or sale under our 2015 Management Incentive Plan. We expect to grant options to purchase 9,223,000 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2015 Management Incentive Plan in connection with this offering. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options that vest after the effective date of the registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements and equity retention agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

          Our executive officers, directors, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including Virtu Financial Units) subject to certain exceptions.

          As described under "Underwriting — Directed Share Program," any participants in the directed share program shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and exceptions as the lock-up agreement described above. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our executive officers, directors, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and certain of our other stockholders shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

          Immediately following the consummation of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold

165

119,976,812 shares of our Class A common stock (assuming the Virtu Post-IPO Members exchange all their Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, and the conversion of all Class B common stock into Class A common stock), representing approximately 87.9% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock (or 119,421,256 shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 86.3% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).

          We have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including Virtu Financial Units) during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, grant options to purchase shares of Class A common stock and issue shares of Class A common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options under our Existing Equity Incentive Plan, and we may issue or sell Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination (subject to a specified maximum amount) as long as the acquirer of such Class A common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement.

Equity Retention Agreements

          In connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering, we intend to enter into the equity retention agreements with the equity restricted employees, including Messrs. Viola, Cifu, Molluso and Palaparthi, pursuant to which each equity restricted employee may:

•

upon the consummation of this offering, sell to us pre-IPO equity representing up to 15% of his or her pre-IPO equity (calculated based on the amount of pre-IPO equity that would be owned assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 30% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 45% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the third anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 60% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the fourth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 75% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested;

•

on and after the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell up to a cumulative 90% of his or her pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested; and

•

on and after the sixth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, sell any of his or her remaining pre-IPO equity, to the extent such pre-IPO equity has vested, without being subject to any further equity retention restrictions.

          For more information, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreements."

Registration Rights

          Our Registration Rights Agreement grants registration rights to the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and the other Virtu Post-IPO Members. For more information, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement."

166

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

          Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein (including Exhibit 8.1 hereto), the following discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, our special U.S. federal income tax counsel, insofar as it expresses conclusions as to the application of U.S. federal income tax law.

Non-U.S. Holders

          This summary assumes that our Class A common stock is held as a capital asset (generally, for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as:

•

a non-resident alien individual;

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the U.S. or any state or political subdivision thereof;

•

an estate, other than an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•

a trust, other than a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and which has one or more U.S. fiduciaries who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder does not include a partnership (including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or other owner will generally depend upon the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner (or other owner) of a pass-through entity that acquires our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock. Also, it is important to note that the rules for determining whether an individual is a non-resident alien for income tax purposes differ from those applicable for estate tax purposes.

          This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of its particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws. Furthermore, this summary does not address estate and gift tax consequences, the Medicare contribution or net investment tax or tax consequences under any state, local or foreign laws.

          The following discussion is based upon the Code, U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below.

The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of our Class A common stock and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them

167

under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Distributions

          Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under " — U.S. Trade or Business Income," a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or successor form) certifying such stockholder's entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock

          Except as described below under " — Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax," and " — FATCA," a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

•

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in " — U.S. Trade or Business Income," below;

•

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or

•

we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" (a "USRPHC") under section 897 of the Code at any time during the period (the "applicable period") that is the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the Non-US. Holder's holding period for our Class A common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income.

          In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "U.S. real property interests" equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, gain will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income

168

under section 897 of the Code if a Non-U.S. Holder's holdings (direct and indirect) at all times during the applicable period constituted 5% or less of our Class A common stock, provided that our Class A common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Trade or Business Income

          For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be considered to be "U.S. trade or business income" if (A) (i) such income or gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. by the Non-U.S. Holder and (ii) if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the U.S., such income or gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the U.S. or (B) we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the applicable period (subject to the exception set forth above in the second paragraph of " — Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock"). Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, such income is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (in the same manner as a U.S. person). Any U.S. trade or business income received by a foreign corporation may also be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

          We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will generally be exempt from backup withholding if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or successor form) or otherwise establishes an exemption and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the stockholder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

          The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the stockholder certifies as to such stockholder's non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the stockholder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the U.S. (a "U.S. related financial intermediary"). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the beneficial owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Holders of our Class A common stock are urged to consult their tax

169

advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of their particular circumstances.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a stockholder will be refunded or credited against such stockholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

          Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or "FATCA," foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to any "withholdable payments." For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Administrative guidance from the IRS defers this withholding obligation until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock.

          Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

Company Tax Attribute Considerations

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, we will acquire equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the Mergers. In addition, as described under "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of common stock from certain Virtu Post-IPO Members. These purchases will result in favorable tax basis adjustments to the assets of Virtu Financial that will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units and corresponding shares of Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as the case may be, for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, respectively, are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions. Both the existing and anticipated tax basis adjustments are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

          As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we intend to enter into three tax receivable agreements with the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders that will provide for the payment by us to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees of Virtu Financial Units or other assignees) of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of (i) any increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from (a) the acquisition of equity interests in Virtu Financial from an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the Temasek Pre-IPO Member in the reorganization transactions (which represents the unamortized portion of the increase in tax basis in Virtu Financial's assets resulting from a prior acquisition of interests in Virtu Financial by an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners and Temasek, and the

170

Temasek Pre-IPO Member), (b) the purchases of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) from certain of the Virtu Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering, (c) exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members of Virtu Financial Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable, or (d) payments under the tax receivable agreements, (ii) any net operating losses available to us as a result of the Mergers and (iii) tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed arising as a result of payments made under the tax receivable agreements.

          The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these agreements is uncertain and will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by the Virtu Post-IPO Members, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest.

          In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreements, the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders (or their transferees or other assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that any excess payments made to the Virtu Post-IPO Members and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders will be netted against future payments otherwise to be made under the tax receivable agreements, if any, after our determination of such excess.

171

UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. are the representatives of the underwriters. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Evercore Group L.L.C. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint bookrunners for this offering.

Underwriters	Number of Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Evercore Group L.L.C.
UBS Securities LLC
Academy Securities, Inc.
CIBC World Markets Corp.
Rosenblatt Securities Inc.
Total	16,532,272

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, unless and until such option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional 2,479,840 shares of Class A common stock from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise this option for 30 days after the consummation of this offering. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase such shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions Paid By Us	No Exercise of Option	Full Exercise of Option
Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

172

          We and our officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock (including Virtu Financial Units) during the period from the date of this prospectus through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters.

          The restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions (including no filing requirements (other than certain filings on Form 5) and the transfer of the lock-up restrictions), to:

•

transfers as a bona fide gift, gifts or charitable contribution;

•

transfers to any beneficiary or immediate family member of the securityholder or any trust, limited liability company, partnership or corporation for the direct or indirect benefit of the securityholder or the immediate family of the securityholder;

•

transfers to any beneficiary of or estate of a beneficiary of the securityholder pursuant to a trust, will or other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent;

•

transfers to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the securityholder and/or its affiliates or any similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the securityholder and/or its affiliates;

•

transfers with the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters;

•

exercises of warrants, conversions of convertible securities, exercises of options granted pursuant to our or our affiliates' stock option/incentive plans or otherwise outstanding on the date of this prospectus;

•

if the securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, (i) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is an affiliate (as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) of the securityholder or (ii) distributions to equity holders (including, without limitation, general or limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates) of the securityholder (including upon the liquidation and dissolution of the securityholder pursuant to a plan of liquidation approved by the securityholder's equity holders);

•

if the securityholder is a trust, transfers to a grantor or beneficiary of the trust;

•

if the securityholder is an individual, transfers to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is wholly-owned by the securityholder and/or by members of the securityholder's immediate family;

•

the shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus;

•

the reorganization transactions described in this prospectus;

•

exchanges of Virtu Financial Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class C common stock or Class D common stock, as applicable) for shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, as applicable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Exchange Agreement";

•

the redemption by us, Virtu Financial or one of our affiliates of (i) securities held by or on behalf of an employee in connection with the termination of such employee's employment or (ii) involuntarily transferred securities, in each case, in accordance with the Amended and

173

Restated Virtu Financial LLC Agreement or the limited liability company agreements of Virtu Employee Holdco;

•

the repurchase of securities by us pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in this prospectus or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such securities were issued;

•

any shares of our Class A common stock acquired by a securityholder (i) in the open market after the completion of this offering or (ii) from the underwriters in this offering;

•

any transfer or sale of securities by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; and

•

dispositions of securities to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender or exchange offer or any other transaction, including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a change in control of the Company, that, in each case, has been approved by our board of directors (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the securityholder may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of the securityholder's securities in connection with any such transaction, or vote any of the securityholder's securities in favor of any such transaction), provided that all of the securities not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to the lock-up agreement and also provided that as a condition of such transfer, sale, tender or other disposition, if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, such securities will remain subject to the lock-up restrictions.

          See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares will include the prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We intend to list our Class A common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol "VIRT."

          In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or

174

purchases of shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Directed Share Program

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5.0% of the Class A common stock being offered for sale in this offering at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, team members and other individuals associated with us and members of their respective families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock. Participants in the directed share program shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. Such lock-up will have similar restrictions and exceptions to the lock-up entered into by executive officers, directors, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and certain of our other stockholders as described under "Shares Available for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements." Any shares sold in the directed share program to our executive officers, directors, the Founder Post-IPO Member, the Silver Lake Equityholders, the Temasek Post-IPO Stockholder and certain of our other stockholders shall also be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement described under "Shares Available for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements."

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), each underwriter agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a)

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

175

(b)

to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;



(c)

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or



(d)

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

          Each underwriter agrees that:

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and



(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or

176

distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

          The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law), and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

          The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

          Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

177

          We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $10,169,194. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $75,000 for their expenses in connection with the qualification of the offering of the shares with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

          We will be paying Evercore Group L.L.C., who is acting as an underwriter, certain fees in connection with corporate structuring services they provided, on completion of this offering. We have agreed to pay $1,000,000 for their services.

          We will be paying Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P., who is acting as an underwriter, certain fees in connection with financial advisory services they provided, on completion of this offering. We have agreed to pay $2,750,000 for their services.

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates are currently, or are expected to be, lenders under our senior secured credit facility, broker-dealer credit facility and/or our new revolving credit facility, as the case may be, for which they receive, or are expected to receive, customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

178

LEGAL MATTERS

          Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for us. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with the offering for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

          The financial statements of Virtu Financial, Inc. included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

          The consolidated financial statements of Virtu Financial LLC and its subsidiaries included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the Class A common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete; reference is made in each instance to the copy of the contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified by reference to the exhibit. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission from the Commission's Public Reference Room at the Commission's principal office, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

          You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The Commission's website address is www.sec.gov.

          After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC, or you can review these documents on the SEC's website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

179

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Virtu Financial, Inc.
Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2014 and 2013	F-3
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013	F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity/(Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013	F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013	F-6
Notes to Financial Statements	F-7
Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2014 and 2013	F-9
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	F-10
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	F-11
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	F-12
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-13

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholder of Virtu Financial, Inc.:
New York, New York

          We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Virtu Financial, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholder's equity/(deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Virtu Financial, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
February 19, 2015

F-2

Virtu Financial, Inc.
Statements of Financial Condition
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

	As of December 31,
	2014			2013
Assets
Cash	$	545		$	100
Deferred tax benefit	$	4,744			—
Total assets	$	5,289		$	100
Liabilities
Payable to affiliate	$	14,000		$	—
Total liabilities	$	14,000		$	—
Stockholder's equity/(deficit)
Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value—1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding	$	—		$	—
Accumulated deficit		(8,811	)		—
Additional paid-in capital		100			100
Total stockholder's equity/(deficit)	$	(8,711	)	$	100
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity/(deficit)	$	5,289		$	100

See accompanying notes to these financial statements.

F-3

Virtu Financial, Inc.
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 and for the Period
October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2014			For the Period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013
Operating Expenses:
Operations and administrative	$	13,555		$	—
Income (loss) before income taxes		(13,555	)		—
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(4,744	)		—
Net income (loss)	$	(8,811	)	$	—

See accompanying notes to these financial statements.

F-4

Virtu Financial, Inc.
Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity/(Deficit)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 and for the Period
October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013

	Class A Common Stock
					Additional Paid-in Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholder's Equity/(Deficit)
	Shares		Amounts
Balance at October 16, 2013		—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
Capital contribution		100		—		100		—			100
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		—			—
Balance at December 31, 2013		100	$	—	$	100	$	—		$	100
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		(8,811	)		(8,811	)
Balance at December 31, 2014		100	$	—	$	100	$	(8,811	)	$	(8,711	)

See accompanying notes to these financial statements.

F-5

Virtu Financial, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 and for the Period
October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2014			For the Period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	(8,811	)	$	—
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred tax benefit		(4,744	)		—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Payable to affiliate		14,000			—
Net cash provided by operating activities		445			—
Cash flows from financing activities
Capital contribution		—			100
Net increase in cash		445			100
Cash, beginning of period		100			—
Cash, end of period	$	545		$	100

See accompanying notes to these financial statements.

F-6

Virtu Financial, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization

          Virtu Financial, Inc. (the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 16, 2013. The Company's fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing certain reorganization transactions, in order to carry on the business of Virtu Financial LLC and conducting a public offering. The Company will be the sole managing member of Virtu Financial LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Virtu Financial LLC and, through Virtu Financial LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by such subsidiaries.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

3. Related-Party Transactions

          The Company may receive funding from affiliates in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a payable of $14,000 and $0 to its affiliates, respectively.

4. Income Taxes

          The Company is subject to taxes at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period October 16, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company recognized income tax benefits of $4,744 and $0, respectively, due to current losses.

          A deferred tax asset relating to the carryforward losses has been recognized in the amount of $4,744 and $0 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The provisions of ASC 740 require that carrying amounts of deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed periodically with appropriate consideration given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets at the balance sheet date is not considered necessary, because it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be fully realized.

5. Stockholder's Equity

          VFH Parent LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Virtu Financial LLC, is the sole stockholder of the Company, and contributed $100 to the Company on October 17, 2013 to purchase 100 shares of Class A common stock. Holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to stockholders for vote, consent or approval.

6. Subsequent Events

          The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 19, 2015, the date the financial statements were issued. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure or adjustments to the financial statements.

F-7

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members of Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries:
New York, New York

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Virtu Financial LLC and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in members' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Virtu Financial LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
February 19, 2015

F-8

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

	Unaudited Pro Forma As of December 31,			As of December 31,
(in thousands except interest data)	2014			2014			2013
	(Note 1)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents				$	75,864		$	66,010
Securities borrowed					484,934			708,103
Securities purchased under agreements to resell					31,463			162,608
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations					387,652			427,741
Trading assets, at fair value:
Financial instruments owned					1,307,933			1,388,234
Financial instruments owned and pledged					236,375			415,179
Property, equipment and capitalized software (net of accumulated depreciation)					44,644			37,585
Goodwill					715,379			715,379
Intangibles (net of accumulated amortization)					1,414			1,626
Other assets ($8,205 and $7,318, at fair value, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)					38,903			41,105
Total assets	$	3,324,561		$	3,324,561		$	3,963,570
Liabilities, redeemable interest and members' equity
Liabilities
Short-term borrowings				$	—		$	72,800
Securities loaned					497,862			1,029,312
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase					2,006			10,883
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations					686,203			530,229
Trading liabilities, at fair value:
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased					1,037,634			1,278,412
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities		273,331			93,331			80,921
Senior secured credit facility					500,827			507,725
Total liabilities	$	2,997,863		$	2,817,863		$	3,510,282
Class A-1 redeemable interest					294,433			250,000
Members' equity
Class A-1 — Authorized and Issued — 1,964,826 and 1,964,826 interests, Outstanding — 1,964,826 and 1,964,826 interests, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively					19,648			19,648
Class A-2 — Authorized and Issued — 101,381,332 and 100,627,010 interests, Outstanding — 99,855,666 and 99,459,345 interests at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively					287,705			256,340
Accumulated deficit		(271,383	)		(91,383	)		(74,027	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)					(3,705	)		1,327
Total members' equity	$	32,265		$	212,265		$	203,288
Total liabilities, redeemable interest and members' equity	$	3,324,561		$	3,324,561		$	3,963,570

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013		2012
Revenues:
Trading income, net	$	685,150		$	623,733	$	581,476
Interest and dividends income		27,923			31,090		34,152
Technology services		9,980			9,682		—
Total revenue		723,053			664,505		615,628
Operating Expenses:
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, net		230,965			195,146		200,587
Communication and data processing		68,847			64,689		55,384
Employee compensation and payroll taxes		84,531			78,353		63,836
Interest and dividends expense		47,083			45,196		48,735
Operations and administrative		21,923			27,215		27,826
Depreciation and amortization		30,441			23,922		17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211			1,011		71,654
Acquisition cost		—			—		69
Acquisition related retention bonus		2,639			6,705		6,151
Impairment of intangible assets		—			—		1,489
Lease abandonment		—			—		6,134
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—			10,022		—
Initial public offering fees and expenses		8,961			—		—
Transaction advisory fees and expenses		3,000			—		—
Financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility		30,894			24,646		26,460
Total operating expenses		529,495			476,905		526,300
Income before income taxes		193,558			187,600		89,328
Provision for income taxes		3,501			5,397		1,768
Net income	$	190,057		$	182,203	$	87,560
Other Comprehensive Income, net of taxes:
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		(5,032	)		1,382		548
Comprehensive Income	$	185,025		$	183,585	$	88,108

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity
for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

	Class A-1				Class A-2									Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Members' Equity			Class A-1 Redeemable Interest
(in thousands, except per interest data)											Accumulated Deficit
	Interests		Amounts		Interests			Amounts
Balance at December 31, 2011		1,964,826	$	19,648		95,671,694		$	480,615		$	(21,499	)	$	(603	)	$	478,161		$	250,000
Share based compensation		—		—		1,705,704			8,726			—			—			8,726			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		—		—		(53,548	)		(352	)		—			—			(352	)		—
Distribution to members		—		—		—			—			(134,408	)		—			(134,408	)		—
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			548			548			—
Net income		—		—		—			—			87,560			—			87,560			—
Balance at December 31, 2012		1,964,826	$	19,648		97,323,850		$	488,989		$	(68,347	)	$	(55	)	$	440,235		$	250,000
Share based compensation		—		—		2,223,814			13,441			—			—			13,441			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		—		—		(88,319	)		(573	)		—			—			(573	)		—
Distribution to members		—		—		—			(245,517	)		(187,883	)		—			(433,400	)		—
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			1,382			1,382			—
Net income		—		—		—			—			182,203			—			182,203			—
Balance at December 31, 2013		1,964,826	$	19,648		99,459,345		$	256,340		$	(74,027	)	$	1,327		$	203,288		$	250,000
Share-based compensation		—		—		1,992,556			15,953			—			—			15,953			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		—		—		(1,596,235	)		(2,295	)		(4,621	)		—			(6,916	)		—
Temasek transaction described in Note 13		—		—		—		$	17,707		$	(62,140	)		—		$	(44,433	)	$	44,433
Distribution to members		—		—		—			—			(140,652	)		—			(140,652	)		—
Foreign exchange translation adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			(5,032	)		(5,032	)		—
Net income		—		—		—			—			190,057			—			190,057			—
Balance at December 31, 2014		1,964,826	$	19,648		99,855,666		$	287,705		$	(91,383	)	$	(3,705	)	$	212,265		$	294,433

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-11

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net Income	$	190,057		$	182,203		$	87,560
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		30,441			23,922			17,975
Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software		211			1,011			71,654
Impairment of intangible assets		—			—			1,489
Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing		—			10,022			—
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees		1,334			3,861			4,278
Lease abandonment		—			—			3,255
Share based compensation		14,234			13,441			8,398
Equipment writeoff		378			1,968			109
Other		(2,204	)		240			(427	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Securities borrowed		223,169			(278,784	)		137,790
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		131,145			(92,526	)		(66,497	)
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		40,089			(61,598	)		199,935
Trading assets, at fair value		259,105			(290,848	)		(119,721	)
Other Assets ($8,205 and $7,138, at the fair value, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)		2,751			(665	)		(1,957	)
Securities loaned		(531,450	)		291,984			2,767
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		(8,877	)		(4,051	)		14,934
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		155,974			277,721			(214,455	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities		7,120			508			3,479
Trading liabilities, at fair value		(240,778	)		180,952			9,880
Net cash provided by operating activities		272,699			259,361			160,446
Cash flows from investing activities
Development of capitalized software		(8,039	)		(10,085	)		(11,224	)
Acquisition of property and equipment		(28,120	)		(21,931	)		(15,832	)
Acquisition of Nyenburgh Holding B.V.		—			—			(1,300	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(36,159	)		(32,016	)		(28,356	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Member distributions		(140,652	)		(433,400	)		(134,408	)
Proceeds from Issuance of Class A-2 interests in connection with the Temasek transaction described in Note 13		3,048			—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests in connection with the Temasek transaction described in Note 13		(3,048	)		—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		(916	)		(573	)		(352	)
Proceeds from short term borrowings		—			—			54,000
Repayment of short term borrowings		(72,800	)		(7,200	)		—
Proceeds from senior secured credit facility		—			253,792			—
Repayment of senior secured credit facility		(7,286	)		(6,717	)		(48,000	)
Debt issuance costs		—			(8,597	)		—
Net cash used in financing activities		(221,654	)		(202,695	)		(128,760	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on Cash and cash equivalents		(5,032	)		1,382			548
Net increase in Cash and cash equivalents		9,854			26,032			3,878
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		66,010			39,978			36,100
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	75,864		$	66,010		$	39,978
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	61,293		$	44,848		$	52,106
Cash paid for taxes		3,764			4,559			11,214
Non-cash investing activities
Compensation to developers subject to capitalization of software (of which $1,719, $1,633 and $1,828 were capitalized for the years ended 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively)		5,112			4,459			3,147
Non-cash financing activities
Issuance of Class A-2 interests from business combination described in Note 3		—			—			328
Discount on issuance of senior secured credit facility		—			2,925			—
Temasek transaction described in Note 13		—			—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		(6,000	)		—			—

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-12

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

          Virtu Financial LLC ("VF" or, collectively with its wholly owned subsidiaries, the "Company") was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on April 8, 2011 in connection with a corporate reorganization and acquisition of the outstanding equity interests of Madison Tyler Holdings, LLC ("MTH"), an electronic trading firm and market maker. In connection with the reorganization, the members of VF's predecessor entity, Virtu Financial Operating LLC ("VFO"), a Delaware limited liability company formed on March 19, 2008, exchanged their interests in VFO for interests in VF and the members of MTH exchanged their interests in MTH for cash and/or interests in VF. VF's principal subsidiaries include Virtu Financial BD LLC ("VFBD"), a self-clearing US broker-dealer, Virtu Financial Capital Markets LLC ("VFCM"), a self-clearing US broker-dealer and designated market maker on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and the NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex) and other proprietary trading firms, including Virtu Financial Global Markets LLC ("VFGM"), Virtu Financial Europe Limited ("VFE"), Virtu Financial Ireland Limited ("VFIL"), incorporated in Ireland, Virtu Financial Asia Pty Ltd. ("VFAP"), incorporated in Australia, and Virtu Financial Singapore Pte. Ltd. ("VFSing"), incorporated in Singapore. VFCM became a designated market maker ("DMM") in connection with its acquisition of certain assets of Cohen Capital Group LLC ("CCG") on December 9, 2011.

          The Company is a technology-enabled market maker and liquidity provider. The Company has developed a single, proprietary, multi-asset, multi-currency technology platform through which it provides quotations to buyers and sellers in equities, commodities, currencies, options, fixed income and other securities on numerous exchanges, markets and liquidity pools in numerous countries around the world.

          The Company is managed and operated as one business. Accordingly, the Company operates under one reportable segment.

Pro Forma Impact of Distributions in Connection with Initial Public Offering (unaudited)

          The Company made cash distributions to its equityholders of $50.0 million, $20.0 million and $10.0 million in January, February and March 2015, respectively (funded from cash on hand). Additionally, the Company intends to make a further cash distribution of $50.0 million to its members prior to the consummation of Virtu Financials, Inc.'s initial public offering and $50.0 million following the consummation of such offering. The Company expects that this further distribution will be funded from cash on hand and excess cash held at clearing deposits from broker dealers and clearing organizations.

Basis of Presentation

          The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

          Basic and diluted earnings per share are not presented since the ownership structure of the Company does not include a common unit of ownership.

F-13

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

Principles of Consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of VF and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

          The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions regarding fair value measurements including trading assets and liabilities, goodwill and intangibles, compensation accruals, capitalized software, and other matters that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months when acquired. The Company maintains cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Securities Borrowed and Securities Loaned

          The Company conducts securities borrowing and lending activities with external counterparties. In connection with these transactions, the Company receives or posts collateral. These transactions are collateralized by cash or securities. In accordance with substantially all of its stock borrow agreements, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities received. Securities borrowed or loaned are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. The initial collateral advanced or received generally approximates or is greater than 102% of the fair value of the underlying securities borrowed or loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and loaned, and delivers or obtains additional collateral as appropriate. Receivables and payables with the same counterparty are not offset in the consolidated statements of financial condition. For these transactions, the interest received or paid by the Company is recorded gross on an accrual basis under interest and dividends income or interest and dividends expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

          In a repurchase agreement, securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at contract value, plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. It is the Company's policy that its custodian takes possession of the underlying collateral securities, the fair value of which exceeds the principal amount of the repurchase transaction, including accrued interest. For reverse repurchase agreements, the Company typically requires delivery of collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. To ensure

F-14

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

that the fair value of the underlying collateral remains sufficient, the collateral is valued daily with additional collateral obtained or excess collateral returned, as permitted under contractual provisions.

          The Company does not net securities purchased under agreements to resell transactions with securities sold under agreements to repurchase transactions entered into with the same counterparty.

Receivables from/Payables to Broker-dealers and Clearing Organizations

          Amounts receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations may be restricted to the extent that they serve as deposits for securities sold, not yet purchased. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, receivables from and payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations primarily represent amounts due for unsettled trades, open equity in futures transactions, securities failed to deliver or failed to receive, deposits with clearing organizations or exchanges and balances due from or due to prime brokers in relation to the Company's trading. The Company also offsets the outstanding principal balances on all short term credit facilities against amounts receivable from and payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations when the criteria for offsetting are met.

          In the normal course of business, substantially all of the Company's securities transactions, money balances, and security positions are transacted with several brokers. The Company is subject to credit risk to the extent any broker with whom it conducts business is unable to fulfill contractual obligations on its behalf. The Company's management monitors the financial condition of such brokers and does not anticipate any losses from these counterparties.

Financial Instruments Owned Including Those Pledged as Collateral and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased

          The Company carries financial instruments owned, including those pledged as collateral, and financial instruments sold, not yet purchased at fair value. Gains and losses arising from financial instrument transactions are recorded net on a trade-date basis in trading income on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Fair Value Measurements

          At December 31, 2014 and 2013, substantially all of Company's financial assets and liabilities, except for long-term borrowings and certain exchange memberships, were carried at fair value based on published market prices and are marked to market daily or were short-term in nature and were carried at amounts that approximate fair value.

          The Company's assets and liabilities have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or would be paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs. The recognition of "block discounts" for large holdings of unrestricted financial instruments where quoted prices are readily and regularly available in an active market is prohibited. ASC 820-10 requires a three level hierarchy

F-15

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy level assigned to each financial instrument is based on the assessment of the transparency and reliability of the inputs used in the valuation of such financial instruments at the measurement date based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements).

          Financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories based on inputs:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2 — Quoted prices in markets that are not active and financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3 — Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

          Transfers in or out are recognized based on the beginning fair value of the period in which they occurred. There were no transfers of financial instruments between levels during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Derivative Instruments

          Derivative instruments used for trading purposes, including economic hedges of trading instruments, are carried at fair value. Fair values for exchange-traded derivatives, principally futures, are based on quoted market prices. Fair values for over-the-counter derivative instruments, principally forward contracts, are based on the values of the underlying financial instruments within the contract. The underlying derivative instruments are currencies which are actively traded.

          Derivative instruments used for economic hedging purposes include futures, forward contracts, and options. Unrealized gains or losses on these derivative instruments are recognized currently in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as trading income, net. The Company does not apply hedge accounting as defined in FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging; accordingly all derivative instruments are recorded at fair value with changes in fair values reflected in earnings.

Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, except for the assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of MTH which were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of the underlying asset. Routine maintenance, repairs and replacement costs are expensed as incurred and improvements that appreciably extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized. When property and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may not be recoverable.

F-16

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          The useful lives of furniture and fixtures are as follows:

Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements	7 years or length of lease term, whichever is shorter

Capitalized Software

          The Company accounts for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. The Company capitalizes costs of materials, consultants and payroll and payroll related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use software. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense.

          Management's judgment is required in determining the point at which various projects enter the stages at which costs may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs, and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized.

          The Company's capitalized software development costs were approximately $9.8 million, $10.1 million and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, with related amortization expense of approximately $10.4 million, $11.0 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Capitalized software development costs and related accumulated amortization are included in property, equipment and capitalized software on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition and are amortized over a period of 1.4 to 2.5 years, which represents the estimated useful lives of the underlying software.

Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the underlying net tangible and intangible assets of our acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below the operating segment. We operate in one operating segment, which is our only reporting unit.

          The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step is used to identify potential impairment and compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step is used to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, and compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

          The primary valuation methods we use to estimate the fair value of our reporting unit are the income and market approaches. In applying the income approach, projected available cash flows and the terminal value are discounted to present value to derive an indication of fair value of the

F-17

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

business enterprise. The market approach compares the reporting unit to selected reasonably similar publicly-traded companies.

          The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Based on the results of the annual impairment tests performed, no goodwill impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Intangible Assets

          The Company amortizes finite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when impairment indicators are present, and if impaired, written down to fair value. As a result of the acquisition of certain assets from CCG, the Company previously recorded an identifiable intangible asset, the rights for CCG to act as a DMM on the NYSE and the NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex) (the "DMM" rights). The Company determined that the DMM rights were fully impaired as of December 31, 2012 and has written down the $1.5 million of remaining value of these assets to zero on its consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company has no indefinite-lived intangibles.

Exchange Memberships and Stock

          Exchange memberships are recorded at cost or, if any other than temporary impairment in value has occurred, at a value that reflects management's estimate of fair value, in accordance with ASC 940-340, Financial Services — Broker and Dealers. Exchange stock includes shares that the Company is required to hold in order to maintain certain trading privileges. The shares are marked to market with the corresponding gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0, $0.6 million and $0.4 million on its membership seats which is recorded in operations and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The Company's exchange memberships and stock are included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Trading Income

          Trading income consists of trading gains and losses that are recorded on a trade date basis and reported on a net basis. Trading income is comprised of changes in the fair value of trading assets and liabilities (i.e., unrealized gains and losses) and realized gains and losses on trading assets and liabilities.

Interest and Dividends Income/Interest and Dividends Expense

          Interest income and interest expense are accrued in accordance with contractual rates. Interest income consists of interest earned on collateralized financing arrangements and on cash held by brokers. Interest expense includes interest expense from collateralized transactions, margin and related lines of credit. Dividends on financial instruments owned including those pledged as collateral and financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are recorded on the ex-dividend date and interest is recognized on the accrual basis.

F-18

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Technology Services

          Technology services revenues consist of fees paid by third parties for licensing of our proprietary risk management and trading infrastructure technology and provision of associated management and hosting services. These fees include both upfront and annual recurring fees. Revenue from technology services is recognized once persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual service period.

Rebates

          Rebates consist of volume discounts, credits or payments received from exchanges or other market places related to the placement and/or removal of liquidity from the order flow in the marketplace. Rebates are recorded on an accrual basis and included net within brokerage, exchange and clearance fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Initial Public Offering Fees and Expenses

          Initial public offering fees and expenses reflect costs directly attributable to the Company's initial public offering process, which was postponed in April 2014. The Company accounted for such costs in accordance with ASC 340-10, Other Assets and Deferred Costs. ASC 340 states that costs directly attributable to a successfully completed offering of equity securities may be deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital, but for an offering postponed for a period greater than 90 days, the offering costs must be charged as an expense in the period the offering process was postponed.

Transaction Advisory Fees and Expenses

          Transaction advisory fees and expenses reflect professional fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Temasek Transaction, which was consummated on December 31, 2014, as described in Note 13.

Income Taxes

          The Company is a limited liability company and is treated as a pass-through entity for United States federal, state, and local income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes is required.

          Certain of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries are subject to income taxes in foreign jurisdictions. The provision for income tax is comprised of current tax and deferred tax. Current tax represents the tax on current year tax returns, using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized.

          The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position, in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of the appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the

F-19

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit for each such position that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Many factors are considered when evaluating and estimating the tax positions and tax benefits. Such estimates involve interpretations of regulations, rulings, case law, etc. and are inherently complex. The Company's estimates may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes as resolution of income tax treatments in individual jurisdictions typically would not be known for several years after completion of any fiscal year. The Company has determined that there are no uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company's financial position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 or the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Comprehensive Income and Foreign Currency Translation

          The Company's operating results are reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income pursuant to Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-05, Comprehensive Income.

          Comprehensive income consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income ("OCI"). OCI is comprised of revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are reported in the comprehensive income section of the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, but are excluded from reported net income. The Company's OCI is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments. Assets and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end exchange rates, and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average exchange rates for the year. Gains and losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of related tax effects, are reflected in other comprehensive income, a separate component of members' equity.

Share-Based Compensation

          The Company accounts for share-based compensation transactions with employees under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation: Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires a share-based payment transaction with employees to be measured based on the fair value of equity instruments issued. The fair value of awards issued for compensation is determined by management, with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm, using a projected annual forfeiture rate, where applicable, on the date of grant. The fair value of share based awards granted to employees is expensed based on the vesting conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The amended standard requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about

F-20

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarified that the scope of ASU 2011-11 is limited to include derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The Company has adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-11 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company other than additional disclosures.

          Comprehensive Income — In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income. The amendment created new disclosure requirements requiring entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. The Company has retrospectively adopted the provision of ASU 2013-02 on January 1, 2013 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company other than additional disclosures.

          Income Taxes — In July 2013, the FASB issued an ASU to clarify the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This ASU requires entities to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a NOL carryforward whenever the NOL or tax credit carryforward would be available to reduce the additional taxable income or tax due if the tax position is disallowed. The ASU was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          Revenue — In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2016, and for nonpublic entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (fiscal year 2018 for the Company) and early adoption is not permitted. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the potential effects of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          Repurchase Agreements — In June, 2014, the FASB released ASU No. 2014-11, Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The amendment changes the accounting for repurchase financing transactions and for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. The accounting changes are effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2015. The effect of the accounting changes on transactions outstanding as of the effective date are required to be presented as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the

F-21

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

impact of the new amendment but believes the effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition and comprehensive income will be immaterial, as the Company currently does not enter into these types of repurchase transactions. The amendment also requires additional disclosures for repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions regarding the class of collateral pledged and the remaining contractual tenor of the agreements, as well as a discussion of the potential risks associated with the agreements and the related collateral pledged, and how those risks are managed. Additional disclosures are required for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, sales with a total return swap and other similar transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as a sale. The new disclosures are required to be presented beginning in the second quarter of 2015.

          Compensation — In June 2014, the Emerging Issues Task Force (the "EITF") of the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. The amendment requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The ASU is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

          Going Concern — In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The guidance will explicitly require management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard will be effective in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company will implement this new standard on the required effective date.

          Hybrid Financial Instruments — In November 2014, the EITF of the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share is More Akin to Debt or to Equity. The ASU requires that for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share, an entity should determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of relevant facts and circumstances. An entity should use judgment based on an evaluation of all the relevant terms and features, and should consider the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. For all other entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 (fiscal year 2016 for the Company) and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

F-22

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Acquisitions

          On September 14, 2012, the Company acquired the European Exchange-traded funds ("ETF") Market Making assets of Nyenburgh Holding B.V., ("Nyenburgh") which include market making relationships with European ETF issuers and trading relationships with over-the-counter counterparties. The total purchase of $2.3 million was comprised of $1.9 million in cash and an equity award to a shareholder of Nyenburgh with a fair value of $0.4 million. The total purchase price was allocated to intangible assets of $1.9 million and goodwill of $0.4 million.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          The carrying amount of goodwill was $715.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

          No goodwill impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

          Acquired intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	As of December 31, 2014
(in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Useful Lives (Years)
Purchased technology	$	110,000	$	110,000	$	—	1.4 to 2.5
ETF issuer relationships		950		243		707	9
ETF buyer relationships		950		243		707	9
	$	111,900	$	110,486	$	1,414

	As of December 31, 2013
(in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Useful Lives (Years)
Purchased technology	$	110,000	$	110,000	$	—	1.4 to 2.5
ETF issuer relationships		950		137		813	9
ETF buyer relationships		950		137		813	9
	$	111,900	$	110,274	$	1,626

          Amortization expense relating to finite-lived intangible assets was approximately $0.2 million, $1.0 million and $71.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          As discussed in Note 2, the Company tested its intangible assets for impairment as of December 31, 2012 and determined the DMM rights to be fully impaired and have written down such assets to zero on its consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended

F-23

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

December 31, 2012. The Company had no impairment on its intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013.

5. Receivables from/Payables to Broker-Dealers and Clearing Organizations

          The following is a summary of receivables from and payables to brokers-dealers and clearing organizations at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Assets
Due from prime brokers	$	67,556	$	75,866
Deposits with clearing organizations		29,595		37,692
Net equity with futures commission merchants		155,060		112,807
Unsettled trades		55,929		94,967
Securities failed to deliver		79,512		106,409
Total receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations	$	387,652	$	427,741
Liabilities
Due to prime brokers	$	313,623	$	247,485
Net equity with futures commission merchants		60,973		151,035
Unsettled trades		311,322		131,491
Securities failed to receive		285		218
Total payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations	$	686,203	$	530,229

          Included in "Due from prime brokers" and "Net equity with futures commission merchants" is the outstanding principal balance on all of the Company's short-term credit facilities in the amount of $182.9 million and $241.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The loan proceeds from the credit facilities are available only to meet the initial margin requirements associated with the Company's ordinary course futures and other trading positions, which are held in the Company's trading accounts with an affiliate of the respective financial institutions. The credit facilities are fully collateralized and offset against the Company's trading accounts and deposit accounts with these financial institutions. "Securities failed to deliver" and "Securities failed to receive" include amounts with a clearing organization and other broker-dealers.

6. Collateralized Transactions

          The Company is permitted to sell or repledge securities received as collateral and use these securities to secure repurchase agreements, enter into securities lending transactions or deliver these securities to counterparties or clearing organizations to cover short positions. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, substantially all of the securities received as collateral have been

F-24

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Collateralized Transactions (Continued)

repledged. Amounts relating to collateralized transactions at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Securities received as collateral:
Securities borrowed	$	470,553	$	690,450
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		31,472		162,956
	$	502,025	$	853,406

          In the normal course of business, the Company pledges qualified securities with clearing organizations to satisfy daily margin and clearing fund requirements.

          Financial instruments owned and pledged, where the counterparty has the right to repledge, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Equities	$	219,159	$	379,276
Exchange traded notes		17,216		33,938
U.S. government obligations		—		1,965
	$	236,375	$	415,179

7. Property, Equipment and Capitalized Software

          Property, equipment and capitalized software consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013
Capitalized software costs	$	47,484		$	37,962
Leasehold improvements		8,799			10,226
Furniture and equipment		72,863			46,794
Land		77			—
		129,223			94,982
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(84,579	)		(57,397	)
Total property, equipment and capitalized software, net	$	44,644		$	37,585

          Depreciation expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $20.0 million, $12.9 million and $8.6 million, respectively, and is included within depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Amortization expense for capitalized software for years ended

F-25

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Property, Equipment and Capitalized Software (Continued)

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $10.4 million, $11.0 million and $9.4 million, respectively, and is included within depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

8. Borrowings

Broker-Dealer Credit Facilities

          The Company is a party to multiple credit facilities with a financial institution to finance overnight securities positions purchased as part of its ordinary course broker-dealer market making activities. One of the facilities is provided on an uncommitted basis and is available for borrowings by the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries up to a maximum amount of $100.0 million. In connection with this credit facility, the Company entered into a demand promissory note dated August 8, 2012. The loans provided under the facility are collateralized by the Company's broker-dealer trading and deposit accounts with the same financial institution and, in the case of the uncommitted facilities, bears interest at a rate set by the financial institution on a daily basis (1.12% at December 31, 2014 and 1.04% at December 31, 2013). The Company subsequently entered into another facility with the same financial institution dated July 22, 2013 which is provided on a committed basis and is available for borrowings by one of the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries up to a maximum of the lesser of $50.0 million or an amount determined based on agreed advance rates for pledged securities. The committed facility bears interest at a rate per annum at the Company's election equal to either an adjusted LIBOR rate or base rate, plus a margin of 1.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding principal balance on the uncommitted facility was $0 and $72.8 million, respectively, which in each case was recorded within short-term borrowings in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any outstanding principal balance on the committed facility. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and is included within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company was a party to a broker-dealer credit facility with a financial institution to finance overnight securities positions purchased as part of its ordinary course broker-dealer market making activities. In connection with this credit facility, the Company entered into a demand promissory note dated March 20, 2009. The promissory note was payable on demand with the outstanding balance being swept into a separate broker-dealer day loan credit facility with the same financial institution. The loan was collateralized by the Company's broker-dealer trading and deposit accounts with the same financial institution and bore interest at rate set by the financial institution on a daily basis. Any balance that was not paid upon demand bore interest at the higher of the rate in effect for such loan plus 2% or the prime rate plus 2%. The credit facility was terminated as of October 5, 2012. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $0.3 million, and is included within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

F-26

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Borrowings (Continued)

Short-Term Credit Facilities

          The Company entered into a credit facility with a financial institution on April 26, 2010, amended on December 10, 2010 and July 1, 2011. The loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only for meeting the initial margin requirements associated with the Company's ordinary course futures trading positions held in its trading account with an affiliate of the financial institution, and the amount available for borrowing is the lesser of $35.0 million or 80% of the initial margin requirement. These borrowings are collateralized by the Company's trading accounts and deposit accounts with the financial institution and its brokerage affiliate. The loan is payable on demand and interest on daily unpaid principal balances bears interest at rate per annum quoted by the financial institution each day (2.05% at December 31, 2014 and 1.68% at December 31, 2013). Any balance that is not paid upon demand bears interest at the higher of the rate in effect for such loan plus 2% or the prime rate plus 2%. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding principal balance on the line was approximately $26.7 million and $13.3 million, respectively, which was recorded within receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company entered into a $200.0 million credit facility with a financial institution on June 29, 2011 which was increased to $300.0 million on February 17, 2012. The loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only for meeting margin requirements associated with the products traded by the Company in the ordinary course using the financial institution's affiliate as its prime broker. The credit facility is collateralized by the Company's trading accounts for these products with the financial institution's affiliate and bears interest at 1.00% per annum in excess of the federal funds target rate of 0.25%. The credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants, including minimum account balances and loan ratios, as defined. The outstanding principal balance on the line of credit was approximately $124.3 million and $206.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and recorded within receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $2.1 million, $2.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company entered into a credit facility with a financial institution on August 8, 2011 with approximately $10.0 million available for borrowing. The loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only to finance the Company's ordinary course securities positions held in its trading account with the financial institution's affiliate. The credit facility is collateralized by the securities held in such account and bears interest at the rate published by Bank of Mexico on business day immediately preceding the date on which the calculation is made. There were no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $0.1 million, $0.05 million and $0, respectively, and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

F-27

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Borrowings (Continued)

          The Company entered into a credit facility with a financial institution on March 6, 2013 whereby the loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only for meeting the initial margin requirements associated with the Company's ordinary course futures trading positions held in its trading account with an affiliate of the financial institution, and the amount available for borrowing is the lesser of $40.0 million or 80% of the initial margin requirement. These borrowings are collateralized by the Company's trading accounts and deposit accounts with the financial institution and its brokerage affiliate. The loan is payable on demand and interest on daily unpaid principal balances bears interest at 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest period average of daily opening federal funds target rate (2.12% at December 31, 2014 and 2.08% at December 31, 2013, respectively). As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding principal balance on the line was approximately $31.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively, which was recorded within receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company entered into a $20.0 million credit facility with a financial institution on June 24, 2014, amended on December 1, 2014. The loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only for meeting margin requirements associated with the products traded by the Company in the ordinary course using the financial institution's affiliate as its prime broker. The credit facility is collateralized by the Company's trading accounts for these products with the financial institution's affiliate and bears interest at 1.10% per annum in excess of USD LIBOR. The credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants, including minimum account balances and loan ratios, as defined. The outstanding principal balance on the line of credit was $0.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and recorded within receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $0.02 million and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company entered into a $3.0 million credit facility with a financial institution on August 6, 2014, which was increased to $5.0 million on October 17, 2014. The loan proceeds of the credit facility are available only to finance the Company's ordinary course securities positions held in its trading account with the financial institution's affiliate. The credit facility is collateralized by the Company's trading accounts for these products with the financial institution's affiliate and bears interest at 9% per annum, subject to change by the financial institution from time to time with at least ten business days' notice. There were no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2014. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $0.1 million and recorded within interest and dividends expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

          On July 8, 2011, the Company funded a portion of the MTH acquisition with a term loan provided by a syndicate of financial institutions in the amount of $320.0 million to the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, VFH Parent LLC ("VFH"). The credit facility was issued at a discount of 2.0% of $313.6 million, net of $6.4 million discount. The credit facility was initially subject to

F-28

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Borrowings (Continued)

quarterly principal payments beginning on December 31, 2011 with the unpaid principal payable on maturity on July 8, 2016. Under the terms of the loan, VFH is subject to certain financial covenants, including a total net leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement. VFH is also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, and certain other triggering events. Borrowings are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company, other than the equity interests in and assets of its registered broker-dealer and foreign subsidiaries, but including 100% of the non-voting stock and 65% of the voting stock of the Company's or its domestic subsidiaries' direct foreign subsidiaries.

          The credit facility was amended on February 5, 2013, May 1, 2013 and November 8, 2013. The amendments resulted in a decreased interest rate, changes in certain operating covenants, and an increase in principal amount outstanding by $150.0 million on May 1, 2013 and $106.7 million on November 8, 2013, respectively. Additionally, the amendments reduced the annual amortization obligation from 15% of the original principal amount to approximately 1% of the outstanding principal amount as of November 8, 2013, which was $510.0 million. The terms of the amended credit facility are otherwise substantially similar terms to the original credit facility, except as set forth below.

          The credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum at the Company's election equal to either (i) the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect, (b) the federal funds effective rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus 0.5% (c) the adjusted LIBOR rate (as defined in the credit agreement) for a Eurodollar borrowing with an interest period of one month plus 1%, and (d) 2.25% plus, in each case, 3.5%, or (ii) the greater of (x) the adjusted LIBOR rate for the interest period in effect and (y) 1.25%, plus 4.5%. Pursuant to the amendment, each incremental spread will be reduced by 0.50% upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering. The rate at December 31, 2014 was 5.75%.

          As a result of the amendments in 2013, the Company recognized a loss of $5.5 million on extinguishment of a portion of its unamortized debt issue costs and debt discount for the year ended December 31, 2013, which is included within debt issue cost related to debt refinancing on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          Aggregate future required principal payments based on the terms of this loan at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

(in thousands)
2015	$	2,914
2016		5,100
2017		5,100
2018 and thereafter		489,600
Total maturities of long-term debt	$	502,714

          Net carrying amount of deferred financing fees capitalized in connection with the financing were approximately $5.1 million and $6.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, which are included within other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Amortization expense related to the deferred financing fees was approximately $1.0 million, $1.6 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are

F-29

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Borrowings (Continued)

included within financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          Accretion related to the net carrying amount of debt discount of $1.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, was approximately $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and is included within financing interest expense on senior secured credit facility in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

9. Financial Assets and Liabilities

          At December 31, 2014 and 2013, substantially all of the Company's financial assets and liabilities, except for the senior secured credit facility and certain exchange memberships, were carried at fair value based on published market prices and are marked to market daily or were short-term in nature and were carried at amounts that approximate fair value. The Company determined that the carrying value of the Company's senior secured credit facility approximates fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 based on the quoted over-the-counter market prices provided by the issuer of the senior secured credit facility, which was categorized as Level 2.

          The fair value of equities, U.S. government obligations and exchange traded notes is estimated using recently executed transactions and market price quotations in active markets and are categorized as Level 1 with the exception of inactively traded equities which are categorized as Level 2. Fair value of the Company's derivative contracts is based on the indicative prices obtained from the banks that are counterparties to these contracts, as well as management's own analyses. The indicative prices have been independently validated through the Company's risk management systems, which are designed to check prices with information independently obtained from exchanges and venues where such financial instruments are listed or to compare prices of similar instruments with similar maturities for listed financial futures in foreign exchange. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company's derivative contracts have been categorized as Level 2.

F-30

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

          Transfers in or out of levels are recognized based on the beginning fair value of the period in which they occurred. There were no transfers of financial instruments between levels during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

          Fair value measurements for those items measured on a recurring basis are summarized below as of December 31, 2014:

(in thousands)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Counter- Party Netting		Total Fair Value
Assets
Financial instruments owned, at fair value:
Equity securities	$	1,216,532	$	17,166	$	—	$	—	$	1,233,698
U.S. and non-U.S. government obligations		—		8,222		—		—		8,222
Exchange traded notes		65,684		—		—		—		65,684
Currency forwards		—		1,629,637		—		(1,629,629)		8
Options		—		321		—		—		321
	$	1,282,216	$	1,655,346	$	—	$	(1,629,629)	$	1,307,933
Financial instruments owned, pledged as collateral:
Equity securities	$	219,159	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	219,159
Exchange traded notes		17,216		—		—		—		17,216
	$	236,375	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	236,375
Other Assets
Exchange stock	$	8,205	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	8,205
	$	8,205	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	8,205
Liabilities
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:
Equity securities	$	859,835	$	47,896	$	—	$	—	$	907,731
U.S. and non-U.S. government obligations		21,107		—		—		—		21,107
Exchange traded notes		92,513		—		—		—		92,513
Currency forwards		—		1,645,820		—		(1,629,629)		16,191
Options		—		79		—		—		79
Interest rate swaps		—		12		—		—		12
	$	973,455	$	1,693,807	$	—	$	(1,629,629)	$	1,037,633

F-31

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

          Fair value measurements for those items measured on a recurring basis are summarized below as of December 31, 2013:

(in thousands)	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Counter- Party Netting			Total Fair Value
Assets
Financial instruments owned, at fair value:
Equity securities	$	1,307,528	$	27,601	$	—	$	—		$	1,335,129
U.S. government obligations		13,760		—		—		—			13,760
Exchange traded notes		21,817		—		—		—			21,817
Currency forwards		—		179,650		—		(163,070	)		16,580
Options		—		948		—		—			948
	$	1,343,105	$	208,199	$	—	$	(163,070	)	$	1,388,234
Financial instruments owned, pledged as collateral:
Equity securities	$	379,276	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	379,276
U.S. government obligations		1,965		—		—		—			1,965
Exchange traded notes		33,938		—		—		—			33,938
	$	415,179	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	415,179
Other Assets
Exchange stock	$	7,318	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	7,318
	$	7,318	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	7,318
Liabilities
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:
Equity securities	$	1,042,385	$	3,883	$	—	$	—		$	1,046,268
U.S. government obligations		198,464		—		—		—			198,464
Exchange traded notes		31,642		—		—		—			31,642
Currency forwards		—		163,070		—		(163,070	)		—
Options		—		2,038		—		—			2,038
	$	1,272,491	$	168,991	$	—	$	(163,070	)	$	1,278,412

          The Company adopted the guidance in ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities for periods beginning after January 1, 2013. This authoritative guidance requires companies to report disclosures of offsetting assets and liabilities.

F-32

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

          The Company does not net securities borrowed and securities loaned, or securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These securities are presented on a gross basis in the consolidated statements of financial condition. In the tables below, the amounts of financial instruments owned that are not offset in the consolidated statements of financial condition, but could be netted against financial liabilities with specific counterparties under legally enforceable master netting agreements in the event of default, including derivatives with clearing houses (options contracts) or over the counter currency forward contract counterparties, are presented to provide financial statement readers with the Company's estimate of its net exposure to counterparties for these financial instruments.

          The following tables set forth the netting of certain financial assets and financial liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, pursuant to the requirements of ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-01.

	December 31, 2014
								Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
						Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
			Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets							Financial Instruments			Cash Collateral Received		Net Amount
Offsetting of Financial Assets:
Securities borrowed	$	484,934		—		$	484,934	$	(477,559	)	$	—	$	7,375
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		31,463		—			31,463		(31,463	)		—		—
Trading assets, at fair value:
Currency forwards		1,629,637		(1,629,629	)		8		—			—		8
Options		321		—			321		(76	)		—		245
Total	$	2,146,355	$	(1,629,629	)	$	516,726	$	(509,098	)	$	—	$	7,628

								Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
						Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
			Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities							Financial Instruments			Cash Collateral Pledged			Net Amount
Offsetting of Financial Liabilities:
Securities loaned	$	497,862		—		$	497,862	$	(490,768	)	$	(2,812	)	$	4,282
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		2,006		—			2,006		(2,006	)		—			—
Trading liabilities, at fair value:
Currency forwards		1,645,820		(1,629,629	)		16,191		—			(16,191	)		—
Options		79		—			79		(79	)		—			—
Interest rate swaps		12		—			12		—			(12	)		—
Total	$	2,145,779	$	(1,629,629	)	$	516,150	$	(492,853	)	$	(19,015	)	$	4,282

F-33

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

	December 31, 2013
								Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
						Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
			Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets							Financial Instruments			Cash Collateral Received			Net Amount
Offsetting of Financial Assets:
Securities borrowed	$	708,103				$	708,103	$	(700,246	)	$	—		$	7,857
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		162,608					162,608		(162,608	)					—
Trading assets, at fair value:
Currency forwards		179,650		(163,070	)		16,580		—			(16,580	)		—
Options		948					948		(948	)		—			—
Total	$	1,051,309	$	(163,070	)	$	888,239	$	(863,802	)	$	(16,580	)	$	7,857

								Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
						Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
			Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
								Financial Instruments			Cash Collateral Pledged			Net Amount
Offsetting of Financial Liabilities:
Securities loaned	$	1,029,312		—		$	1,029,312	$	(1,029,215	)	$	—		$	97
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		10,883		—			10,883		(10,883	)		—			—
Trading liabilities, at fair value:
Currency forwards		163,070		(163,070	)		—		—			—			—
Options		2,038		—			2,038		(2,027	)		(11	)		—
Total	$	1,205,303	$	(163,070	)	$	1,042,233	$	(1,042,125	)	$	(11	)	$	97

          Excluded from the fair value and offsetting tables above is net unsettled fair value on long and short futures contracts in the amounts of $46.4 million and $(27.3) million, which are included within receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $(3.6) million and $(3.4) million, which are included within payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-34

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Derivative Instruments

          The fair value of the Company's derivative instruments on a gross basis consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

		2014				2013
(in thousands)		Fair Value				Fair Value
Derivatives Assets	Balance Sheet Classification			Notional					Notional
Equities futures	Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations	$	241	$	561,029	$	(2,719	)	$	232,352
Commodity futures	Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		42,489		28,823,081		(29,642	)		38,681,821
Currency futures	Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		3,180		2,916,222		5,028			2,281,524
Treasury futures	Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		504		857,363		4			203,966
Options	Financial instruments owned		321		39,802		948			105,353
Currency forwards	Financial instruments owned		1,629,637		127,021,198		179,650			59,513,182

Derivatives Liabilities	Balance Sheet Classification	Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value			Notional
Equities futures	Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations	$	(268)	$	122,948	$	(3,024	)	$	769,929
Commodity futures	Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		(295)		15,727		(61	)		30,789
Currency futures	Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		(3,077)		2,123,341		(381	)		959,125
Treasury futures	Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		—		—		79			825,011
Custom equity based swap	Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		—		—		2			15,877
Options	Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		79		12,913		2,038			92,868
Currency forwards	Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		1,645,820		125,152,639		163,070			60,746,555
Interest rate swap	Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased		12		164,020		—			—

          Amounts included in receivables from and payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations represent variation margin on long and short futures contracts.

          The following table summarizes the gain or loss on derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, which are recorded in trading income, net in the

F-35

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013			2012
Futures	$	(78,234)	$	191,046		$	291,087
Currency forwards		(32,785)		(1,817	)		(5,002	)
Options		(987)		2,680			(312	)
Interest rate swaps		(12)		—			—
	$	(112,018)	$	191,909		$	285,773

11. Income Taxes

          Net income (loss) before income taxes is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
(in thousands)
U.S. operations	$	158,487	$	136,744	$	82,330
Non-U.S. operations		35,071		50,856		6,998
	$	193,558	$	187,600	$	89,328

          The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013		2012
Current provision
Non-U.S.	$	4,263		$	3,660	$	2,292
Deferred provision (benefit)
Non-U.S.		(762	)		1,737		(524	)
Provision for income taxes	$	3,501		$	5,397	$	1,768

          The reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal Statutory Rate to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	December 31,
	2014				2013				2012
(in thousands, except percentages)
Tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate	$	—	—		$	—	—		$	—	—
Foreign taxes		3,501	1.8	%		5,397	2.9	%		1,768	2.0	%
Provision for income taxes	$	3,501	1.8	%	$	5,397	2.9	%	$	1,768	2.0	%

F-36

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013
Deferred income tax assets
Other	$	12	$	171
Share-based compensation	$	947		106
Fixed assets	$	18		—
Tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards		—		724
Total deferred income tax assets	$	977	$	1,001
Deferred income tax liabilities
Fixed assets	$	—	$	872
Total deferred income tax liabilities	$	—	$	872

          A deferred tax asset relating to the Ireland carryforward losses has been recognized in the amount of $0 and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included within other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. There are no expiration dates on the deferred tax assets. The provisions of ASC 740 require that carrying amounts of deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed periodically with appropriate consideration given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets at the balance sheet date is not considered necessary, because it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be fully realized.

          Tax authorities in Ireland have initiated an income tax audit of the Company's 2012 research and development credit. The Ireland subsidiary's returns are generally subject to review by the tax authority for certain purposes for 5 years from the end of the accounting period. The Company does not believe any adjustments that may arise from the examinations will be significant. There are no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

12. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Leases

          The Company leases office space and office and communication equipment under various operating lease agreements, which expire at various dates through April 2020. Certain lease agreements are non-cancellable with aggregate minimum lease payment requirements and contain certain escalation clauses. The total future minimum payment under non-cancellable operating leases is approximately $20.6 million as of December 31, 2014.

          The Company also leases communication equipment under various capital lease agreements, which expire at various dates through December 2017. Certain lease agreements are non-cancellable with aggregate minimum lease payment requirements and contain certain escalation clauses. The total future minimum payment under non-cancellable capital leases is approximately $16.5 million as of December 31, 2014.

F-37

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees (Continued)

          At December 31, 2014, minimum rental commitments under non-cancellable leases are approximately as follows:

	Minimum Rental Commitments
Year Ending December 31	Capital		Operating
2015	$	11,135	$	7,488
2016		5,313		3,763
2017		98		3,291
2018		—		2,640
2019		—		1,508
Thereafter		—		1,944
Total minimum lease payments		16,546		20,634

          Total operating lease expense, net of amortization expense related to landlord incentives, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $3.5 million, $4.3 million, and $14.5 million, respectively. Occupancy lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively, is included within operations and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Communication equipment lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $1.8 million, $2.4 million and $11.5 million, respectively, is included within communication and data processing in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Employee Retention Plan

          In connection with the July 8, 2011 acquisition of MTH, the Company established an employee retention plan. Under the plan, approximately $21.5 million was paid to employees in five installments from July 8, 2011 through July 8, 2014. The Company recognized approximately $2.6 million, $6.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively, in compensation expense related to the plan, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, in acquisition related retention bonus in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Consulting Agreements

          In connection with the December 9, 2011 acquisition of CCG, on September 30, 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with CCG's founder and managing member to provide advisory services to the Company for the DMM business. The Company paid a consulting fee of $0.5 million per year during the three year term, payable on a quarterly basis starting on the three-month anniversary of the date of the agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the services received which is recorded in operations and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

          The Company also has engaged other consultants to provide services in relation to tax, regulatory and public affairs. The Company paid these consultants, on an aggregate basis, $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-38

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees (Continued)

Litigation

          The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company has also been, is currently, and may in the future be, the subject of one or more regulatory or self-regulatory organization enforcement actions, including but not limited to targeted and routine regulatory inquiries and investigations involving Regulation NMS, Regulation SHO, capital requirements and other domestic and foreign securities rules and regulations. In addition, the Autorité des Marchés Financiers is examining the trading activities of a subsidiary of MTH in certain French listed equity securities on or around 2009. The Company has also been the subject of requests for information and documents from the SEC and the State of New York Office of the Attorney General ("NYAG"). The ultimate effect on the Company from certain of these matters may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief, and the Company's business or reputation could be negatively impacted if it were determined that disciplinary or other enforcement actions were required. The ultimate effect on the Company from the pending proceedings and claims, if any, is presently unknown. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. Based on information currently available, management believes that the resolution of any known matters will not result in any material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Indemnification Arrangements

          Consistent with standard business practices in the normal course of business, the Company has provided general indemnifications to its managers, officers, employees, and agents against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such persons under certain circumstances as more fully disclosed in its operating agreement. The overall maximum amount of the obligations (if any) cannot reasonably be estimated as it will depend on the facts and circumstances that give rise to any future claims.

13. Temasek Transaction

          On December 31, 2014, through a series of transactions, Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, ("Temasek"), acting through two indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired direct or indirect ownership of 10,535,891 Class A-1 interests and 1,828,755 Class A-2 capital interests in Virtu Financial (the "Temasek Transaction") for approximately $149.8 million and $26.0 million, respectively. Such investment was made as follows:

•

Temasek, acting through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Wilbur Investments LLC (the "Temasek Member"), acquired 5,376,603 Class A-1 redeemable interests with a carrying value of approximately $53.8 million for approximately $76.4 million from investment funds and other entities affiliated with Silver Lake Partners;

•

Temasek, acting through the Temasek Member, acquired 1,828,755 Class A-2 capital interests through a combination of (1) the purchase of 1,614,322 Class A-2 capital interests with a carrying value of approximately $6.9 million for approximately $23.0 million directly from a member of management who held Class A-2 capital interests in Virtu Financial and (2) the purchase of newly issued 214,433 Class A-2 capital interests for approximately

F-39

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Temasek Transaction (Continued)

$3.0 million from Virtu Financial, which used the proceeds of such purchase to redeem 214,433 Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial with a carrying value of approximately $1.4 million held by Virtu Employee Holdco LLC ("Employee Holdco"), which in turn used such proceeds to redeem Class A-2 profits interests of Employee Holdco that corresponded to such redeemed Class A-2 profits interests in Virtu Financial and that were held by certain members of management;

•

Temasek, acting through one of its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired a 42.1% interest in an affiliate of Silver Lake Partners, which indirectly held 12,242,173 Class A-1 interests. As a result, Temasek acquired an indirect interest in 5,159,288 Class A-1 interests with a carrying value of approximately $51.6 million for approximately $73.4 million.

          Following the Temasek Transaction, affiliates of Silver Lake Partners retained direct or indirect ownership of 14,464,109 Class A-1 interests.

          Additionally, as part of the transaction consideration, a contingent payment agreement was entered into among Temasek, Silver Lake Partners, the Employee Holdco and the Company whereby additional payments will be made from Temasek to Silver Lake Partners and the selling members of management in the aggregate maximum amount of $3.9 million if the value of the interests acquired exceeds 1.7 times the transaction price prior to December 31, 2018, or December 31, 2019, the date depending on whether certain liquidity events occur.

          The Company accounted for the Temasek transaction as a series of equity transactions to which the Company was a party whereby (i) the terms of the Class A-1 redeemable interests were changed to extend the time period before the put option could be exercised from just under 2 years to 5.5 years from the date of the transaction, and the repurchase price was increased to the greater of fair value or the purchase price from the greater of fair value or the purchase price paid by Silver Lake; (ii) new Class A-2 capital interests were issued with which the proceeds were used to redeem Class A-2 profits interests; and (iii) the contingent payment feature represents contingent consideration for the arm's length equity transactions entered into. Any excess of the transaction price over the carrying value was recorded as an addition to the respective capital balances and a deduction to accumulated deficit.

          The excess of the transaction price over the carrying value was approximately $44.4 million for the Class A-1 redeemable membership interests and recorded as an addition to Class A-1 redeemable membership interest and a deduction to accumulated deficit in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The excess of the transaction price over the carrying value was approximately $17.7 million for the Class A-2 interests and recorded as an addition to Class A-2 and a deduction to accumulated deficit in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. In connection with the transaction, the Company incurred approximately $3.0 million of professional fees which are recorded in transaction advisory fees and expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

14. Capital Structure

          The Company has issued three classes of interests: Class A-1 interests; Class A-2 interests; and Class B interests. Class A-2 interests include both Class A-2 capital interests and Class A-2 profits interests.

F-40

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Capital Structure (Continued)

Class A-1 Interests

          On July 8, 2011, 25,000,000 Class A-1 redeemable interests were issued to the Silver Lake Member and 1,964,826 Class A-1 interests were issued to an affiliate of Vincent Viola, which Class A-1 interests had an aggregate capital balance of approximately $270 million. As described in Note 13, on December 31, 2014, through a series of transactions, 5,376,603 and 12,242,173 of the Class A-1 redeemable interests previously held by the Silver Lake Member were transferred to the Temasek Member and the SLT Member, respectively, with the Silver Lake Member retaining 7,381,224 Class A-1 redeemable interests. Class A-1 interests that the holder thereof has the right to call for redemption are held by three members: (i) an affiliate of Silver Lake (the "Silver Lake Member"), (ii) the Temasek Member and (iii) an affiliate of Silver Lake and Temasek, 57.9% of which is indirectly owned by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners and 42.1% of which is indirectly owned by an affiliate of Temasek (the "SLT Member" and, together with the Silver Lake Member and the Temasek Member, the "Investor Members"). The Silver Lake Member has the right to appoint one member on the Company's board of directors and the Temasek Member has the right to either appoint one member on the Company's board of directors (subject to obtaining certain regulatory approvals) or elect that the other members of the board of directors will designate one member of the Company's board of directors in consultation with the Temasek Member. The Silver Lake Member and the Temasek Member also possess approval rights with respect to certain board actions and corporate events. There were no additional Class A-1 interests granted, forfeited, distributed or redeemed during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Class A-2 Interests

          Class A-2 interests include both Class A-2 capital interests and Class A-2 profits interests. Approximately 93,786,659 and 95,024,893 Class A-2 capital interests are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. On December 31, 2014, through a series of transactions, 1,614,322 of the Class A-2 capital interests previously held by certain members of the Company's management were transferred to the Temasek Member, and 214,433 new Class A-2 capital interests were issued to the Temasek Member, with the proceeds of such issuance being used to redeem the same number of Class A-2 profits interests held by Employee Holdco LLC ("Employee Holdco"). On November 4, 2014, the Company repurchased 1,452,667 Class A-2 capital interests from a member of the Company's management with an original carrying value of approximately $1.4 million for $6.0 million. The excess of repurchase price over the carrying value of approximately $4.6 million was recorded as a reduction in accumulated deficit and the carrying value of approximately $1.4 million was recorded as a reduction in Class A-2 capital interests in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Class A-2 profits interests are issued to Employee Holdco, a holding company which holds the interests on behalf of certain key employees or stakeholders. Employee Holdco issues Class A-2 profits interests of Employee Holdco to such employees and stakeholders which correspond to the underlying Class A-2 profits interests held by Employee Holdco. There were 6,069,007 and 4,434,452 Class A-2 profits interests issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Approximately 1,992,556, 2,223,814 and 1,705,704 Class A-2 profits interests were issued during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Holders of Class A-2 profits interests share in distributions of available cash flow based on the ratio of interests held to the total number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 interests outstanding, and also share on a pro rata basis in the

F-41

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Capital Structure (Continued)

proceeds of a liquidity event, subject to a valuation hurdle determined by the Company at the time of the grant based on a valuation performed by a third party valuation firm. Holders of the Class A-2 profits interests share in the proceeds of a liquidity event above such valuation hurdle, and receive a preference on such distributions above such valuation threshold until all holders of Class A-2 profits interests subject to such valuation threshold have been allocated capital proceeds equal to the deemed capital contribution attributable to such Class A-2 profits interests as determined by the Company at the time of the grant.

Class B Interests

          The Company previously approved the Virtu Financial LLC Management Incentive Plan (the "MIP"). Participants of the MIP are entitled to receive either Class B Interests of VF or Class B interests of Employee Holdco, which holds directly the corresponding Class B interests in the Company. Upon a liquidity event, Class B interests under the MIP are entitled to share proportionately in distributions in excess of the applicable profits interest valuation hurdle, which is determined by the Company based on a valuation at the time of the grant performed by a third party valuation firm. Class B interests are non-voting interests which vest over a four year period and upon a sale, initial public offering or certain other capital transactions of VF. Class B interests are subject to forfeiture and repurchase provisions upon certain termination events. Class B interests representing a right to share in 12.915% and 13.715% of capital proceeds (on a fully diluted basis) were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Class B interests representing 0%, 2.65% and 0.90% were issued during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Distribution and Liquidation Rights

          Holders of Class A-1 and Class A-2 interests share in distributions of available cash flow based on the ratio of interests held to the total number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 interests outstanding. Holders of Class B interests are not entitled to share in such distributions.

          As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, unless and until converted to Class A-2 interests, upon occurrence of a capital transaction, Class A-1 interests are entitled to distributions of capital proceeds until Class A-1 members' unrecovered capital balance (as defined) has been reduced to zero. After distributions to Class A-1 members, capital proceeds are provided to Class A-2 capital members until Class A-2 capital members' unrecovered capital balance (as defined) have been reduced to zero. After distributions to Class A-1 and Class A-2 members, distributions of capital proceeds are provided to members in respect to their respective capital proceeds percentages (as defined), subject to the valuation hurdles and distribution preferences applicable to holders of Class A-2 profits interests. Holders of vested Class B interests share in distributions of capital proceeds above the applicable valuation hurdle proportionately based on their capital proceeds percentages.

          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up, merger or company sale, distributions are made, first, to Class A-1 members' unrecovered capital balance (as defined) until they have been reduced to zero. Second, to Class A-2 capital members, in proportion to their unrecovered capital balance (as defined) until reduced to zero and then to members in

F-42

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Capital Structure (Continued)

respect to their capital proceeds percentages (as defined), subject to the valuation hurdles and distribution preferences applicable to holders of Class A-2 profits interests.

Conversion Rights

          As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Class A-1 interests are convertible into Class A-2 interests at any time at the option of the Class A-1 member on a one-for-one basis. The Class A-1 interests are automatically converted upon a qualified IPO or qualified sale. Qualified IPO is defined as an initial public offering on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ National Market in which the gross proceeds raised equal or exceed $250.0 million and the valuation of the Company implies a return to the Silver Lake Member equal to at least (after taking into account previous distributions) 1.75 times the invested amount. Qualified sale is defined as a sale of all or a majority of the assets of the Company or all or a majority of the limited liability company interests of the Company to a third party that is not an affiliate or other permitted transferee of any member as long as the sale (i) is for consideration consisting entirely of cash and/or marketable securities and would satisfy certain minimum return requirements applicable to Silver Lake Partners and Temasek or (ii) was approved by the Silver Lake Member or, in certain circumstances, the Temasek Member.

Redemption Rights

          Unless and until conversion occurs, the Investor Members are entitled to a number of rights and benefits, including the right to call for redemption of their Class A-1 interests. Any time on or after November 24, 2016, the Silver Lake Member may exercise such redemption right in order to cause the Company to purchase all of the Class A-1 interests owned directly or indirectly by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners. Any time on or after May 16, 2020, the Temasek Member may exercise such redemption right in order to cause the Company to purchase all of the Class A-1 interests owned directly or indirectly by affiliates of Temasek.

          As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the redemption price for each unit of Class A-1 interests owned by the Investor Members is the greater of (i) a minimum purchase price and (ii) the fair market value of the Class A-1 interests on the date of redemption. The minimum purchase price with respect to the Class A-1 interests owned directly or indirectly by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners is equal to the purchase price paid by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners for such Class A-1 interests and the minimum purchase price with respect to the Class A-1 interests owned directly or indirectly by affiliates (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial) of Temasek is equal to the purchase price paid by affiliates (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial) of Temasek for such Class A-1 interests (in each case, less distributions received in respect of such Class A-1 interests). The Company may redeem the Class A-1 interests using redemption notes provided that all available cash flow and all capital proceeds are used to pay down the redemption note. For so long as any redemption note is outstanding, holders of any such redemption note whose outstanding principal balance exceeds 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the redemption note shall retain any approval and consent rights as if all Class A-1 interests subject to such redemption continued to be owned.

          In lieu of redemption, the Silver Lake Member or the Temasek Member can require the Company to purchase all of the equity securities of the affiliated entity or entities that directly or

F-43

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Capital Structure (Continued)

indirectly own their Class A-1 interests on behalf of affiliates of Silver Lake Partners or Temasek, respectively, provided that any such entity has not conducted any business or operations since inception other than the direct or indirect ownership of the interests of the Company.

          The redeemable equity instrument is classified outside of permanent equity on the statements of financial condition.

          In the event of termination of the employment of an employee on whose behalf Employee Holdco holds vested Class A-2 profits interests or Class B interests, the Company shall have the right but not the obligation to repurchase the applicable interests held by Employee Holdco, which would make a corresponding repurchase of the interests held by the terminated employee. The repurchase price payable by the Company in the event that it exercises its repurchase right with respect to Class A-2 profits interests is based on the value of the award at the date of issuance. In the event of a repurchase by the Company of Class B interests held by Employee Holdco on behalf of a terminated employee, the Company shall pay a call price determined by the manager, not to exceed the fair market value of such interests.

East Management Incentive Plan

          On July 8, 2011, 2,625,000 Class A-2 capital interests were contributed by Class A-2 members to Virtu East MIP LLC ("East MIP"). East MIP issued Class A interests to the members who contributed the Class A-2 capital interests, and Class B interests ("East MIP Class B Interests") to certain key employees. East MIP Class B Interests are non-voting interests which vest over the four year period ending July 8, 2015, but in any event no earlier than upon the occurrence of a sale, initial public offering or certain other capital transactions of VF. Vested East MIP Class B Interests are entitled to participate in distributions of the proceeds received in respect of the Class A-2 capital interests held by East MIP upon a sale or certain other capital transactions of VF. East MIP Class B Interests are subject to forfeiture and repurchase provisions upon certain termination events. The Company has not recognized compensation expense under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

15. Share-based Compensation

          During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company granted Class A-2 profits interests to certain employees, which vest immediately or over a period of up to four years, in each case subject to repurchase provisions upon certain termination events, as described above (Note 14). These awards are accounted for as equity awards and are measured at the date of grant. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $16.0 million, $13.4 million and $8.4 million in expense recognized relating to these awards, and other vesting awards granted in prior periods still subject to vesting. As of December 31, 2014, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to these Class A-2 profits interests that have not vested was $3.6 million and this amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

          The fair value of the Class A-2 profits interests was estimated by the Company using an option pricing methodology based on expected volatility, risk-free rates and expected life. Expected volatility is calculated based on companies in the same peer group as the Company. The weighted-

F-44

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

average assumptions used by the Company in estimating the grant date fair values of the Class A-2 profits interests as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

	As of December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Expected life (in years)		0.5			0.5			1.5
Expected stock price volatility		25	%		25	%		30	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—
Risk-free interest rate		0.12	%		0.10	%		0.20	%

          Activity in the Class A-2 profits interests is as follows:

	# of Profits Interests			Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Life
Outstanding December 31, 2012		2,298,957		$	6.40		0.70
Interests granted		2,223,814		$	7.19		—
Interests repurchased		(88,319	)	$	6.57		—
Outstanding December 31, 2013		4,434,452		$	6.82		3.40
Interests granted		1,992,556		$	7.52		—
Interests repurchased		(358,001	)	$	6.51		—
Outstanding December 31, 2014		6,069,007		$	7.05		2.54

          As indicated in Note 14, East MIP Class B Interests are subject to time based vesting over four years and only fully vest upon the consummation of a qualifying capital transaction by the Company, including an initial public offering. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, a capital transaction was not probable, and therefore none of the East MIP Class B interests were vested and no compensation expense was recognized relating to these awards. Upon the occurrence of a qualifying capital transaction, including the completion of an initial public offering, the Company expects to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of outstanding time-vested East MIP Class B Interests as of the date of the transaction, with the fair value of the unvested East MIP Class B Interests recognized as a compensation expense ratably over the remaining vesting period.

          During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain employees have been granted Class B interests. As discussed in Note 14, Class B interests vest only upon the occurrence of both time-based vesting over a four year period and the consummation of a qualifying capital transaction by the Company. No Class B interests were granted during the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, a capital transaction was not probable, and therefore none of the Class B interests were vested and no compensation expense was recognized relating to previously awarded Class B interests. Upon the occurrence of a qualifying capital transaction, including the completion of an initial public offering, the Company expects to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of outstanding time-vested Class B interests as of the date of the transaction, with the fair value of the unvested Class B interests recognized as compensation expense ratably over the remaining vesting period.

F-45

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Regulatory Requirement

          As of December 31, 2014, two subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC") Uniform Net Capital Rule 15c3-1 which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital of $1.0 million for each of the two broker-dealer subsidiaries. At December 31, 2014, the subsidiaries had net capital of approximately $59.8 million and $8.1 million, which was approximately $58.8 million and $7.1 million in excess of its required net capital of $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the subsidiaries had net capital of approximately $49.7 million and $8.0 million, which was approximately $48.7 million and $7.0 million in excess of its required net capital of $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

          Pursuant to NYSE and NYSE MKT (formerly NYSE Amex) rules, the Company is also required to maintain $3.7 million and $4.7 million of capital in connection with the operation of the Company's DMM business as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The required amount is determined under the exchange rules as the greater of $1 million or 15% of the market value of 60 trading units for each symbol in which the Company is registered as the DMM.

17. Financial Instruments with Off Balance Sheet Risk and Concentration of Risk

          The Company maintains U.S. checking accounts with balances frequently in excess of $250,000. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") insures combined accounts up to $250,000.

Credit Risk

          Credit risk represents the maximum potential loss that the Company would incur if the counterparties failed to perform pursuant to the terms of their agreements with the Company. The Company regularly transacts business with major U.S. and foreign financial institutions. The Company is subject to credit risk to the extent that the brokers may be unable to fulfill their obligations either to return the Company's securities or repay amounts owed. In the normal course of its securities activities, the Company may be required to pledge securities as collateral, whereby the prime brokers have the right, under the terms of the prime brokerage agreements, to sell or repledge the securities of the Company. The Company manages credit risk by limiting the total amount of arrangements outstanding, both by individual counterparty and in the aggregate, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of its portfolio and by applying uniform credit standards for all activities associated with credit risk.

          The purchase and sale of futures contracts requires margin deposits with a Futures Commission Merchant ("FCM"). The Commodity Exchange Act requires an FCM to segregate all customer transactions and assets from the FCM's proprietary activities. A customer's cash and other equity deposited with an FCM are considered commingled with all other customer funds subject to the FCM's segregation requirements. In the event of an FCM's insolvency, recovery may be limited to the Company's pro rata share of segregated customer funds available. It is possible that the recovery amount could be less than the total cash and other equity deposited.

Currency Risk

          Though predominantly invested in U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments, the Company may invest in securities or maintain cash denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company is exposed to risks that the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies

F-46

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Financial Instruments with Off Balance Sheet Risk and Concentration of Risk (Continued)

may change in a manner that has an adverse effect on the reported value of the Company's assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Market Risk

          The Company is exposed to market risks that arise from equity price risk, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in commodity prices. Management has established procedures to actively monitor and minimize market and credit risks. In addition, the Company has sold securities that it does not currently own and will, therefore, be obligated to purchase such securities at a future date. The Company has recorded these obligations in the consolidated financial statements at fair values of the related securities and will incur a loss if the fair value of the securities increases subsequent to the period end.

Off Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

          The Company enters into various transactions involving derivative instruments and other off balance sheet financial instruments, including futures. These derivative financial instruments are used to conduct trading activities and manage market risks and are, therefore, subject to varying degrees of market and credit risk. Derivative transactions are entered into for trading purposes or to economically hedge other positions or transactions.

          Futures contracts provide for delayed delivery of the underlying instrument. The contractual or notional amounts related to these financial instruments reflect the volume and activity and do not reflect the amounts at risk. Futures contracts are executed on an exchange, and cash settlement is made on a daily basis for market movements. Accordingly, futures contracts generally do not have credit risk. Market risk is substantially dependent upon the value of the underlying derivative instruments and is affected by market forces, such as volatility and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates.

18. Geographic Information

          The Company operates its business in the U.S. and internationally, primarily in Europe and Asia. Significant transactions and balances between geographic regions occur primarily as a result of certain of our subsidiaries incurring operating expenses such as employee compensation, communications and data processing and other overhead costs, for the purpose of providing execution, clearing and other support services to affiliates. Charges for transactions between regions are designed to approximate full costs. Intra-region income and expenses and related balances have been eliminated in the geographic information presented below to accurately reflect the external business conducted in each geographical region. The revenues are attributed to

F-47

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18. Geographic Information (Continued)

countries based on the locations of the subsidiaries. The following table presents total revenues by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

	For the Years Ended, December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Revenues:
United States	$	509,105	$	432,900	$	452,282
Australia		86		87		44,240
Ireland		141,793		129,662		91,450
Singapore		72,069		98,917		25,908
United Kingdom		—		2,939		1,748
Total revenues	$	723,053	$	664,505	$	615,628

19. Parent Company

Guarantees.

          The Company guarantees the indebtedness of its direct subsidiary under the senior secured credit facility (Note 8). The outstanding principal balance of the term loan under the senior secured credit facility totaled $502.7 million and $510.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Transactions with Affiliates

          Dividends received from VFH for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $165.7 million, $429.1 million and $129.0 million, respectively.

F-48

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. Parent Company (Continued)

Virtu Financial LLC
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except interest data)	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,939		$	22
Receivable from subsidiaries		12,865			22,021
Investments in subsidiaries, equity basis		768,423			748,986
Other assets		29			2,629
Total assets	$	807,256		$	773,658
Liabilities, redeemable interest and members' equity
Liabilities
Payable to subsidiaries	$	291,444		$	318,127
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities		9,114			2,243
Total liabilities	$	300,558		$	320,370
Class A-1 redeemable interest		294,433			250,000
Members' equity
Class A-1 — Authorized and Issued — 1,964,826 and 1,964,826 interests, Outstanding — 1,964,826 and 1,964,826 interests, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively		19,648			19,648
Additional paid-in capital
Class A-2 — Authorized and Issued — 101,381,332 and 100,627,010 interests, Outstanding — 99,855,666 and 99,459,345 interests at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively		287,705			256,340
Accumulated deficit		(91,383	)		(74,027	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(3,705	)		1,327
Total members' equity	$	212,265		$	203,288
Total liabilities, redeemable interest and members' equity	$	807,256		$	773,658

F-49

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. Parent Company (Continued)

Virtu Financial LLC
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013		2012
Revenues:
Service fee revenue	$	13,492		$	2,089	$	5,154
Expenses:
Operations and administrative		13,492			2,089		5,428
Total expenses		13,492			2,089		5,428
Income (loss) before equity in income of subsidiaries		—			—		(274	)
Equity in income of subsidiaries, net of tax		190,057			182,203		87,834
Net Income	$	190,057		$	182,203	$	87,560
Other Comprehensive Income, net of taxes:
Translation adjustment		(5,032	)		1,382		548
Comprehensive income	$	185,025		$	183,585	$	88,108

F-50

Virtu Financial LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. Parent Company (Continued)

Virtu Financial LLC
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Cash Flows
for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

	For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net Income	$	190,057		$	182,203		$	87,560
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in income of subsidiaries		(24,469	)		244,854			41,198
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:		(14,056	)		(6,529	)		(2,926	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		151,532			420,528			125,832
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in subsidiaries, equity basis		15,953			13,441			8,726
Net cash provided by investing activities		15,953			13,441			8,726
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of Class A-2 interests in connection with the Temasek transaction described in Note 13		3,048			—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests in connection with the Temasek transaction described in Note 13		(3,048	)		—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		(916	)		(573	)		(352	)
Member distributions		(140,652	)		(433,400	)		(134,408	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(141,568	)		(433,973	)		(134,760	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		25,917			(4	)		(202	)
Cash and equivalents, beginning of period		22			26			228
Cash and equivalents, end of period	$	25,939		$	22		$	26
Non-cash financing activities
Temasek transaction described in Note 13		—			—			—
Repurchase of Class A-2 interests		(6,000	)		—			—

20. Subsequent Events

          The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 19, 2015, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure to the consolidated financial statements except for the following. The Company made tax and profit distributions to its members in the amount of $48.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively, from January 1, 2015 to February 19, 2015. The Company has entered into a new office lease agreement with a commencement date of January 16, 2015 and a minimum commitment of $7.6 million that is included in the table in Note 12. As a result, the Company plans to vacate its current office space, which is under a non-cancellable lease agreement ending on February 28, 2019. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of the cease-use of the current premise but estimates that it could recognize a maximum loss of approximately $3.0 million from future lease payments and a write-off of leasehold improvements if it cannot successfully find a sub-lessee.

F-51

16,532,272 Shares

Virtu Financial, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

Goldman, Sachs & Co. J.P. Morgan Sandler O'Neill + Partners, L.P.

BMO Capital Markets Citigroup Credit Suisse Evercore ISI UBS Investment Bank

Academy Securities CIBC Rosenblatt Securities

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following sets forth the expenses and costs (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the Class A common stock registered hereby. Other than the SEC registration fee, the NASDAQ listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:

SEC registration fee	$	30,440
NASDAQ listing fee		125,000
FINRA filing fee		54,794
Printing expenses		475,000
Accounting fees and expenses		1,281,900
Legal fees and expenses		2,786,060
Transfer agent fees and expenses		6,000
Miscellaneous		5,410,000
Total	$	10,169,194

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

          Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that we will indemnify each director and officer and may indemnify employees and agents, as determined by our board, to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

          The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

          Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the limitation of directors' personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary

II-1

duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

          We maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance for our officers and directors.

          The underwriting agreement for this offering will provide that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless our Company, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the registration statement, and each person who controls our Company within the meaning of the Securities Act but only with respect to written information relating to such underwriter furnished to our Company by or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.

          We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          In October 2013, in connection with its formation, the registrant sold 100 of its shares of Class A common stock to VFH Parent LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Virtu Financial, for an aggregate consideration of $100. The shares of common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the sale.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the registrant will issue an aggregate of 15,366,740 shares of its Class A common stock to the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders. The shares of Class A common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.

          In connection with the reorganization transactions, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the registrant will issue an aggregate of 79,902,009 shares of its Class D common stock to the Founder Post-IPO Member and 24,708,063 shares of its Class C common stock to the other Virtu Post-IPO Members. The shares of Class D common stock and Class C common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.

II-2

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibit Number			Description
	1.1	*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	2.1	*	Form of Reorganization Agreement.
	2.2	*	Form of Merger Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., Virtu Financial Merger Sub LLC, Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings LLC, SLP III EW Feeder Corp., SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P. and Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd.
	2.3	*	Form of Merger Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., Virtu Financial Merger Sub II LLC, Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings II LLC and Wilbur Investments LLC.
	3.1	*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
	3.2	*	Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
	4.1	*	Specimen Stock Certificate.
	5.1		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the Class A common stock.
	8.1		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding tax matters.
	10.1	*	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2013, among Virtu Financial LLC, VFH Parent LLC, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent.
	10.2	*	Form of Indemnification Agreement.
	10.3	*	Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc. and the stockholders named therein.
	10.4	*	Form of Exchange Agreement.
	10.5		Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
	10.6		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., the Founder Post-IPO Member, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and other pre-IPO investors.
	10.7		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders.
	10.8		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc. and the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members.
	10.9	*	Form of Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial LLC.
	10.10	*	Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Employee Holdco LLC.
	10.11	*	Form of Class C Common Stock Subscription Agreement.
	10.12	*	Form of Class D Common Stock Subscription Agreement.
	10.13	*	Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Management Incentive Plan.
	10.14		Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

II-3

Exhibit Number			Description
	10.15	*	Form of Employee Option Award Agreement for use with the Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan.
	10.16	*	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
	10.17	*	Form of Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement to be entered into by certain members of Virtu Financial.
	10.18	*	Form of Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement to be entered into by certain members of Virtu Employee Holdco.
	10.19	*	Form of Class A Common Stock Purchase Agreement.
	10.20		Form of Unit Purchase Agreement.
	10.21	*	Form of Employment Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and Mr. Vincent Viola.
	10.22	*	Form of Employment Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and Mr. Douglas A. Cifu.
	10.23	*	Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Joseph A. Molluso.
	10.24	*	Proprietary Invention Assignment, Noncompetition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Joseph A. Molluso.
	10.25	*	Employment Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Venu Palaparthi.
	21.1	*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
	23.1		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	23.2		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	23.3		Consents of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1 to this Registration Statement).
	24.1		Powers of Attorney (included on page II-6).

*

Previously filed.

II-4

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          (a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          (b)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

          (1)     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2)     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on April 6, 2015.

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.
By:	/s/ DOUGLAS A. CIFU Name:  Douglas A. Cifu Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Douglas A. Cifu and Joseph Molluso, acting singly, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on April 6, 2015, by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

Signature	Title
/s/ DOUGLAS A. CIFU Douglas A. Cifu	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
/s/ JOSEPH MOLLUSO Joseph Molluso	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ VINCENT VIOLA Vincent Viola	Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board of Directors
/s/ JOHN PHILIP ABIZAID John Philip Abizaid	Director

II-6

Signature	Title
/s/ MICHAEL BINGLE Michael Bingle	Director
/s/ WILLIAM F. CRUGER, JR. William F. Cruger, Jr.	Director
/s/ JOSEPH OSNOSS Joseph Osnoss	Director
/s/ JOHN F. SANDNER John F. Sandner	Director

II-7

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number			Description
	1.1	*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	2.1	*	Form of Reorganization Agreement.
	2.2	*	Form of Merger Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., Virtu Financial Merger Sub LLC, Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings LLC, SLP III EW Feeder Corp., SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P. and Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd.
	2.3	*	Form of Merger Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., Virtu Financial Merger Sub II LLC, Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings II LLC and Wilbur Investments LLC.
	3.1	*	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
	3.2	*	Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
	4.1	*	Specimen Stock Certificate.
	5.1		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the Class A common stock.
	8.1		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding tax matters.
	10.1	*	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2013, among Virtu Financial LLC, VFH Parent LLC, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent.
	10.2	*	Form of Indemnification Agreement.
	10.3	*	Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc. and the stockholders named therein.
	10.4	*	Form of Exchange Agreement.
	10.5		Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
	10.6		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., the Founder Post-IPO Member, Virtu Employee Holdco, the Management Members and other pre-IPO investors.
	10.7		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and the Investor Post-IPO Stockholders.
	10.8		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Virtu Financial, Inc. and the Silver Lake Post-IPO Members.
	10.9	*	Form of Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial LLC.
	10.10	*	Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Employee Holdco LLC.
	10.11	*	Form of Class C Common Stock Subscription Agreement.
	10.12	*	Form of Class D Common Stock Subscription Agreement.
	10.13	*	Amended and Restated Virtu Financial LLC Management Incentive Plan.
	10.14		Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan.

II-8

Exhibit Number			Description
	10.15	*	Form of Employee Option Award Agreement for use with the Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan.
	10.16	*	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
	10.17	*	Form of Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement to be entered into by certain members of Virtu Financial.
	10.18	*	Form of Unit Vesting, Equity Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement to be entered into by certain members of Virtu Employee Holdco.
	10.19	*	Form of Class A Common Stock Purchase Agreement.
	10.20		Form of Unit Purchase Agreement.
	10.21	*	Form of Employment Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and Mr. Vincent Viola.
	10.22	*	Form of Employment Agreement by and between Virtu Financial, Inc. and Mr. Douglas A. Cifu.
	10.23	*	Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Joseph A. Molluso.
	10.24	*	Proprietary Invention Assignment, Noncompetition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Joseph A. Molluso.
	10.25	*	Employment Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, by and between Virtu Financial Operating LLC and Mr. Venu Palaparthi.
	21.1	*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
	23.1		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	23.2		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	23.3		Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1 to this Registration Statement).
	24.1		Powers of Attorney (included on page II-6).

*

Previously filed.

II-9

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

212-373-3000

212-757-3990

April 6, 2015

Virtu Financial, Inc.

900 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022-1010

Virtu Financial, Inc.
Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-194473)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), of the Company, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Rules”).  You have asked us to furnish our opinion as to the legality of the securities being registered under the

Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement relates to the registration under the Act of up to 19,012,112 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), that may be offered by the Company (including shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) (the “Shares”).

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively, the “Documents”):

1.the Registration Statement;

2.the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), included as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement;

3.the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement; and

4.the form of the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement.

In addition, we have examined (i) such corporate records of the Company that we have considered appropriate, including a copy of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, and by-laws, as amended, of the Company, certified by the Company as in effect on the date of this letter, and copies of resolutions of the board of directors of the Company relating to the issuance of the Shares, certified by the Company, and (ii) such other certificates, agreements and documents that we deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below.  We have also relied upon the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties of the Company made in the Documents and upon certificates of public officials and the officers of the Company.

2

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the documents reviewed by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, the authenticity of all the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements, instruments and documents that we have examined are accurate and complete.

Based upon the above, and subject to the stated assumptions, exceptions and qualifications, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued, delivered and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

The opinion expressed above is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Our opinion is rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders under those laws, that are currently in effect.

We hereby consent to use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” contained in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required by the Act or the Rules.

3

Very truly yours,

/s/ PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

4

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

212-373-3000

212-757-3990

April 6, 2015

Virtu Financial, Inc.

645 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022-1010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special United States federal income tax counsel to Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), of the Company, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Rules”).  You have asked us to furnish our opinion as to certain tax matters in connection with the Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement relates to the registration under the Act of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), that may be offered by the Company (including shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement.  In addition, we have examined, and have relied as to matters of fact upon, originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and such certificates or comparable

documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company or Virtu Financial LLC, as we have deemed relevant and necessary, and have made such investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate as a basis for the opinion expressed below.

In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the documents reviewed by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents, the authenticity of all the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements, instruments and documents that we have examined are accurate and complete.

The opinion set forth below is limited to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, administrative rulings, judicial decisions, treasury regulations and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof.  The statutory provisions, regulations and interpretations upon which our opinion is based are subject to change, and such changes could apply retroactively.  Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinion set forth below.  We assume no responsibility to advise you of any subsequent changes in existing laws or facts, nor do we assume any responsibility to update this opinion.

The opinion set forth herein has no binding effect on the United States Internal Revenue Service or the courts of the United States.  No assurance can be given that, if the matter were contested, a court would agree with the opinion set forth herein.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein and in the Registration Statement, the discussion set forth under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Registration Statement, insofar as it expresses conclusions as to the application of United States federal income tax law, is our opinion as to the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Company’s Class A common stock and is limited to those United States federal tax consequences specifically discussed therein.

We are furnishing this letter in our capacity as special United States federal income tax counsel to the Company.  This letter is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose, except as set forth below.

2

We hereby consent to use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” contained in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the discussion of this opinion in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required by the Act or the Rules.

Very truly yours,

/s/ PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

3

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of        , 2015, is made by and among:

i.Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

ii.TJMT Holdings LLC (f/k/a Virtu Holdings LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Viola Holder”);

iii.SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “SL Stockholder”), and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and SLP Virtu Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “SL Members” and, together with the SL Stockholder, the “SL Holders”);

iv.Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Temasek Holder”);

v.Virtu Employee Holdco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Management Vehicle”); and

vi.the other Persons who execute the signature pages hereto under the heading “Additional Holders” (collectively with the Management Vehicle, the “Other Holders”).

The Viola Holder, SL Holders, Temasek Holder and Other Holders are each referred to herein as a “Holder” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Holders”.  In addition, the Holders and the Company are each referred to herein as a “Party” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Reorganization Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Virtu Financial (as defined below) and the other Persons listed on the signature pages thereto, the Company has effected a series of reorganization transactions (the “Reorganization Transactions”);

WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, (i) the Viola Holder owns non-voting common interest units (“Virtu Financial Units”) in Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Virtu Financial”), together with shares of the Company’s Class D common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Class D Common Stock”), which are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the Viola Holder for shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), pursuant to an Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Virtu Financial and the other Persons listed on the signature pages thereto (the “Exchange Agreement”), and (ii) the SL Members and Other Holders own Virtu Financial Units together with shares of the Company’s Class C common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), which are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the respective holders (subject to certain vesting restrictions in

1

the case of the Other Holders) for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (iii) the SL Stockholder and Temasek Holder own shares of Class A Common Stock;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, Virtu Financial, the Company and the Holders have entered into the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Virtu Financial (the “LLC Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company has priced an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “IPO”) pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, the Company has agreed to provide the Holders with certain registration rights with respect to their Registrable Securities, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants and provisions contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1Definitions.  The following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by applicable law to close.

“Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Class B Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Class C Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Class D Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Continuance Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

“Cutback Trigger” means the later of (i) the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO and (ii) the completion of the offering that is counted under Section 2.1(b) as the third Demand under this Agreement.

2

“Declining Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

“Demand” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Disclosure Package” means (i) the preliminary prospectus, (ii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iii) all other information that is deemed, under Rule 159 under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale (including a contract of sale).

“Electing Registration Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

“Employee Holders” means the Other Holders and any Transferees thereof, provided such Transferee enters into a joinder agreement and, if applicable, a spousal consent, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Annex B and Annex C, respectively.

“Employee Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

“Exchange” means (i) the exchange of shares of Class D Common Stock together with Virtu Financial Units for shares of Class B Common Stock, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and the further conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Common Stock and (ii) the exchange of shares of Class C Common Stock together with Virtu Financial Units for shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

“Exchange Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Exchange Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Exchange Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Excluded Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

“Form S-3 Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

“Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

“Free Writing Prospectus” means any “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

“Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Initiating Shelf Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Section 2.4(a).

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Management Vehicle” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

3

“Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“Non-Marketed Take-Down Share” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

“Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

“Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

“Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Piggyback Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

“Notice Recipient” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).

“Other Holders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Other Securities” means Common Stock of the Company sought to be included in a registration other than Registrable Securities.

“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Percentage” means the Viola Percentage, the SL Percentage or the Temasek Percentage, as applicable.

“Piggyback Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

“Public Offering” means a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or their respective equivalents) filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

“Registrable Securities” means shares of Common Stock owned by the Holders, whether now held or hereinafter acquired, including any shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion or exchange of other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“Overlying Securities”), including upon an Exchange or by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, until:  (i) a registration statement covering such shares of Common Stock or applicable Overlying Securities has been declared effective by the SEC and such shares of Common Stock or applicable Overlying Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement; (ii) such shares of Common Stock or applicable Overlying Securities are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met; or (iii) (A) such shares of Common Stock or applicable Overlying Securities are otherwise Transferred to a non-Affiliate of the Transferor, (B) the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares of Common Stock or applicable Overlying Securities not bearing a restrictive legend and (C) such shares of Common Stock or applicable

4

Overlying Securities may be resold without limitation or subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with any registration of securities pursuant to Article II (other than underwriting discounts and commissions), including (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants, including for special audits and comfort letters; (ii) all expenses, including filing fees, in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the registration statement, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, any other offering document and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to any underwriters and dealers; (iii) the cost of printing or producing any underwriting agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and any other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the securities to be disposed of; (iv) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the securities to be disposed of for offering and sale under state “blue sky” securities laws, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the underwriters and the Selling Holders in connection with such qualification and in connection with any blue sky and legal investment surveys; (v) all expenses, including filing fees, incident to securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the securities to be disposed of; (vi) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering; (vii) all security engraving and security printing expenses; (viii) all fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of the securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system or the rating of such securities; (ix) all expenses with respect to road shows that the Company is obligated to pay pursuant to Section 2.7(o); and (x) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Registration Parties participating in the registration (which counsel shall be chosen by the participating Registration Party, other than the Viola Registration Parties, that then holds the most Registrable Securities) incurred in connection with any such registration and any offering of Common Stock relating to such registration, including Shelf-Take Downs (as defined below).

“Registration Party” means any SL Registration Party, any Temasek Registration Party or any Viola Registration Party.

“Remaining Registration Party Groups” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

“Selling Holder” means, with respect to any registration statement, any Holder whose Registrable Securities are included therein.

“Shelf Holder” means any Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in the Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement.

“Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

“SL Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“SL Member” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

5

“SL Percentage” means (i) until the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO, 45% (or, at any time on or prior to such one-year anniversary that (x) the Temasek Holder does not then hold Registrable Securities or (y) to the extent the Temasek Holder is an Excluded Party, 75%) and (ii) after the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO and until the completion of the offering that is counted under Section 2.1(b) as the third Demand under this Agreement, 30% (or, at any time following such one year anniversary and on or prior to the Cutback Trigger that (x) Temasek Holder does not then hold Registrable Securities or (y) to the extent the Temasek Holder is an Excluded Party, 50%).

“SL Registration Party” means any SL Holder or any of its respective Transferees under Section 2.1(c) holding Registrable Securities.

“SL Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Temasek Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Temasek Percentage” means (i) until the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO, 30% (or, at any time on or prior to such one-year anniversary that (x) the SL Holders do not then hold Registrable Securities or (y) to the extent the SL Holders are Excluded Parties, 75%) and (ii) after the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO and until the completion of the offering that is counted under Section 2.1(b) as the third Demand under this Agreement, 20% (or, at any time following such one year anniversary and on or prior to the Cutback Trigger that (x) the SL Holders do not then hold Registrable Securities or (y) to the extent the SL Holders are Excluded Parties, 50%).

“Temasek Registration Party” means the Temasek Holder or any of its respective Transferees under Section 2.1(c) holding Registrable Securities.

“Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“Viola Holder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Viola Percentage” means (i) until the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO, 25%, and (ii) after the one-year anniversary of the closing of the IPO and until the completion of the offering that is counted under Section 2.1(b) as the third Demand under this Agreement, 50%.

“Viola Registration Party” means any Viola Holder or any of its respective Transferees under Section 2.1(c) holding Registrable Securities.

“Virtu Financial” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Virtu Financial Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Withdrawn Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

6

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the LLC Agreement.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1Demand Rights.

(a)Demand Rights.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2.1(b)), at any time after consummation of the IPO, upon written notice delivered by a Viola Registration Party, a SL Registration Party or a Temasek Registration Party (a “Demand”) at any time requesting that the Company effect the registration (a “Demand Registration”) under the Securities Act of any or all of the Registrable Securities held by such Registration Party, which Demand shall specify the number and type of such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method or methods of disposition of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give written notice of such Demand to all other Holders and shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, at any time after the expiration or waiver of the lockup agreements delivered pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, file the appropriate registration statement and use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws of (i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register for sale by such Registration Party in the Demand, and (ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register for sale by such other Holders by written request given to the Company within 20 days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities), in each case subject to Section 2.1(f), all to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with such intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered for sale.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the method of disposition is an underwritten offering, the right of any Holder to include Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise agreed by the Holders with a majority of the Registrable Shares participating in the registration and by the requesting Registration Party) to the extent provided in this Agreement, and all Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Shares through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.7) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.

(b)Limitations on Demand Rights.  The Viola Registration Parties shall be entitled to make seven Demands under Section 2.1(a), the SL Registration Parties shall be entitled to make two Demands under Section 2.1(a) and the Temasek Registration Parties shall be entitled to make two Demands under Section 2.1(a), subject in each case to Section 2.6(c); provided, that any Viola Registration Party, SL Registration Party or Temasek Registration Party shall only be entitled to make a Demand pursuant to Section 2.1(a) if such Registration Party is requesting the registration of Registrable Securities held by it and its Affiliates that are Registration Parties with an aggregate estimated market value of at least $50 million.  No registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 and no Shelf Take-Down pursuant to

7

Section 2.4 shall be counted as the making of a Demand for purposes of Section 2.1(a); provided, that, subject to Section 2.6(c), a request for a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2.4(b) shall count as one Demand.  For the avoidance of doubt, a demand for shelf registration made together with a request for a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall together constitute a single Demand.

(c)Assignment.  In connection with the Transfer of Registrable Securities to any Person, a Registration Party or Other Holder may assign to any Transferee of such Registrable Securities (i) the right to make one or more Demands pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and (ii) the right to participate in or effect any registration and/or Shelf Take-Down pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii), Section 2.2, Section 2.3 and Section 2.4, in each case to the extent that such Transferor has such rights.  In the event of any such assignment, references to the Registration Parties in Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 shall be deemed to refer to such Transferee if such Transferee is making any Demand or otherwise exercising its registration rights hereunder.  In each of the foregoing cases, in the event the relevant Registration Party or Other Holder assigns, directly or indirectly, any registration rights to any Person as contemplated in this Section 2.1(c) in connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities, the Registration Party or Other Holder shall, as a condition to any such assignment, require such Transferee to enter into a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex B to become party to this Agreement and expressly be subject to Section 2.12 and/or Section 3.4 herein, as applicable.  If any such Transferee is an individual and married, such relevant Registration Party or Other Holder shall, as a condition to such Transfer, cause such Transferee to deliver to the Company a duly executed copy of a Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Annex C.  In the event of any such assignment, references to the Registration Party or Other Holder in Section 2.12 shall be deemed to refer to such Transferee.  In addition, in each of the foregoing cases, the relevant Registration Party or Other Holder, as applicable, shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give written notice of any such assignment to the Company and, in the case of an assignment by a Registration Party, the other Registration Parties in accordance with the LLC Agreement or, to the extent applicable to such other Registration Parties, to the addresses and other contact information set forth on Annex A to this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, any registration rights or allocations provided under this Agreement to a SL Holder may be assigned by such SL Holder without limitation to any other SL Registration Party, any registration rights or allocations provided under this Agreement to the Temasek Holder may be assigned by such Temasek Holder without limitation to any other Temasek Registration Party and any registration rights or allocations provided under this Agreement to the Viola Holder may be assigned by such Viola Holder without limitation to any other Viola Registration Party.

(d)Company Blackout Rights.  With respect to any registration statement filed, or to be filed, including any amendment, renewal or replacement thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.1, if (i) the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith after consultation with outside counsel that such registration would cause the Company to disclose material non-public information, which disclosure (x) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading, (y) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement and (z) would be materially detrimental to the Company or would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger

8

or other similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and that, as a result of such potential disclosure or interference, it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement at such time or suspend the Selling Holders’ use of any prospectus which is a part of the registration statement, and (ii) the Company furnishes to the Selling Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company to that effect, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing or effectiveness or suspend the continuance of such effectiveness for a period of not more than 135 days (in which event, in the case of a suspension, such Selling Holder shall discontinue sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement); provided, that the Company shall not use this right, together with any other deferral or suspension of the Company’s obligations under Section 2.1 or Section 2.3, more than once in any 12-month period. The Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable notify the Selling Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.1(d).  The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.1(d), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the applicable deferral or suspension period, file or update and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the effectiveness of, as applicable, the applicable deferred or suspended registration statement or prospectus which is a part of the registration statement.

(e)Fulfillment of Registration Obligations.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall not be deemed to have been effected and the Registration Party that issued the Demand shall not be deemed to have used one of its Demands for purposes of Section 2.1(b):  (i) if the registration statement is withdrawn without becoming effective; (ii) if after it has become effective such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other Governmental Authority for any reason other than a misrepresentation or an omission by a Selling Holder that is the Registration Party, or an Affiliate of the Registration Party (other than the Company and its controlled Affiliates), that made the Demand relating to such registration and, as a result thereof, the Registrable Securities requested to be registered cannot be completely distributed in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in the related registration statement; (iii) if the registration does not contemplate an underwritten offering, if it does not remain effective for at least 180 days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all securities covered by such registration statement have been sold or withdrawn); or if such registration statement contemplates an underwritten offering, if it does not remain effective for at least 180 days plus such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a prospectus is required by Applicable Law to be delivered in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer; or (iv) in the event of an underwritten offering, if the conditions to closing (including any condition relating to an overallotment option) specified in the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived other than by reason of some wrongful act or omission by a Selling Holder that is the Registration Party, or an Affiliate of the Registration Party, that made the Demand relating to such registration.

(f)Cutbacks in Demand Registration.  If the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each Selling Holder) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in a Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering

9

without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(1)first, Registrable Securities owned by the Registration Parties that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties and the Temasek Registration Parties seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration; provided, that until the Cutback Trigger, such Registrable Securities that are allocable to the Registration Parties in the aggregate pursuant to the preceding portion of this clause (1) shall be allocated among the Registration Parties as follows:  (x) first (unless any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are not seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration (the “Declining Parties”)), the Viola Percentage to the Viola Registration Parties seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration, the SL Percentage to the SL Registration Parties seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration and the Temasek Percentage to the Temasek Registration Parties seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration, until either the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such registration (such fully allocated Registration Parties, and any Declining Party, being referred to herein as the “Excluded Parties”), (y) thereafter (or first if, any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), to such of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties and Temasek Registration Parties as remain after excluding the Excluded Parties (each, a “Remaining Registration Party Group”), based on a percentage equal to each such Remaining Registration Party Group’s Percentage divided by the sum of the Percentages of both Remaining Registration Party Groups until either of the Remaining Registration Party Groups have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such registration and (z) thereafter, 100% to the sole Remaining Registration Party Groups seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration;

(2)second, Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders requesting inclusion in such registration; and

(3)third, the Other Securities owned by any holder thereof with a contractual right to include such Other Securities in such registration that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Other Securities owned by the Persons requesting inclusion in such registration.

2.2Piggyback Registration Rights.

(a)Notice and Exercise of Rights.  If the Company at any time proposes or is required to register any of its Common Stock or any other Equity Securities under the Securities Act (other than a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or a registration pursuant to

10

Section 2.3 or Article III), whether or not for sale for its own account, in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale for cash to the public under the Securities Act, subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.2(a), it shall at each such time give written notice (the “Piggyback Notice”), as promptly as reasonably practicable, to each Holder of its intention to do so, which Piggyback Notice shall specify the number of shares of such Common Stock or other Equity Securities to be included in such registration.  Upon the written request of any Holder made within 20 days after receipt of the Piggyback Notice by such Person (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of), subject to the other provisions of this Article II, the Company shall effect, in connection with the registration of such Common Stock or other Equity Securities, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register; provided, that in no event shall the Company be required to register pursuant to this Section 2.2 any securities other than Common Stock.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.2 incidental to the registration of any of its securities on Forms S-4 or S-8 (or any similar or successor form providing for the registration of securities in connection with mergers, acquisitions, exchange offers, subscription offers, dividend reinvestment plans or stock option or other executive or employee benefit or compensation plans) or any other form that would not be available for registration of Registrable Securities.

(b)Determination Not to Effect Registration.  If at any time after giving such Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration the Company shall determine for any reason not to register the securities originally intended to be included in such registration, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Selling Holders and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register such Registrable Securities in connection with the registration of securities originally intended to be included in such registration, without prejudice, however, to the right of a Viola Registration Party, a SL Registration Party or a Temasek Registration Party immediately to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2.1 (including a shelf registration under Section 2.3) to the extent permitted thereunder.

(c)Cutbacks in Company Offering.  If the registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 2.2(a) is to be an underwritten registration on behalf of the Company, and the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each Selling Holder) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Other Securities and Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Other Securities and Registrable Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(1)first, all securities proposed to be registered on behalf the Company;

(2)second, Registrable Securities owned by the Registration Parties that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Viola Registration

11

Parties, the SL Registration Parties and the Temasek Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration; provided, that, until the Cutback Trigger, such Registrable Securities that are allocable to the Registration Parties in the aggregate pursuant to the preceding portion of this clause (2) shall be allocated among the Registration Parties as follows:  (x) first (unless any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), the Viola Percentage to the Viola Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration, the SL Percentage to the SL Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration and the Temasek Percentage to the Temasek Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration, until either the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties are Excluded Parties with respect to such registration, (y) thereafter (or first, if any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), to the Remaining Registration Party Groups, based on a percentage equal to each such Remaining Registration Party Group’s Percentage divided by the sum of the Percentages of both Remaining Registration Party Groups until either of the Remaining Registration Party Groups have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such registration and (z) thereafter, 100% to the sole Remaining Registration Party Groups seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration;

(3)third, Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders requesting inclusion in such registration; and

(4)fourth, the Other Securities that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the terms of any agreement providing for registration rights to which the Company is a party that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Other Securities owned by the Persons requesting inclusion in such registration.

(d)Cutbacks in Other Offerings. If the registration referred to in the first sentence of Section 2.2(a) is to be an underwritten registration other than on behalf of the Company, and the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Selling Holders in writing (with a copy to the Company) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such registration:

(1)first, the Other Securities held by any holder thereof with a contractual right to include such Other Securities in such registration prior to any other Person;

(2)second, Registrable Securities owned by the Registration Parties that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Viola Registration

12

Parties, the SL Registration Parties and the Temasek Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration; provided, that until the Cutback Trigger, such Registrable Securities that are allocable to the Registration Parties in the aggregate pursuant to the preceding portion of this clause (2) shall be allocated among the Registration Parties as follows:  (x) first (unless any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), the Viola Percentage to the Viola Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration, the SL Percentage to the SL Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration and the Temasek Percentage to the Temasek Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such registration, until either the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties are Excluded Parties with respect to such registration (y) thereafter (or first, any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), to the Remaining Registration Party Groups, based on a percentage equal to each such Remaining Registration Party Group’s Percentage divided by the sum of the Percentages of both Remaining Registration Party Groups until either of the Remaining Registration have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such registration and (z) thereafter, 100% to the sole Remaining Registration Party Groups seeking or requesting inclusion in such registration;

(3)third, Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders requesting inclusion in such registration; and

(4)fourth, the Other Securities that are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the terms of any agreement providing for registration rights to which the Company is a party that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Other Securities owned by the Persons requesting inclusion in such registration.

(e)IPO.  The Parties agree that the provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not apply to the IPO.

2.3Form S-3 Registration.

(a)Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 to the contrary, in case the Company shall receive from any Viola Registration Party, any SL Registration Party or any Temasek Registration Party a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Registration Party (which shall not constitute a Demand), and the Company is then eligible to use Form S-3 for the resale of Registrable Securities, the Company shall:

(1)as promptly as reasonably practicable, give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

13

(2)as promptly as reasonably practicable, file and use reasonable best efforts to effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registration Party’s Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.3 (or, with respect to a request under Section 2.4, any Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 2.4):

(A)if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Registration Parties;

(B)solely with respect to filing and causing the effectiveness of a registration on Form S-3 or effecting a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, if the Registration Parties, together with the Holders of any Registrable Securities entitled to inclusion in such registration (or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable), propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $50 million;

(C)if (i) the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith after consultation with outside counsel that such Form S-3 registration would cause the Company to disclose material non-public information, which disclosure (x) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading, (y) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement and (z) would be materially detrimental to the Company or would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and that, as a result of such potential disclosure or interference, it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement (or, with respect to a Shelf Take-Down under Section 2.4, the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to such Form S-3 registration statement) at such time, and (ii) the Company furnishes to the Registration Parties a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company to that effect, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing of the Form S-3 registration statement (or Shelf Take-Down) for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Registration Party under this Section 2.3 (or Section 2.4, as applicable); provided, that the Company shall not use this right, together with any other deferral or suspension of the Company’s obligations under Section 2.1 or Section 2.3, more than once in any 12-month period.  The Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable notify the Selling Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.3(a)(2)(C).  The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.3(a)(2)(C), it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the applicable deferral period, file or update and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the effectiveness of, as applicable, the applicable deferred registration statement (or Shelf Take-Down);

14

(D)solely with respect to filing and causing the effectiveness of a registration on Form S-3, subject to Section 2.3(d), if the Company has, within the 120-day period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for a Registration Party pursuant to this Section 2.3 (but, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether any Shelf Take-Downs have been effected during such period); provided, that any such registration shall be deemed to have been “effected” if the registration statement relating thereto (x) has become or been declared or ordered effective under the Securities Act, and any of the Registrable Securities of the Registration Party included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder, and (y) has remained effective for a period of at least 180 days in the case of a registration on Form S-3 for a Viola Registration Party, an SL Registration Party or a Temasek Registration Party; or

(E)in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(b)Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered, as promptly as reasonably practicable, after receipt of the request or requests of the Registration Party and the other Holders (the “Form S-3 Registration Statement”) and any such Holder may request inclusion of a plan of distribution in accordance with Section 2.7(i) and/or that such Form S-3 Registration Statement constitute a shelf offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement”), in which case the provisions of Section 2.4 shall also be applicable.

(c)If the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request under this Section 2.3 by means of a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 2.4(b), they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.3 and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.3(a), the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.3(a).  In such event, the right of any Holder to include Registrable Securities in such registration (or Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as applicable) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise agreed by the Holders with a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in the registration and by the requesting Registration Party) to the extent provided in this Agreement.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.7) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 or Section 2.4, if the lead underwriter or managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (with a copy to each Selling Holder) that, in such firm’s good faith view, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect upon the price, timing or distribution of the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities and Other Securities then contemplated, the Company shall include in such offering:

15

(1)first, Registrable Securities owned by the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties and the Temasek Registration Parties that are requested to be included in such offering pursuant to Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such Registrable Securities owned by the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties and the Temasek Registration Parties seeking such inclusion in such offering; provided, that until and including the Cutback Trigger, such Registrable Securities that are allocable to the Registration Parties in the aggregate pursuant to the preceding portion of this clause (1) shall be allocated among the Registration Parties as follows: (x) first, (unless any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), the Viola Percentage to the Viola Registration Parties seeking inclusion in such offering, the SL Percentage to the SL Registration Parties seeking inclusion in such offering and the Temasek Percentage to the Temasek Registration Parties seeking or requesting inclusion in such offering, until either the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties are Excluded Parties with respect to such offering (y) thereafter (or first, if any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), to the Remaining Registration Party Groups, based on a percentage equal to each such Remaining Registration Party Group’s Percentage divided by the sum of the Percentages of both Remaining Registration Party Groups until either of the Remaining Registration Party Groups have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such offering and (z) thereafter, 100% to the sole Remaining Registration Party Groups seeking or requesting inclusion in such offering;

(2)second, Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders that are requested to be included in such offering pursuant to Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 and that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Registrable Securities owned by the Other Holders seeking inclusion in such offering; and

(3)third, the Other Securities owned by any holder thereof with a contractual right to include such Other Securities in such offering that can be sold without having the significant adverse effect referred to above, pro rata on the basis of the relative number of such fully vested Other Securities owned by the Persons seeking inclusion in such offering.

(d)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall receive from any Holders of Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests under Section 2.3 that the Company effect a registration statement on Form S-3 that includes only those items and that information that is required to be included in parts I and II of such Form, and does not include any additional or extraneous items of information (e.g., a lengthy description of the Company or the Company’s business) (an “Ordinary S-3 Registration Statement”), then Section 2.3(a)(2)(D) shall not apply to such Ordinary S-3 Registration Statement request.

(e)Upon the written request of any Viola Registration Party, SL Registration Party or Temasek Registration Party (which shall not constitute a Demand), prior to the expiration of effectiveness of any existing Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Rule 415, the Company shall file and seek the effectiveness of a new Form S-3 Shelf

16

Registration Statement in order to permit the continued offering of the Registrable Securities included under such existing Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement.

2.4Shelf Take-Downs.

(a)Any Selling Holder of Registrable Securities included in a Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (an “Initiating Shelf Holder”) may initiate an offering or sale of all or part of such Registrable Securities (a “Shelf Take-Down”), in which case the provisions of this Section 2.4 shall apply.

(b)If an Initiating Shelf Holder who is a Viola Registration Party, an SL Registration Party or a Temasek Registration Party so elects in a written request delivered to the Company (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”), a Shelf Take-Down may be in the form of an underwritten offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”) and, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to Section 2.3(a)(2) as modified by Section 2.3(d), the Company shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (including the filing of a supplemental prospectus) for such purpose as promptly as reasonably practicable; provided, that any such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall, subject to Section 2.6(c), be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 2.1(b), a Demand.  Such Initiating Shelf Holder shall indicate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice whether it intends for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters over a period of at least 48 hours (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”).  Upon receipt of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice indicating that such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down will be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable (but in any event no later than two Business Days after receipt of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice) give written notice of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all other Shelf Holders and shall permit the participation of all such Shelf Holders that request inclusion in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down who respond in writing within five days after the receipt of such notice of their election to participate.  The provisions of Section 2.3(c) (other than the first sentence thereof) shall apply with respect to the right of the Initiating Shelf Holder and any other Shelf Holder to participate in any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

(c)If the Initiating Shelf Holder desires to effect an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that does not constitute a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (a “Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”), the Initiating Shelf Holder shall so indicate in a written request delivered to the Company no later than two Business Days prior to the expected date of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, which request shall include (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (iii) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities to be sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) and (iv) at the option and in the sole discretion of such Initiating Shelf Holder, an election that such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be subject to Section 2.4(d) (a “Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down

17

Piggyback Election”), and, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to Section 2.3(a)(2) as modified by Section 2.3(d), the Company shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement (including the filing of a supplemental prospectus) for such purpose as promptly as reasonably practicable (and in any event within three Business Days).

(d)Upon receipt from any Viola Registration Party, SL Registration Party or Temasek Registration Party of a written request pursuant to Section 2.4(c) that contains an affirmative Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Piggyback Election, the Company shall provide written notice (a “Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”) of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down promptly to all Holders (other than the requesting Registration Party), which Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice shall set forth (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (iii) that each recipient of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice (each, a “Notice Recipient”) shall have the right, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.4(d), to elect to sell up to its Non-Marketed Take-Down Share (as defined below) and (iv) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof, which for the avoidance of doubt shall not require any delay in the expected date of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or extension of the Company’s obligation to file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement as soon as practicable (and in any event within two Business Days) of the Initiating Shelf Holder’s Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Taken-Down request pursuant to Section 2.4(c)) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down with respect to each Notice Recipient that elects to exercise such right (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities held by such Notice Recipient to be sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down).  Upon receipt of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice, each such Notice Recipient may elect to sell up to its Non-Marketed Take-Down Share with respect to each such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, by taking such action or actions referred to in clause (iv) above in a timely manner.  If the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties do not elect to sell all of their respective Non-Marketed Take-Down Share, the unelected portion of such Non-Marketed Take-Down Share shall be allocated to the other Holders, pro rata based on their respective Non-Marketed Take-Down Shares.  Notwithstanding the delivery of any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice, all determinations as to whether to complete any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down contemplated by Section 2.4(d) shall be at the discretion of the Initiating Shelf Holder.  “Non-Marketed Take-Down Share” shall mean, with respect to any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down subject to this Section 2.4(d) and each Initiating Shelf Holder and each other Notice Recipients delivering such notice with respect to and participating in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down subject to this Section 2.4(d), a number determined as follows:

(x) in the case of all participating Registration Parties collectively, an aggregate number equal to the product of the following: (i) the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Registrable

18

Securities beneficially owned by the participating Registration Parties in the aggregate, and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by the Initiating Shelf Holder and all the other Notice Recipients delivering such a notice and participating in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; and such aggregate number shall be allocated among the participating Registration Parties pro rata on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by the participating Registration Parties; provided, that until the Cutback Trigger, the Registrable Securities that are allocable to the participating Registration Parties in the aggregate pursuant to the preceding portion of this clause (x) shall be allocated among the participating Registration Parties as follows:  (A) first (unless any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties) are Declining Parties, the Viola Percentage to the Viola Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the SL Percentage to the SL Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and the Temasek Percentage to the Temasek Registration Parties requesting inclusion in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, until either the Viola Registration Parties, the SL Registration Parties or the Temasek Registration Parties are Excluded Parties with respect to such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (B) thereafter (or first, if any of the Viola Registration Parties, SL Registration Parties or Temasek Registration Parties are Declining Parties), to the Remaining Registration Groups, based on a percentage equal to each such Remaining Registration Party Group’s Percentage divided by the sum of the Percentages of both Remaining Registration Party Groups until either of the Remaining Registration Party Groups have been fully allocated all its Registrable Securities sought or requested to be included in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (C) thereafter, 100% to the sole Remaining Registration Party Groups seeking or requesting inclusion in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; and

(y) in the case of each other participating Notice Recipient, a number equal to the product of the following:  (i) the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such participating Notice Recipient, and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by the Initiating Shelf Holder and all the other Notice Recipient delivering such a notice and participating in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

2.5Selection of Underwriters.  In the event that any registration pursuant to this Article II (other than a registration under Section 2.2) shall involve, in whole or in part, an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters shall be designated by the Registration Party (or in the case of a Shelf Take-Down, the Initiating Shelf Holder) that requested such underwritten offering in accordance with this Article II, which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

2.6Withdrawal Rights; Expenses.

19

(a)A Selling Holder may withdraw all or any part of its Registrable Securities from any registration or offering (including a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1) by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw at any time.  Except in the case of a withdrawal of Registrable Securities made within 30 days of receipt by such Selling Holder of a certificate or notice from the Company that it will defer the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(d) or Section 2.3(a)(2)(C), the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement for any SEC registration fees incurred by the Company in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn (unless such registration fees can be used in connection with the registration of other securities by the Company, including in connection with a future registration).  In the case of a withdrawal, any Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall be reallocated among the remaining participants in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(b)Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses with respect to a particular offering (or proposed offering).  Except as provided herein, each Selling Holder and the Company shall be responsible for its own fees and expenses of financial advisors and their internal administrative and similar costs, as well as their respective pro rata shares of underwriters’ commissions and discounts, which shall not constitute Registration Expenses.

(c)If the Registration Party that requested a Demand Registration or a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.4 withdraws all of its Registrable Securities from such Demand Registration or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (a “Withdrawn Offering”), the other Registration Party(ies) or the Company may, in any of their sole discretion, elect within two Business Days thereafter to have the Company continue such Withdrawn Offering by giving written notice of such election to the Company and/or the other Registration Parties (a “Continuance Notice”), in which case such Withdrawn Offering shall proceed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement as if such Withdrawn Offering had been initiated by the Party providing the Continuance Notice (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not cause any new notice or consent period with respect to other Holders to occur under this Agreement and shall not otherwise change the requirements for and timing of any notices and consents under this Agreement as they then exist with respect to such Withdrawn Offering).  If a Continuance Notice is provided by a Registration Party (the “Electing Registration Party”), for the purpose of the limits on number of Demands set forth in Section 2.1(b), such Withdrawn Offering shall count as use of one Demand by such Electing Registration Party and shall not count as use of a Demand by the Registration Party that originally requested such Withdrawn Offering.  If a Continuance Notice is provided by the Company, such Withdrawn Registration shall not count as use of a Demand for any Registration Party for the purpose of the limits on number of Demands set forth in Section 2.1(b).  If no Continuance Notice is timely provided with respect to a Withdrawn Offering, the Company shall abandon the Withdrawn Offering, and such Withdrawn Offering shall count as use of one Demand by the Registration Party that originally requested such Withdrawn Offering for the purpose of the limits on number of Demands set forth in Section 2.1(b), unless such Registration Party elects in writing to bear the Registration Expenses for such Withdrawn Offering.

20

2.7Registration and Qualification.  If and whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Article II, the Company shall as promptly as practicable:

(a)Registration Statement.  (i) Prepare and (as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter and in any event no later than 20 days after the end of the applicable period specified in Section 2.1(a), Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.3(a)(2) within which requests for registration may be given to the Company) file a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Registrable Securities to be offered and use reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable thereafter, and keep such registration statement effective for 180 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 180-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for sales of such Registrable Securities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, until (A) the Selling Holders have sold all of such Registrable Securities or (B) no Registrable Securities then exist; (ii) furnish to the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and to the Selling Holders who have requested that Registrable Securities be covered by such registration statement, prior to the filing thereof with the SEC, a copy of the registration statement, and each amendment thereof, and a copy of any prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto (excluding amendments caused by the filing of a report under the Exchange Act); and (iii) use reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the SEC, such comments as such Persons reasonably may on a timely basis propose;

(b)Amendments; Supplements.  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be (i) reasonably requested by any Selling Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Selling Holder), or (ii) necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) such time as all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such registration statement and (B) if a Form S-3 registration, the expiration of the applicable period specified in Section 2.7(a) and, if not a Form S-3 registration, the applicable period specified in Section 2.1(e)(iii); provided, that any such required period shall be extended for such number of days (x) during any period from and including the date any written notice contemplated by paragraph (f) below is given by the Company until the date on which the Company delivers to the Selling Holders the supplement or amendment contemplated by paragraph (f) below or written notice that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, as the case may be, and (y) during which the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court; provided, further, that the Company shall have no obligation to a Selling Holder participating on a “piggyback” basis pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.2 in a registration statement that has become effective to keep such registration statement effective for a period beyond 180 days from the effective date of

21

such registration statement.  The Company shall respond, as promptly as reasonably practicable, to any comments received from the SEC and request acceleration of effectiveness, as promptly as reasonably practicable, after it learns that the SEC will not review the registration statement or after it has satisfied comments received from the SEC.  With respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of the Selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the review of counsel to such Selling Holders, and make all required filings of all Free Writing Prospectuses with the SEC;

(c)Copies.  Furnish to the Selling Holders and to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus, summary prospectus and Free Writing Prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, such documents incorporated by reference in such registration statement or prospectus, and such other documents, as such Selling Holders or such underwriter may reasonably request, and upon request a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the SEC or any other Governmental Authority or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction (including any domestic or foreign securities exchange) relating to such offering;

(d)Blue Sky.  Register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holders to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e)Delivery of Certain Documents.  (i) Furnish to each Selling Holder and to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities an opinion of counsel for the Company (which opinion (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the Selling Holders) addressed to each Selling Holder and any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement (if any) (or if such offering is not underwritten, dated the effective date of the applicable registration statement) covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings, (ii) furnish to each Selling Holder and any underwriter of such Registrable Securities a “cold comfort” and “bring-down” letter addressed to each Selling Holder and any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and signed by the independent public accountants who have audited the financial statements of the Company included in such registration statement, in each such case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other matters as any Selling Holder may reasonably request and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events

22

subsequent to the date of such financial statements and (iii) cause such authorized officers of the Company to execute customary certificates as may be requested by any Selling Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(f)Notification of Certain Events; Corrections.  Promptly notify the Selling Holders and any underwriter of such Registrable Securities in writing (i) of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the registration statement or the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction for any amendment of or supplement to any registration statement or other document relating to such offering, and (iii) if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in any such case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC an amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(g)Notice of Effectiveness.  Notify the Selling Holders and the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as promptly as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (i) when the applicable registration statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective and when the applicable prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (ii) of any comments by the SEC, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for such purposes and (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;

(h)Stop Orders.  Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the entry of, and use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as promptly as reasonably practicable the withdrawal of, any stop order with respect to the applicable registration statement or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus;

(i)Plan of Distribution.  Promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable registration statement such information as any Selling Holder requests (subject to the agreement of the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any) be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as promptly as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(j)Other Filings.  Use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof

23

or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(k)FINRA Compliance.  Cooperate with each Selling Holder and each underwriter or agent, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(l)Listing.  Use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration to be listed and remain on each securities exchange and automated interdealer quotation system on which identical securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(m)Transfer Agent; Registrar; CUSIP Number.  Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of the applicable registration statement;

(n)Compliance; Earnings Statement.  Otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to each Selling Holder, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the applicable registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(o)Road Shows.  To the extent reasonably requested by the lead or managing underwriters in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1 or a Form S-3 underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.3 and Section 2.4(b), send appropriate officers of the Company to attend any “road shows” scheduled in connection with any such underwritten offering, with all out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or such officers in connection with such attendance to be paid by the Company;

(p)Certificates.  Unless the relevant securities are issued in book-entry form, furnish for delivery in connection with the closing of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration effected pursuant to this Article II unlegended certificates representing ownership of the Registrable Securities being sold in such denominations as shall be requested by any Selling Holder or the underwriters of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Selling Holders shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange for delivery to the Depository Trust Company); and

(q)Reasonable Best Efforts. Use reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration and offering of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

2.8Underwriting; Due Diligence.

(a)If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration requested under this Article II, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, which

24

agreement will contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements generally with respect to secondary distributions to the extent relevant, including indemnification and contribution provisions substantially to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 2.9, and agreements as to the provision of opinions of counsel and accountants’ letters to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 2.7(e).  The Selling Holders on whose behalf the Registrable Securities are to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement, and the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters, shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Selling Holders and the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement shall also be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Selling Holders to the extent applicable.  Subject to the following sentence, such underwriting agreement shall also contain such representations and warranties by such Selling Holders and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions, when relevant.  No Selling Holder shall be required in any such underwriting agreement or related documents to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than customary representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Selling Holder’s title to Registrable Securities and any written information provided by the Selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in the related registration statement, and the liability of any Selling Holder under the underwriting agreement shall be several and not joint and in no event shall the liability of any Selling Holder under the underwriting agreement be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Selling Holder under the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

(b)In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement registering Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article II, the Company shall make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by each Selling Holder, by any lead underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any Selling Holder or any lead underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements to make themselves reasonably available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Selling Holders, lead underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents in connection with such registration statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility (subject to entry by each party referred to in this clause (b) into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company).

(c)In the case of an underwritten offering requested by the Registration Parties pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 2.4, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities of the related underwriting agreement shall be determined by the Registration Party exercising its Demand.  In the case of any underwritten offering of securities by the Company pursuant to Section 2.2, such price, discount and other terms shall be determined by the

25

Company, subject to the right of Selling Holders to withdraw their Registrable Securities from the registration pursuant to Section 2.6(a).

(d)Subject to Section 2.8(a), no Person may participate in an underwritten offering (including an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreement and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

2.9Indemnification and Contribution.

(a)Indemnification by the Company.  In the case of each offering of Registrable Securities made pursuant to this Article II, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Selling Holder, each underwriter of Registrable Securities so offered and each Person, if any, who controls or is alleged to control (within the meaning set forth in the Securities Act) any of the foregoing Persons, the Affiliates of each of the foregoing (other than the Company and its controlled Affiliates), and the officers, directors, partners, members, employees and agents of each of the foregoing, against any and all losses, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements), claims and damages, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, insofar as such losses, liabilities, costs, claims and damages (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified Person is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or in the Disclosure Package, or in any offering memorandum or other offering document relating to the offering and sale of such Registrable Securities, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in any document incorporated by reference therein, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage arises out of or relates to any untrue statement, or any omission, if such statement or omission shall have been made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Person (which information shall be limited to the name of such Person, the address of such Person, the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Person, the number of shares of Common Stock being offered by such Person in the offering and the nature of the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock owned by such Person) furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Person expressly for inclusion in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein), offering memorandum or other offering document, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any such Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities.

(b)Indemnification by Selling Holders.  In the case of each offering made pursuant to this Agreement, each Selling Holder, by exercising its registration and/or piggyback

26

rights under this Agreement, agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company, each other Selling Holder and each Person, if any, who controls or is alleged to control (within the meaning set forth in the Securities Act) any of the foregoing, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, and the officers, directors, partners, members, employees and agents of each of the foregoing, against any and all losses, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements), claims and damages to which they or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, insofar as such losses, liabilities, costs, claims and damages (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified Person is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement made by such Selling Holder of a material fact contained in the registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or in the Disclosure Package relating to the offering and sale of such Registrable Securities prepared by the Company or at its direction, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission by such Selling Holder of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that such untrue statement of a material fact occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with, or such material fact is omitted from, information relating to such Selling Holder (which information shall be limited to the name of such Selling Holder, the address of such Selling Holder, the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Selling Holder, the number of shares of Common Stock being offered by such Selling Holder in the offering and the nature of the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock owned by such Person) furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

(c)Indemnification Procedures.  Each Party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.9 shall give notice to the Party required to provide indemnification, as promptly as reasonably practicable, after such indemnified Party has actual knowledge that a claim is to be made against the indemnified Party as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or litigation resulting therefrom and any related settlement and settlement negotiations, subject to the limitations on settlement set forth below; provided, that counsel for the indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed), and the indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Party’s expense; and provided, further, that the failure of any indemnified Party to give notice as provided in this Agreement shall not relieve the indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an indemnified Party shall have the right to retain separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel being paid by the indemnifying Party, if representation of such indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel or if the indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of such action.  No indemnified Party shall enter into any settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened with respect to which indemnification is or may be sought

27

without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  No indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified Party of a release, reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified Party, from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d)Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 shall for any reason be unavailable (other than in accordance with its terms) to an indemnified Party in respect of any loss, liability, cost, claim or damage referred to therein, then each indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying Party on the one hand and the indemnified Party on the other with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, cost, claim or damage as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying Party on the one hand or the indemnified Party on the other, the intent of the Parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified Party as a result of the loss, cost, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this paragraph (d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(d) to the contrary, no indemnifying Party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying Party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses of the indemnified Parties relate exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying Party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission.  The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.9(d).

(e)Indemnification/Contribution under State Law.  Indemnification and contribution similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and the Selling Holders with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any state Applicable Law or with any Governmental Authority.

28

(f)Obligations Not Exclusive; Priority.  The obligations of the Parties under this Section 2.9 shall be in addition to any liability which any Party may otherwise have to any other Person.

(g)Survival.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 2.9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

(h)Limitation of Selling Holder Liability.  The liability of any Selling Holder under this Section 2.9 shall be several and not joint and in no event shall the liability of any Selling Holder under this Section 2.9 be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, received by such Selling Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification/contribution obligation.

(i)Third Party Beneficiary.  Each of the indemnified Persons referred to in this Section 2.9 shall be a third party beneficiary of the rights conferred to such Person in this Section.

2.10Cooperation; Information by Selling Holder.

(a)It shall be a condition of each Selling Holder’s rights under this Article II that such Selling Holder cooperate with the Company by entering into any undertakings and taking such other action relating to the conduct of the proposed offering which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request as being necessary to insure compliance with federal and state securities laws and the rules or other requirements of FINRA or which are otherwise customary and which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request to effectuate the offering.

(b)Each Selling Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder and the distribution proposed by such Selling Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Article II.  The Company shall have the right to exclude from the registration any Selling Holder that does not comply with this Section 2.10.

(c)At such time as an underwriting agreement with respect to a particular underwriting is entered into, the terms of any such underwriting agreement shall govern with respect to the matters set forth therein to the extent inconsistent with this Article II; provided, that the indemnification provisions of such underwriting agreement as they relate to the Selling Holders are customary for registrations of the type then proposed and provide for indemnification by such Selling Holders only with respect to information relating to such Selling Holder (which information shall be limited to the name of such Selling Holder, the address of such Selling Holder, the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Selling Holder, the number of shares of Common Stock being offered by such Selling Holder in the offering and the nature of the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock owned by such Person) furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such registration statement (or in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus included therein) or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

29

2.11Rule 144.  Following the IPO, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the conditions to the availability of Rule 144 under the Securities Act set forth in paragraph (c) of Rule 144 shall be satisfied.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements.  Upon the request of any Holder for so long as such information is a necessary element of such Person’s ability to avail itself of Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such Person (i) a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as such Person may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Person to sell any such securities without registration.

2.12Holdback Agreement.  Each of the Company and each Holder (other than a Holder that (1) is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (2) for an offering other than the IPO, beneficially owns less than 10% of the Common Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to the offering (calculated on a fully-diluted and fully-Exchanged basis) of Registrable Securities (whether or not such Registrable Securities are covered by a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3 or Article III)) agrees that during (i) such period following the effective date (which period shall in no event exceed 180 days, subject to any applicable “booster shot” extensions to the extent required under the applicable regulations of FINRA) of a registration statement of the Company filed in connection with the IPO as may be requested by the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering, (ii) with respect to underwritten offerings (other than Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs) only, such period (which period shall in no event exceed 90 days, subject to any applicable “booster shot” extensions to the extent required under the applicable regulations of FINRA) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act subsequent to the IPO (or, if later in the case of a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the date the underwriting agreement for such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down is entered into) as may be requested by the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering, and (iii) with respect to Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs for which an affirmative Non-Marketed Shelf Take-Down Piggyback Election is made only, such period (which period shall in no event exceed 45 days, subject to any applicable “booster shot” extensions to the extent required under the applicable regulations of FINRA) following the date the underwriting agreement for such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down is entered into as may be requested by the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering, each of the Company, such Holder and its Affiliates shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and/or any underwriter, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option or right to purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any Registrable Securities held by it at any time during such period (which prohibition precludes such Holder and its Affiliates from engaging in any hedging transaction with respect to Registrable Securities), except Registrable Securities included in such registration; provided, that with respect to restrictions imposed pursuant to clause (iii) above, in no event shall any Holder be subject to such restrictions for more than 90 days during any 12-month period (plus any applicable “booster shot” periods to the extent required under the applicable regulations of FINRA ).  Each Holder agrees that it shall deliver to the underwriter or

30

underwriters of any offering to which clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is applicable a customary agreement reflecting its agreement set forth in this Section 2.12.(1) For the avoidance of doubt, no restrictions under this Section 2.12 shall apply with respect to Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs for which no Non-Marketed Shelf Take-Down Piggyback Election is made. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Section 2.12, a Management Vehicle shall be deemed to be an employee of the Company.

2.13Suspension of Sales.  Each Selling Holder participating in a registration agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Company pursuant to Section 2.7(f), such Selling Holder shall discontinue disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement until receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.7(f), or until advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, as the case may be, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which are current at the time of the receipt of the notice of the event described in Section 2.7(f).

2.14Third Party Registration Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company from providing registration rights to any other Person on such terms as the board of directors of the Company deems desirable in its sole discretion, so long as (1) such registration rights do not limit the ability of the Registration Parties to require a Demand Registration or a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under this Agreement and (2) such Person may include Common Stock in a registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such Common Stock will not diminish the amount of Registrable Securities that are entitled to be included in such registration by the Viola Holder, the SL Holders and the Temasek Holder.

ARTICLE III

EXCHANGE REGISTRATION

3.1Exchange Registration.  At such time as the Company first becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, which shall be not less than one year after the date hereof, the Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, file and use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws a registration statement (“Exchange Registration Statement”) for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon Exchange of all of the shares of Class C Common Stock together with all of the Virtu Financial Units held by the Employee Holders for shares of Common Stock.  Such registration pursuant to this Section 3.3, including as amended, renewed or replaced as provided in Section 3.3(b), is referred to herein as an “Exchange Registration.”

3.2Continued Effectiveness; Renewal and Replacement.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws until the date as of which no Employee Holder holds Class C Common Stock or Virtu Financial Units.  In addition, the

(1)Note to Draft: Protections regarding release from underwriter lock-ups to be addressed in separate letter agreement.

31

Company shall promptly amend, renew or replace, as necessary, any Exchange Registration Statement that shall have expired or otherwise been deemed unusable and shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such amended, renewed or replaced Exchange Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws until the date as of which no Employee Holder holds Class C Common Stock or Virtu Financial Units.  For so long as an Exchange Registration Statement is effective and is usable under this Article III by the Employee Holders, no Management Vehicle or Transferee thereof shall have any registration rights under Article II.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Article III shall not provide any Employee Holder the right to request an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.  Nothing in this Section 3.2 shall be deemed to waive any obligation of a Holder pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof.

3.3Company Blackout Rights.  With respect to any Exchange Registration Statement filed, or to be filed, including any amendment, renewal or replacement thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.3, if (i) the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith after consultation with outside counsel that the Exchange Registration would cause the Company to disclose material non-public information, which disclosure (x) would be required to be made in the Exchange Registration Statement so that it would not be materially misleading, (y) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement and (z) would be materially detrimental to the Company or would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and that, as a result of such potential disclosure or interference, it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing or effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement at such time or suspend the Employee Holders’ use of any prospectus which is a part of the Exchange Registration Statement, and (ii) the Company furnishes to the Employee Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company to that effect, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing or effectiveness or suspend the continuance of such effectiveness for a period of not more than 120 days (in which event, in the case of a suspension, the Employee Holders shall discontinue Exchanges pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement); provided, that the Company shall not use this right, together with any other deferral or suspension of the Company’s obligations under Section 2.1 or Section 2.3, more than once in any 12-month period.  The Company shall notify the Employee Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 3.3.  The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 3.3, it shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the applicable deferral or suspension period, file or update and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the effectiveness of, as applicable, the applicable deferred or suspended Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus which is a part of the Exchange Registration Statement.

3.4Article III Holdbacks.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article III to the contrary, in order for any Employee Holder to receive the benefit of this Article III, such Employee Holder hereby agrees to be subject to Section 2.12, irrespective of the percentage of outstanding Common Stock beneficially owned by such Employee Holder, mutatis mutandis.

3.5Shelf Registration Statement.

If the Company determines that it is not permitted to file the Exchange Registration Statement due to any restrictions under any applicable law, regulation or an interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, it shall instead effect the registration of the resale of any Registrable Securities of Employee Holders on a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (which registration shall constitute a shelf offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act) (the “Employee Shelf Registration”).  In such event, to the extent applicable, the terms of this Article III, Section 2.9 and Section 2.10(a) and (b) shall apply to such Employee Shelf Registration.

32

ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS

4.1Notices.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications to any party hereunder shall be made in writing (including facsimile transmission and electronic mail (“e-mail”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received by non-automated response) and shall be given:

(a)if to the Company, to:

Virtu Financial, Inc.

645 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: jwaldie@virtu.com

With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  John C. Kennedy

Jeffrey D. Marell

Facsimile:  (212) 757-3990

E-mail:  jkennedy@paulweiss.com

jmarell@paulweiss.com

(b)if to any Viola Holder, to:

TJMT Holdings LLC

c/o Virtu Financial Inc.

645 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: jwaldie@virtu.com

With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  John C. Kennedy

Jeffrey D. Marell

Facsimile:  (212) 757-3990

E-mail:  jkennedy@paulweiss.com

jmarell@paulweiss.com

33

(c)if to any SL Holder, to:

c/o Silver Lake Partners

2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, California 94025

Attention:  Karen King

Facsimile:  (650) 233-8125

E-mail:  karen.king@silverlake.com

and

c/o Silver Lake Partners

9 West 57th Street

32nd Floor

New York,  NY 10019

Attention:  Andrew J. Schader

Facsimile:  (212) 981-3535

E-mail:  andy.schader@silverlake.com

With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Rich Capelouto

Atif I. Azher

Facsimile:  (650) 251-5002

E-mail:  rcapelouto@stblaw.com

aazher@stblaw.com

(d)if to the Temasek Holder, to:

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited
14th Floor, 375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
Attention:  Mukul Chawla
E-mail:  mukul@temasek.com.sg

and

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited
60b Orchard Road
#06-18 Tower 2
The Atrium@Orchard
Singapore 238891
Attention:  Pradyumna Agrawal
E-mail:  pradyumna@temasek.com.sg

34

With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention:  Damien R. Zoubek
Facsimile:  (212) 474-3700
E-mail: dzoubek@cravath.com
and
Attention:  Ting S. Chen
Facsimile:  (212) 474-3700
E-mail: tchen@cravath.com

(e)if to any Management Vehicle, to:

Virtu Employee Holdco LLC

c/o Virtu Financial Inc.

645 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: jwaldie@virtu.com

(f)if to any Additional Holder, to the addresses and other contact information set forth on Annex A to this Agreement (it being understood that any Holder may, from time to time, update any address and/or other contact information for itself on Annex A by providing written notice of such update to the Company and the other Holders),

or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.  All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

4.2Section Headings.  The article and section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  References in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated.

4.3Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

4.4Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.  The Parties agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought by any Party or any of its Affiliates or against any Party or any of its Affiliates) shall be

35

brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any Party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.  Without limiting the foregoing, each Party agrees that service of process on such Party as provided in Section 4.1 shall be deemed effective service of process on such Party.

4.5WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

4.6Amendments; Termination.  This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company, the Viola Holder, the SL Holders and the Temasek Holder.  Any such amendment will apply to all Holders equally, without distinguishing between them.  Any consent or other action to be taken by the SL Holders shall be taken by those SL Holders holding in the aggregate a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all the SL Members.  This Agreement will terminate as to any Holder when it no longer holds any Registrable Securities.  This Agreement will no longer be applicable to Registrable Securities that are registered in a Public Offering on The New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq National Market or any successor thereto or any other U.S. securities exchange on which shares issued by the Company are then so qualified or listed or are sold pursuant to a brokers’ transaction or a transaction directly with a market maker, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or any similar rule or successor rule promulgated for similar purposes.

4.7Specific Enforcement.  The Parties acknowledge that the remedies at law of the other Parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any Party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

4.8Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The registration rights granted under this Agreement supersede any registration, qualification or similar rights with respect to any Registrable Securities granted under any other agreement at any time, and any of such preexisting registration rights are hereby terminated.

4.9Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any specific provision of this Agreement shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any of its other provisions.  Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed reformed, if

36

practicable, to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable and to the extent permitted by law and consistent with the intent of the parties to this Agreement.

4.10Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by means of facsimile or .pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]

37

So agreed:

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

VIOLA HOLDER

TJMT HOLDINGS LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

SL HOLDERS

SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member

By:

Title: Managing Member

SLP VIRTU INVESTORS, LLC

By: Silver Lake Partners III DE (AIV III), L.P., its managing member

By: Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., its general partner

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member

By:

Title: Managing Member

SLP III EW FEEDER I, L.P.

By: Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., its general partner

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member

By:

Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

TEMASEK HOLDER

HAVELOCK FUND INVESTMENTS PTE LTD.

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

VIRTU EMPLOYEE HOLDCO LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

ADDITIONAL HOLDERS

Douglas A. Cifu

Graham Free

[Other Additional Holders]

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Annex A

Contact Information

Annex B

FORM OF

JOINDER AGREEMENT

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement pursuant to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [          ], 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., TJMT Holdings LLC, SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., SLP Virtu Investors, LLC, the Temasek Holder party thereto, Virtu Employee Holdco LLC, and the other Persons who execute the signature pages thereto under the heading “Additional Holders.”  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned hereby adopts and approves the Registration Rights Agreement and agrees, effective commencing on the date hereof and as a condition to the undersigned’s becoming a Transferee of Registrable Securities, to be bound by and comply with the provisions of, the Registration Rights Agreement, including Section 2.12 or Section 3.4, as applicable, therein, in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Rights Agreement.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Article IV of the Registration Rights Agreement is incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of the      day of                 ,         .

(Signature of Transferee)

(Print Name of Transferee)

Address:

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

as of the         day of                     ,           .

VIRTU FINANCIAL INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Annex C

FORM OF
SPOUSAL CONSENT

In consideration of the execution of that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [         ], 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., TJMT Holdings LLC, SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., SLP Virtu Investors, LLC, the Temasek Holder party thereto, Virtu Employee Holdco LLC, and the other Persons who execute the signature pages thereto under the heading “Additional Holders,” I,                                         , the spouse of                                                         , who is a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Registration Rights Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof, in consideration of Transfer of Registrable Securities and all other interests I may have in the shares and securities subject thereto, whether the interest may be pursuant to community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state or province of my or our residence as of the date of signing this consent.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Dated as of                        ,
	(Signature of Spouse)
	(Print Name of Spouse)

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (non-SLP EXCHANGES)

among

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.,

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [                         ], 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS		2
Section 1.01	Definitions	2
ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT		11
Section 2.01	Basis Adjustment	11
Section 2.02	Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment	11
Section 2.03	Procedures, Amendments	12
ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS		13
Section 3.01	Payments	13
Section 3.02	No Duplicative Payments	14
Section 3.03	Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements	14
ARTICLE IV TERMINATION		15
Section 4.01	Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement	15
Section 4.02	Early Termination Notice	17
Section 4.03	Payment upon Early Termination	17
ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS		17
Section 5.01	Subordination	17
Section 5.02	Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer	18
ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION		18
Section 6.01	Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters	18
Section 6.02	Consistency	18
Section 6.03	Cooperation	18
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS		19
Section 7.01	Notices	19
Section 7.02	Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment	19
Section 7.03	Resolution of Disputes	20
Section 7.04	Counterparts	21
Section 7.05	Entire Agreement	21
Section 7.06	Severability	21
Section 7.07	Amendment	21
Section 7.08	Governing Law	22
Section 7.09	Reconciliation	22

i

Section 7.10	Withholding	22
Section 7.11	Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets	23
Section 7.12	Confidentiality	23
Section 7.13	Change in Law	23
Section 7.14	Partnership Agreement	24

ii

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (NON-SLP EXCHANGES)

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (NON-SLP EXCHANGES) (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of [                         ], 2015, is hereby entered into by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), each of the undersigned parties hereto identified as “Members,” and each of the successors and assigns thereto.

WHEREAS, Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Members hold common interest units in OpCo (the “Common Units”), and following certain reorganization transactions, the Corporate Taxpayer will be the managing member of OpCo and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Common Units;

WHEREAS, (i) in connection with the IPO (as defined below), each Member shall sell to the Corporate Taxpayer, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall purchase from such Member, a number of Common Units (together with shares of Class C common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer (“Class C Common Stock”)) pursuant to the provisions of the Member Purchase Agreement (as defined below) and (ii) in connection with a future public offering of Class A Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer, one or more Members may sell to the Corporate Taxpayer, and the Corporate Taxpayer may purchase from such Member, a number of Common Units (together with shares of Class C Common Stock) pursuant to the provisions of a future purchase agreement by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the relevant sellers;

WHEREAS, each Member may exchange Common Units (when exchanged along with shares of Class C common stock) for shares of Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Class A Common Stock”) pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an Exchange (as defined below) occurs, which elections are intended generally to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by OpCo (solely with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer) at the time of an Exchange (such time, the “Exchange Date”) by reason of the Exchange and the receipt of payments under this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by (i) the Basis Adjustment (as defined below) and (ii) Imputed Interest (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01Definitions.

(a)The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:

“Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Applicable Member” means any Member to whom any portion of a Realized Tax Benefit may be Attributable under this Agreement.

“Attributable” means, with respect to any Applicable Member, the portion of any Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “attributable” to such Applicable Member, which shall be determined by reference to the assets from which arise the depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis (“Depreciation”) and with respect to increased basis upon a disposition of an asset or Imputed Interest that produce the Realized Tax Benefit, under the following principles:

(i)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to a Reference Asset resulting from an Exchange is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent that the ratio of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Member bears to the aggregate of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Members (in each case, other than with respect to the portion of the Basis Adjustment described in clause (ii) below).

(ii)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to a Reference Asset resulting from a payment hereunder is Attributable to the Applicable Member that receives such payment.

(iii)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from the disposition of a Reference Asset is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent that the ratio of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Member with respect

2

to such Reference Asset bears to the aggregate of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) with respect to such Reference Asset.

(iv)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent corresponding to amounts that such Member is required to include in income in respect of Imputed Interest (without regard to whether such Member is actually subject to tax thereon).

(v)For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Basis Adjustment arising under Section 734(b) of the Code with respect to an Exchange, depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost of basis shall constitute Depreciation only to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may produce or increase a Realized Tax Benefit (and not to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may be for the benefit of a Person other than the Corporate Taxpayer), as reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.

(vi)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a carryover or carryback of any Tax item is Attributable to such Member to the extent such carryover or carryback is attributable to or available for use because of the prior use of the Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest with respect to which a Realized Tax Benefit would be Attributable to such Member pursuant to clauses (i)—(v) above.

Portions of any Realized Tax Detriment shall be Attributed to Members under principles similar to those described in clauses (i)—(vi) above.

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 755 and 1012 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 755 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of (i) an Exchange, (ii) the applicable Historical Transaction and (iii) the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange (other than a Basis Adjustment resulting from a Historical Transaction or a Merger) of one or more Common Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “Beneficial Owner” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

3

“Board” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (x) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Corporate Taxpayer and (y) any Person that would be deemed an SL Member, Temasek Equityholder or Viola Member (as each such term is defined in the LLC Agreement, and assuming for this purpose that such Person owned Units or securities of the Corporate Taxpayer), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii)the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

(iii)there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iv)the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

“Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state and local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax and shall also include the acquiescence of the Corporate Taxpayer to the amount of any assessed liability for Tax.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Exchange” means an acquisition of Common Units or a purchase of Common Units (i) by OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, including by way of an exchange of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer for Common Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, in each case occurring on or after the date of this Agreement or (ii) pursuant to the Merger (as defined in Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers). Any reference in this Agreement to Common Units “Exchanged” is intended to denote Common Units subject to an Exchange.

“Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, and the other holders of Common

5

Units and shares of Class C Common Stock and Class D common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer, from time to time party thereto.

“Governmental Authority” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Historical Transaction” means (i) in the case of the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the indirect acquisition of interests in OpCo by the SLP/Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Transaction and Merger Agreement dated as of April 17, 2011 among OpCo and the other parties thereto and (ii) in the case of the Temasek Blocker, the acquisition of interests in OpCo by the Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Equity Redemption and Purchase Agreement dated as of December 7, 2014 among the Temasek Blocker, the Temasek Stockholder, the SLP Stockholder and the other parties thereto.

“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent), in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (w) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule, the Exchange Basis Schedule (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges)) and the Merger Basis Schedule (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)), including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (x) without taking into account the use of NOLs, if any, (y) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (z) without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to or (without duplication) available for use because of the prior use of any of the Basis Adjustments, NOLs or Imputer Interest.

“Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

“IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“LIBOR” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

“LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated as of the date hereof.

6

“Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, the Market Value shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Common Stock, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith.

“Merger” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“Member Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, and the other holders of Common Units and shares of Class C Common Stock.

“NOLs” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

“Other Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges) and the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer or distribution in respect of one or more Common Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Common Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any

7

Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange.  A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

“SLP/Temasek Blocker” means SLP III EW Feeder LLC (f/k/a SLP III EW Feeder Corp.), a Delaware limited liability company.

“SLP Stockholder” means SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, and certain members of OpCo as of the date hereof (other than those members that are party to the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers), the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub III and Virtu Sub IV).

“Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the Temasek Blocker, the SLP Stockholder, and the Temasek Stockholder.

“Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Other Tax Receivable Agreements and this Agreement.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and,

8

therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Temasek Blocker” means Wilbur Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Temasek Stockholder” means Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., a Singapore private limited company.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) the U.S. federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from Basis Adjustments, the NOLs or Imputed Interest that are available as of such Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the Early Termination Date through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary), and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Common Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

(b)Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

Term	Section
Agreement	Preamble

9

Term	Section
Amended Schedule	2.03(b)
Class A Common Stock	Recitals
Class C Common Stock	Recitals
Code	Recitals
Common Units	Recitals
Corporate Taxpayer	Preamble
Dispute	7.03(a)
Early Termination Effective Date	4.02
Early Termination Notice	4.02
Early Termination Payment	4.03(b)
Early Termination Schedule	4.02
e-mail	7.01
Exchange Basis Schedule	2.01
Exchange Date	Recitals
Expert	7.09
Interest Amount	3.01(b)
Material Objection Notice	4.02
Members	Preamble
Net Tax Benefit	3.01(b)
Objection Notice	2.03(a)
OpCo	Recitals
Reconciliation Dispute	7.09
Reconciliation Procedures	2.03(a)
Senior Obligations	5.01
Tax Benefit Payment	3.01(b)
Tax Benefit Schedule	2.02(a)

(c)Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions.  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any statute shall be deemed to refer to such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

10

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01Basis Adjustment.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected by any Member, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Member a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including with respect to each Exchanging party, (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated (x) in the aggregate, (y) solely with respect to Exchanges by such Member and (z) in the case of a Basis Adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code solely with respect to the amount that is available to the Corporate Taxpayer in such Taxable Year, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable.

Section 2.02Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment.

(a)Tax Benefit Schedule.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment a portion of which is Attributable to a Member, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail and, at the request of such Member, with respect to each separate Exchange, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment and the portion Attributable to such Member for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”).  The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.03(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.03(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(b)).

(b)Applicable Principles.  The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporate Taxpayer for the Common Units acquired in an Exchange.  Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type.  If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.  The parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Basis Adjustments (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) will (A) be treated as subsequent upward purchase

11

price adjustments that give rise to further Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer and (B) have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

Section 2.03Procedures, Amendments.

(a)Procedure.  Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.03(b) and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such Member schedules, valuation reports (if any), and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow such Member reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member, in connection with a review of such Schedule.  Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Member a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Member the Corporate Taxpayer Return, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the actual Tax liability, as well as any other work papers as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member.  An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which the Member has received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Member (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer.  If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b)Amended Schedule.  The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the applicable Member, (iii) to comply with (A) the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures or (B) an Expert’s determination under the reconciliation procedures applicable to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an

12

“Amended Schedule”).  The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each Member within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01Payments.

(a)Within five (5) Business Days after all of the Tax Benefit Schedules (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) with respect to a Taxable Year delivered to (i) a Member pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any Persons who could, under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments become final in accordance with Section 2.03(a) and Section 2.03(a) of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment in the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b).  Each such Tax Benefit Payment to a Member shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such Member to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including federal estimated income tax payments.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Member may elect with respect to any Exchange to limit the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments made to such Member in respect of any such Exchange to a specified percentage of the amount equal to the sum of (A) the cash, excluding any Tax Benefit Payments, and (B) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, received by such Member on such Exchange (or such other limitation selected by the Member and consented to by the Corporate Taxpayer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The Member shall exercise its rights under the preceding sentence by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing of its desire to impose such a limit and the specified percentage (or such other limitation selected by the Member) and such other details as may be necessary (including whether such limit includes the Imputed Interest in respect of any such Exchange) in such manner and at such time (but in no event later than the date of any such Exchange) as reasonably directed by the Corporate Taxpayer; provided, however, that, in the absence of such direction, the Member shall give such written notice in the same manner as is required by Section 7.01 of this Agreement contemporaneously with Member’s notice to the Corporate Taxpayer of the applicable Exchange.

(b)A “Tax Benefit Payment” means, with respect to a Member, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such Member and the related Interest Amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Common Units in Exchanges, unless otherwise required by law.  Subject to Section 3.03(a), the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments previously made under this Section 3.01 (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts) and (ii) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements)

13

previously made under Section 3.01 of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements)); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that such Member shall not be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment.  The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such Member calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date of the applicable Tax Benefit Payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Member elects to receive the lump-sum payment pursuant to the following sentence, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to the Common Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1) and (3), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”  In connection with any Change of Control (other than a Change of Control caused solely by the electing Member), at the election of a Member, all obligations hereunder with respect to such Member shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment to such Member calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of such Member’s election, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of such Member’s election; provided, that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after any lump-sum payment under this Section 3.01(b) or Article IV or Section 3.01(b) or Article IV of the other Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of present or future Tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements, the Tax Benefit Payment, Net Tax Benefit and components thereof shall be calculated without taking into account any such attributes or any such lump-sum payment.

Section 3.02No Duplicative Payments.  It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement.  In addition, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in a duplicative payment of any amount payable under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.03Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements.

(a)Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.01 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer’s reduction in Tax liability as a result of the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest under the Tax Receivable Agreements (as such terms are defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all

14

parties eligible for payments thereunder) in proportion to the respective amounts of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) that would have been determined under the Tax Receivable Agreements (and allocated among such parties) if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation; provided, that for purposes of allocating among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all parties eligible for payments thereunder) the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements with respect to any Taxable Year, the operation of this Section 3.03(a) with respect to any prior Taxable Year shall be taken into account, it being the intention of the parties to the Tax Receivable Agreements for each party eligible for payments thereunder to receive, in the aggregate, Tax Benefit Payments in proportion to the aggregate Net Tax Benefits Attributable to such party had this Section 3.03(a) never operated.

(b)After taking into account Section 3.03(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the Members agree that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

(c)The parties hereto agree that the parties to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.03.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.01Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a)Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 4.01(b) or Section 4.01(c), this Agreement will terminate when there is no further potential for a Tax Benefit Payment pursuant to this Agreement. Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement are not conditioned on any Member retaining an interest in the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo (or any successor thereto).

(b)The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the Members and with respect to all of the Common Units held (or previously held and exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to each Member the Early Termination Payment in respect of such Member; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members; and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(b) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with this Section 4.01(b), neither the Members nor the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than

15

for any (1) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and a Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (2) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (2) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes the Early Termination Payment pursuant to this Section 4.01(b), the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange. If the Corporate Taxpayer terminates, or proposes to terminate, the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges) by making, or proposing to make, the Early Termination Payment to the Members under such agreement, then each Member that is a party to this Agreement shall have the right to cause the Corporate Taxpayer to make an Early Termination Payment to such Member under this Agreement; provided that the procedures of this Article IV shall apply to such Early Termination Payment as if the Corporate Taxpayer had delivered an Early Termination Notice to such electing Members; provided further that a Member may elect to receive an Early Termination Payment pursuant to this sentence notwithstanding the fact that not all Members under this Agreement elect to receive such a payment.

(c)In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and any Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.  The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement when due to the extent the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.02 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by credit agreements to which the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries is a party, in which case Section 5.02 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall promptly (and in any event, within two (2) Business Days), pay all such unpaid payments, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately following such time that the Corporate Taxpayer has, and to the extent the

16

Corporate Taxpayer has, sufficient funds to make such payment, and the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to do so shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, all cash and cash equivalents used or to be used to pay dividends by, or repurchase equity securities of, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be deemed to be funds sufficient and available to pay such unpaid payments, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Section 4.02Early Termination Notice.  If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01(b) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for such Member.  The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on such Member 30 calendar days from the first date on which such Member has received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Member (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer (such 30 calendar day date as modified, if at all, by clauses (i) or (ii), the “Early Termination Effective Date”).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.03Payment upon Early Termination.

(a)Within three Business Days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such Member.  Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such Member or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member.

(b)“Early Termination Payment” in respect of a Member shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such Member that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to any Member under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate

17

Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer.  The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the applicable Member when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify a Member of, and keep such Member reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of such Member under this Agreement, and shall provide to such Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

Section 6.02Consistency.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the Members agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. Any dispute as to required Tax or financial reporting shall be subject to Section 7.09.

Section 6.03Cooperation.  Each of the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the other party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the applicable Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

18

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01Notices.  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and electronic mail (“e-mail”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received) and shall be given to such party as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

Virtu Financial LLC
645 Madison Avenue
New York, New York  10022
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile No.: (212) 418-0100
E-mail: legal@virtu.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY  10019-6064

Facsimile No.:  (212) 757-3990

Attention:John C. Kennedy

Jeffrey D. Marell

E-mail:jkennedy@paulweiss.com

jmarell@paulweiss.com

If to the applicable Member, to the address, facsimile number or e-mail address specified for such party on the Member Schedule to the LLC Agreement.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt

Section 7.02Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment.

(a)The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and

19

agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(b)A Member may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form of Exhibit A, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder; provided, that a Member’s rights under this Agreement shall be assignable by such Member under the procedure in this Section 7.02(b) regardless of whether such Member continues to hold any interests in OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer or has fully transferred any such interests.

Section 7.03Resolution of Disputes.

(a)Except for Reconciliation Disputes subject to Section 7.09, any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in Delaware in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.  Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b)Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.03 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such Member for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Member in any such action or proceeding.

(c)EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CHANCERY COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR, IF SUCH COURT DECLINES JURISDICTION, THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

20

PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.03, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(d)The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.03 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.04Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

Section 7.05Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Reorganization Documents (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Except to the extent provided in Section 3.03, nothing in this Agreement shall create any third-party beneficiary rights in favor of any Person or other party hereto.

Section 7.06Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 7.07Amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporate Taxpayer and by Persons who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Persons entitled to Early Termination Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Persons pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Persons will or may receive under the Tax

21

Receivable Agreements unless all such Persons disproportionately affected consent in writing to such amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.  If any amendment is proposed or made to the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges), the Members under this Agreement shall have the right to elect that a similar amendment be made to this Agreement.

Section 7.08Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

Section 7.09Reconciliation.  In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and a Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.03, 3.01(b), 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or such Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer, except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and such Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert substantially adopts such Member’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert substantially adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Member shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10Withholding.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the

22

Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Member.

Section 7.11Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a)If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b)If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset.  For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

Section 7.12Confidentiality.  Section 12.11 (Confidentiality) of the LLC Agreement as of the date of this Agreement shall apply to any information of the Corporate Taxpayer provided to the Members and their assignees pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.13Change in Law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a Member reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such Member (or direct or indirect equity holders in such Member) upon an Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to the Corporate Taxpayer or such Member or any direct or indirect owner of a Member, then at the election of such Member and to the extent specified by such Member, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such Member, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange occurring after a date specified by such Member, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such Member; provided, that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement to such Member at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due to such Member in the absence of such amendment.

23

Section 7.14Partnership Agreement.  This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of OpCo as described in Section 761(c) of the Code, and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member set forth below have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:
MEMBERS:
TJMT HOLDINGS LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
VIRTU EMPLOYEE HOLDCO LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges)

DOUGLAS A. CIFU

[OTHER HOLDERS]

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges)

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), dated as of                         , by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), and                              (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on                         , Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) [       Common Units and the corresponding shares of Class C Common Stock] [the right to receive any and all payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to        Common Units that were previously Exchanged and are described in greater detail in Annex A to this Joinder] (collectively, “Interests” and, together with all other interests hereinafter acquired by the Permitted Transferee from Transferor, the “Acquired Interests”) from                              (“Transferor”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges), dated as of [                         ], 2015, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.01Definitions.  To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.02Joinder.  Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.  Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges the terms of Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement and agrees to be bound by Section 7.12 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.03Notice.  Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.04Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Address for notices:

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (MERGERS)

among

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.,

SLP III EW FEEDER I, L.P.

and

HAVELOCK FUND INVESTMENTS PTE LTD.

Dated as of [                         ], 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS		2
Section 1.01	Definitions	2
ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT		11
Section 2.01	Basis Adjustment and NOLs	11
Section 2.02	Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment	11
Section 2.03	Procedures, Amendments	12
ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS		13
Section 3.01	Payments	13
Section 3.02	No Duplicative Payments	14
Section 3.03	Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements	14
ARTICLE IV TERMINATION		15
Section 4.01	Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement	15
Section 4.02	Early Termination Notice	16
Section 4.03	Payment upon Early Termination	17
ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS		17
Section 5.01	Subordination	17
Section 5.02	Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer	17
ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION		17
Section 6.01	Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters	17
Section 6.02	Consistency	18
Section 6.03	Cooperation	18
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS		18
Section 7.01	Notices	18
Section 7.02	Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment	20
Section 7.03	Resolution of Disputes	21
Section 7.04	Counterparts	22
Section 7.05	Entire Agreement	22
Section 7.06	Severability	22
Section 7.07	Amendment	22
Section 7.08	Governing Law	22
Section 7.09	Reconciliation	22

i

Section 7.10	Withholding	23
Section 7.11	Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets	23
Section 7.12	Confidentiality	24
Section 7.13	Change in Law	24

ii

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (MERGERS)

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (MERGERS) (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of [                         ], 2015, is hereby entered into by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “SLP Stockholder”), and Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Temasek Stockholder”, and together with the SLP Stockholder, the “Stockholders”), and each of the successors and assigns thereto.

WHEREAS, Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, each of the Corporate Taxpayer, SLP III EW Feeder LLC (f/k/a SLP III EW Feeder Corp.), a Delaware limited liability company (the “SLP/Temasek Blocker”), Wilbur Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Temasek Blocker”, and together with the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the “Blockers”), Virtu Financial Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Virtu Sub I”) and Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Virtu Sub II”) is classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, each of Virtu Financial Merger Sub II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Virtu Sub III”) and Virtu Financial Intermediate Holdings II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Virtu Sub IV”) is classified as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, following certain reorganization transactions, (i) the Stockholders will hold all of the outstanding stock of the SLP/Temasek Blocker, (ii) the SLP/Temasek Blocker will hold common interest units in OpCo (the “Common Units”), and (iii) the Corporate Taxpayer will be the managing member of OpCo and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Common Units;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO (as defined below), (i) pursuant to the provisions of the SLP/Temasek Merger Agreement (as defined below), (a) (x) the SLP/Temasek Blocker will merge with and into Virtu Sub I, with the SLP/Temasek Blocker surviving, and (y) the SLP/Temasek Blocker will merge with and into Virtu Sub III, with Virtu Sub III surviving (together, the “SLP/Temasek Merger”), and (b) the membership interests of the SLP/Temasek Blocker held by the Stockholders will convert into (x) shares of Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Class A Common Stock”), (y) rights to receive payments hereunder and (z) rights to receive certain other payments, and (ii) pursuant to the provisions of the Temasek Merger Agreement (as defined below), (a) (x) the Temasek Blocker will merge with and into Virtu Sub II, with the Temasek Blocker surviving, and (y) the Temasek Blocker will merge with and into Virtu Sub IV, with Virtu Sub IV surviving (together, the “Temasek Merger”, and together with the SLP/Temasek Merger, the “Mergers”), and (b) the membership interests of the Temasek Blocker held by the Temasek Stockholder will

convert into (x) shares of Class A Common Stock, (y) rights to receive payments hereunder and (z) rights to receive certain other payments;

WHEREAS, as a result of the Mergers, the Corporate Taxpayer will be entitled to utilize certain net operating losses and capital losses of the Blockers generated before the Mergers (including credit carryforwards to the extent available) (the “NOLs” which, for purposes of clarification, shall not include amounts that are duplicative of any carryovers of tax items attributable to any Basis Adjustment);

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes had in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for current or prior Taxable Years (as defined below) in which (i) distributions from OpCo were made and (ii) transfers and exchanges of partnership interests in OpCo occurred;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by (i) the NOLs, (ii) the Basis Adjustment (as defined below) and (iii) Imputed Interest (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the NOLs, the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01          Definitions.

(a)           The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:

“Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Attributable” means, with respect to a Stockholder, the portion of any Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “attributable” to such Stockholder, which shall be determined by reference to the assets from which arise the depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis (“Depreciation”), with respect to increased basis upon a disposition of an asset or Imputed Interest that produce the Realized Tax Benefit and with respect to the NOLs, under the following principles:

2

(i)            A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to a Reference Asset attributable to the Common Units acquired in a Merger is Attributable to such Stockholder to the extent of such Stockholder’s ownership of the Blocker participating in such Merger.

(ii)           A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from the disposition of a Reference Asset is Attributable to such Stockholder to the extent that the ratio of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) attributable to the Common Units acquired in a Merger (to the extent of such Stockholder’s ownership of the Blocker participating in such Merger) with respect to such Reference Asset bears to the aggregate of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) with respect to such Reference Asset.

(iii)          A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to such Stockholder to the extent corresponding to amounts that such Stockholder is required to include in income in respect of Imputed Interest (without regard to whether such Stockholder is actually subject to tax thereon).

(iv)          A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from the NOLs of a Blocker is Attributable to such Stockholder to the extent of such Stockholder’s ownership of such Blocker.

(v)           For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Basis Adjustment arising under Section 734(b) of the Code with respect to an Exchange, depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost of basis shall constitute Depreciation only to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may produce or increase a Realized Tax Benefit (and not to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may be for the benefit of a Person other than the Corporate Taxpayer), as reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.

(vi)          A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a carryover or carryback of any Tax item is Attributable to such Stockholder to the extent such carryover or carryback is attributable to or available for use because of the prior use of the Basis Adjustments, NOLs or Imputed Interest with respect to which a Realized Tax Benefit would be Attributable to such Stockholder pursuant to clauses (i)—(v) above.

Portions of any Realized Tax Detriment shall be Attributed to Stockholders under principles similar to those described in clauses (i)—(vi) above.

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 755 and 1012 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 755 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated

3

thereunder (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of (i) an Exchange, (ii) the applicable Historical Transaction and (iii) the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange (other than a Basis Adjustment resulting from a Historical Transaction or a Merger) of one or more Common Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “Beneficial Owner” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)            any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (x) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Corporate Taxpayer and (y) any Person that would be deemed an SL Member, Temasek Equityholder or Viola Member (as each such term is defined in the LLC Agreement, and assuming for this purpose that such Person owned Units or securities of the Corporate Taxpayer), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii)           the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

(iii)          there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company

4

surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iv)          the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

“Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state and local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the

5

amount of any liability for Tax and shall also include the acquiescence of the Corporate Taxpayer to the amount of any assessed liability for Tax.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Exchange” means an acquisition of Common Units or a purchase of Common Units (i) by OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, including by way of an exchange of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer for Common Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements), in each case occurring on or after the date of this Agreement or (ii) pursuant to the Mergers. Any reference in this Agreement to Common Units “Exchanged” is intended to denote Common Units subject to an Exchange.

“Governmental Authority” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Historical Transaction” means (i) in the case of the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the indirect acquisition of interests in OpCo by the SLP/Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Transaction and Merger Agreement dated as of April 17, 2011 among OpCo and the other parties thereto and (ii) in the case of the Temasek Blocker, the acquisition of interests in OpCo by the Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Equity Redemption and Purchase Agreement dated as of December 7, 2014 among the Temasek Blocker, the Temasek Stockholder, the SLP Stockholder and the other parties thereto.

“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent), in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (w) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements) and the Merger Basis Schedule, including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (x) without taking into account the use of NOLs, if any, (y) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (z) without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to or (without duplication) available for use because of the prior use of any of the Basis Adjustments, NOLs or Imputed Interest.

“Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

“IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

6

“IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“LIBOR” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

“LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated as of the date hereof.

“Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, the Market Value shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Common Stock, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith.

“Merger Agreements” means the SLP/Temasek Merger Agreement and the Temasek Merger Agreement.

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

“Other Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges) and the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges).

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer or distribution in respect of one or more Common Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Common Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

7

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange.  A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) the Merger Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

“SLP/Temasek Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub I, the SLP/Temasek Blocker and the Stockholders.

“Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, and certain members of OpCo as of the date hereof (other than those members that are party to the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges), the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub III and Virtu Sub IV).

“Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer and certain members of OpCo as of the date hereof (other than those members that are party to the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges), the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub III and Virtu Sub IV).

“Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Other Tax Receivable Agreements and this Agreement.

8

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Temasek Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub II, the Temasek Blocker and the Temasek Stockholder.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) the U.S. federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from Basis Adjustments, the NOLs or Imputed Interest that are available as of such Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the Early Termination Date through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary), and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Common Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

9

(b)           Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

Term	Section
Agreement	Preamble
Amended Schedule	2.03(b)
Blockers	Recitals
Class A Common Stock	Recitals
Code	Recitals
Common Units	Recitals
Corporate Taxpayer	Preamble
Dispute	7.03(a)
Early Termination Effective Date	4.02
Early Termination Notice	4.02
Early Termination Payment	4.03(b)
Early Termination Schedule	4.02
e-mail	7.01
Expert	7.09
Interest Amount	3.01(b)
Material Objection Notice	4.02
Mergers	Recitals
Merger Basis Schedule	2.01
Net Tax Benefit	3.01(b)
NOLs	Recitals
Objection Notice	2.03(a)
OpCo	Recitals
Reconciliation Dispute	7.09
Reconciliation Procedures	2.03(a)
Senior Obligations	5.01
SLP Stockholder	Preamble
SLP/Temasek Blocker	Recitals
SLP/Temasek Merger	Recitals
Stockholders	Preamble
Tax Benefit Payment	3.01(b)
Tax Benefit Schedule	2.02(a)
Temasek Blocker	Recitals
Temasek Merger	Recitals
Temasek Stockholder	Preamble
Virtu Sub I	Recitals
Virtu Sub II	Recitals
Virtu Sub III	Recitals
Virtu Sub IV	Recitals

(c)           Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions.  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the

10

construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any statute shall be deemed to refer to such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01          Basis Adjustment and NOLs.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for the Taxable Year in which the Mergers have been effected by the Stockholders, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each applicable Stockholder participating in a Merger a schedule (the “Merger Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets attributable to the Common Units acquired in such Merger, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable, (iv) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable, (v) the NOLs of the applicable Blocker as of the date of the Mergers, (vi) the scheduled expiration date (or dates) of such NOLs, and (vii) the limitations, if any, to which the use of such NOLs are subject under section 382 of the Code. As promptly as practicable, the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable Stockholders shall agree on a replacement Merger Basis Schedule that reflects any adjustments necessary as a result of the IPO.

Section 2.02          Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment.

(a)           Tax Benefit Schedule.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment a portion of which is Attributable to a Stockholder, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such Stockholder a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”).  The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.03(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.03(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(b)).

(b)           Applicable Principles.  The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual

11

liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporate Taxpayer for the Common Units acquired in an Exchange.  Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type.  If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.

Section 2.03          Procedures, Amendments.

(a)           Procedure.  Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Stockholder an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.03(b) and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such Stockholder schedules, valuation reports (if any), and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Stockholder, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow such Stockholder reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Stockholder, in connection with a review of such Schedule.  Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Stockholder a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Stockholder the Corporate Taxpayer Return, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the actual Tax liability, as well as any other work papers as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Stockholder.  An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which a Stockholder has received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Stockholder (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer.  If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable Stockholder shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b)           Amended Schedule.  The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a

12

result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a Stockholder, (iii) to comply with (A) the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures or (B) an Expert’s determination under the reconciliation procedures applicable to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, or (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”).  The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to the applicable Stockholder within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (v) of the preceding sentence.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01          Payments.

(a)           Within five (5) Business Days after all of the Tax Benefit Schedules (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) with respect to a Taxable Year delivered to (i) the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any Persons who could, under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments become final in accordance with Section 2.03(a) and Section 2.03(a) of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Stockholder for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment with respect to such Stockholder in the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b).  Such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the applicable Stockholder to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including federal estimated income tax payments.

(b)           A “Tax Benefit Payment” means, with respect to a Stockholder, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such Stockholder and the related Interest Amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration payable pursuant to the applicable Merger Agreements, unless otherwise required by law.  Subject to Section 3.03(a), the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments previously made under this Section 3.01 (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts) and (ii) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements) previously made under Section 3.01 of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements)); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that a Stockholder shall not be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment.  The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to a Stockholder calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer

13

Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date of the applicable Tax Benefit Payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Stockholder elects to receive the lump-sum payment pursuant to the following sentence, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1) and (3), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”  In connection with any Change of Control (other than a Change of Control caused solely by the applicable Stockholder), at the election of a Stockholder, all obligations hereunder with respect to such Stockholder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment to such Stockholder calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of such Stockholder’s election, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of such Stockholder’s election; provided, that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after any lump-sum payment under this Section 3.01(b) or Article IV or Section 3.01(b) or Article IV of the other Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of present or future Tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements, the Tax Benefit Payment, Net Tax Benefit and components thereof shall be calculated without taking into account any such attributes or any such lump-sum payment.

Section 3.02          No Duplicative Payments.  It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement.  In addition, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in a duplicative payment of any amount payable under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.03          Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements.

(a)           Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.01 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer’s reduction in Tax liability as a result of the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest under the Tax Receivable Agreements (as such terms are defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all parties eligible for payments thereunder) in proportion to the respective amounts of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) that would have been determined under the Tax Receivable Agreements (and allocated among such parties) if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation; provided, that for purposes of allocating among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all parties eligible for payments thereunder) the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements with respect to any Taxable Year, the operation of this Section 3.03(a) with respect

14

to any prior Taxable Year shall be taken into account, it being the intention of the parties to the Tax Receivable Agreements for each party eligible for payments thereunder to receive, in the aggregate, Tax Benefit Payments in proportion to the aggregate Net Tax Benefits Attributable to such party had this Section 3.03(a) never operated.

(b)           After taking into account Section 3.03(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and each Stockholder agree that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

(c)           The parties hereto agree that the parties to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.03.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.01          Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a)           Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 4.01(b) or Section 4.01(c), this Agreement will terminate when there is no further potential for a Tax Benefit Payment pursuant to this Agreement. Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement are not conditioned on any Stockholder retaining an interest in the Corporate Taxpayer (or any successor thereto).

(b)           The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to a Stockholder by paying to such Stockholder the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(b) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment to a Stockholder by the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with this Section 4.01(b), neither such Stockholder nor the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (1) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (2) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (2) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  If the Corporate Taxpayer terminates, or proposes to terminate, any Tax Receivable Agreement (including this Agreement) with respect to any Person entitled to receive payment under such Tax Receivable Agreement, then each Stockholder shall have the right to cause the Corporate Taxpayer to make an Early Termination Payment to it under this Agreement; provided that the procedures of this Article IV shall apply to such Early Termination Payment as if the Corporate Taxpayer had delivered an Early Termination Notice to such Stockholder.

15

(c)           In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations with respect to a Stockholder hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment with respect to such Stockholder calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, each Stockholder shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.  The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement when due to the extent the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.02 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by credit agreements to which the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries is a party, in which case Section 5.02 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall promptly (and in any event, within two (2) Business Days), pay all such unpaid payments, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately following such time that the Corporate Taxpayer has, and to the extent the Corporate Taxpayer has, sufficient funds to make such payment, and the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to do so shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, all cash and cash equivalents used or to be used to pay dividends by, or repurchase equity securities of, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be deemed to be funds sufficient and available to pay such unpaid payments, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Section 4.02          Early Termination Notice.  If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination with respect to a Stockholder under Section 4.01(b) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Stockholder notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for such Stockholder.  The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on a Stockholder 30 calendar days from the first date on which such Stockholder has received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Stockholder (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination

16

Schedule, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer (such 30 calendar day date as modified, if at all, by clauses (i) or (ii), the “Early Termination Effective Date”).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and a Stockholder, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.03          Payment upon Early Termination.

(a)           Within three Business Days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the applicable Stockholder an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment with respect to such Stockholder.  Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the applicable Stockholder or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder.

(b)           “Early Termination Payment”, with respect to a Stockholder, shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such Stockholder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01          Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to a Stockholder under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02          Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer.  The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to a Stockholder when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01          Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full

17

responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify each Stockholder of, and keep such Stockholder reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of such Stockholder under this Agreement, and shall provide to such Stockholder reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

Section 6.02          Consistency.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the Stockholders agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. Any dispute as to required Tax or financial reporting shall be subject to Section 7.09.

Section 6.03          Cooperation.  Each of the Corporate Taxpayer and the Stockholders shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the other party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each Stockholder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01          Notices.  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and electronic mail (“e-mail”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received) and shall be given to such party as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, addressed to it at:

Virtu Financial LLC
645 Madison Avenue
New York, New York  10022
Attention: Legal Department

18

Facsimile No.: (212) 418-0100
E-mail: legal@virtu.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY  10019-6064

Facsimile No.:  (212) 757-3990

Attention:	John C. Kennedy
	Jeffrey D. Marell
E-mail:	jkennedy@paulweiss.com
	jmarell@paulweiss.com

If to the SLP Stockholder, addressed to it at:

c/o Silver Lake

2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, California 94025

Telephone: (650) 233-8120

Attention:  Karen King

Facsimile: (650) 233-8125

E-mail: karen.king@silverlake.com

9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Telephone: (212) 981-5600

Attention: Andrew J. Schader

Facsimile: (212) 981-3535

E-mail: andy.schader@silverlake.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention:	Rich Capelouto
	Atif I. Azher
Facsimile No.:	(650) 251-5002
E-mail:	rcapelouto@stblaw.com
	aazher@stblaw.com

If to the Temasek Stockholder, addressed to it at:

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

14th Floor, 375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

19

Attention:	Mukul Chawla
Email:	mukul@temasek.com.sg
and

Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

60b Orchard Road

#06-18 Tower 2

The Atrium@Orchard

Singapore 238891

Attention:	Pradyumna Agrawal
Email:	pradyumna@temasek.com.sg

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention:	Damien R. Zoubek
Facsimile:	(212) 474-3700
Email:	dzoubek@cravath.com

and

Attention:	Ting S. Chen
Facsimile:	(212) 474-3700
Email:	tchen@cravath.com

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt

Section 7.02          Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment.

(a)           The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(b)           A Stockholder may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form of Exhibit A, agreeing to become a “Stockholder” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such

20

joinder; provided, that a Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement shall be assignable by such Stockholder under the procedure in this Section 7.02(b) regardless of whether such Stockholder continues to hold any interests in the Corporate Taxpayer or has fully transferred any such interests.

Section 7.03          Resolution of Disputes.

(a)           Except for Reconciliation Disputes subject to Section 7.09, any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in Delaware in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.  Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Stockholder (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.03 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such Stockholder for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Stockholder of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Stockholder in any such action or proceeding.

(c)           EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CHANCERY COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR, IF SUCH COURT DECLINES JURISDICTION, THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.03, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

21

(d)           The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.03 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.04          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

Section 7.05          Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Reorganization Documents (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Except to the extent provided in Section 3.03, nothing in this Agreement shall create any third-party beneficiary rights in favor of any Person or other party hereto.

Section 7.06          Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 7.07          Amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporate Taxpayer and the Stockholders.  No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

Section 7.08          Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

Section 7.09          Reconciliation.  In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and a Stockholder are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.03, 3.01(b), 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material

22

relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or such Stockholder or other actual or potential conflict of interest.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer, except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert substantially adopts such Stockholder’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such Stockholder for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert substantially adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Stockholder shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and such Stockholder and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10          Withholding.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Stockholder. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Stockholders agree that Imputed Interest qualifies, under the law in effect on the date hereof, as “portfolio interest” within the meaning of Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code and shall not take any contrary position on any Tax Return or in any communication with any Taxing Authority unless required by a final determination or a change in applicable law (in which case Section 7.13 shall apply).

Section 7.11          Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a)           If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii)

23

Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b)           If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset.  For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

Section 7.12          Confidentiality.  Section 12.11 (Confidentiality) of the LLC Agreement as of the date of this Agreement shall apply to any information of the Corporate Taxpayer provided to the Stockholders and their assignees pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.13          Change in Law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a Stockholder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such Stockholder (or direct or indirect equity holders in such Stockholder) upon an Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to the Corporate Taxpayer or such Stockholder or any direct or indirect owner of such Stockholder, then at the election of such Stockholder and to the extent specified by such Stockholder, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such Stockholder, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange occurring after a date specified by such Stockholder, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such Stockholder; provided, that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement to such Stockholder at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due to such Stockholder in the absence of such amendment.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and the Stockholders set forth below have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)

SLP STOCKHOLDER:
SLP III EW FEEDER I, L.P.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)

TEMASEK STOCKHOLDER:
HAVELOCK FUND INVESTMENTS PTE LTD.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), dated as of                         , by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), and                              (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on                         , Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) the right to receive any and all payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below) (the “Acquired Interests”) from                              (“Transferor”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers), dated as of [                         ], 2015, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.01          Definitions.  To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.02          Joinder.  Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Stockholder” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.  Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges the terms of Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement and agrees to be bound by Section 7.12 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.03          Notice.  Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.04          Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Address for notices:

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (SLP EXCHANGES)

among

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.,

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [                         ], 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS		2
Section 1.01	Definitions	2
ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT		11
Section 2.01	Basis Adjustment	11
Section 2.02	Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment	11
Section 2.03	Procedures, Amendments	12
ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS		13
Section 3.01	Payments	13
Section 3.02	No Duplicative Payments	14
Section 3.03	Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements	14
ARTICLE IV TERMINATION		15
Section 4.01	Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement	15
Section 4.02	Early Termination Notice	17
Section 4.03	Payment upon Early Termination	17
ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS		17
Section 5.01	Subordination	17
Section 5.02	Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer	18
ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION		18
Section 6.01	Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters	18
Section 6.02	Consistency	18
Section 6.03	Cooperation	18
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS		19
Section 7.01	Notices	19
Section 7.02	Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment	19
Section 7.03	Resolution of Disputes	20
Section 7.04	Counterparts	21
Section 7.05	Entire Agreement	21
Section 7.06	Severability	21
Section 7.07	Amendment	21
Section 7.08	Governing Law	22
Section 7.09	Reconciliation	22

i

Section 7.10	Withholding	22
Section 7.11	Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets	23
Section 7.12	Confidentiality	23
Section 7.13	Change in Law	23
Section 7.14	Partnership Agreement	24

ii

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (SLP EXCHANGES)

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (SLP EXCHANGES) (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of [                         ], 2015, is hereby entered into by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), each of the undersigned parties hereto identified as “Members,” and each of the successors and assigns thereto.

WHEREAS, Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Members hold common interest units in OpCo (the “Common Units”), and following certain reorganization transactions, the Corporate Taxpayer will be the managing member of OpCo and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Common Units;

WHEREAS, (i) in connection with the IPO (as defined below), each Member shall sell to the Corporate Taxpayer, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall purchase from such Member, a number of Common Units (together with shares of Class C common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer (“Class C Common Stock”)) pursuant to the provisions of the Member Purchase Agreement (as defined below) and (ii) in connection with a future public offering of Class A Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer, one or more Members may sell to the Corporate Taxpayer, and the Corporate Taxpayer may purchase from such Member, a number of Common Units (together with shares of Class C Common Stock) pursuant to the provisions of a future purchase agreement by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the relevant sellers;

WHEREAS, each Member may exchange Common Units (when exchanged along with shares of Class C common stock) for shares of Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Class A Common Stock”) pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an Exchange (as defined below) occurs, which elections are intended generally to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by OpCo (solely with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer) at the time of an Exchange (such time, the “Exchange Date”) by reason of the Exchange and the receipt of payments under this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by (i) the Basis Adjustment (as defined below) and (ii) Imputed Interest (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01Definitions.

(a)The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:

“Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Applicable Member” means any Member to whom any portion of a Realized Tax Benefit may be Attributable under this Agreement.

“Attributable” means, with respect to any Applicable Member, the portion of any Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “attributable” to such Applicable Member, which shall be determined by reference to the assets from which arise the depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis (“Depreciation”) and with respect to increased basis upon a disposition of an asset or Imputed Interest that produce the Realized Tax Benefit, under the following principles:

(i)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to a Reference Asset resulting from an Exchange is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent that the ratio of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Member bears to the aggregate of all Depreciation for the Taxable Year in respect of Basis Adjustments resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Members (in each case, other than with respect to the portion of the Basis Adjustment described in clause (ii) below).

(ii)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to a Reference Asset resulting from a payment hereunder is Attributable to the Applicable Member that receives such payment.

(iii)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from the disposition of a Reference Asset is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent that the ratio of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) resulting from all Exchanges by the Applicable Member with respect

2

to such Reference Asset bears to the aggregate of all Basis Adjustments (to the extent not previously taken into account in the calculation of Realized Tax Benefits) with respect to such Reference Asset.

(iv)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Applicable Member to the extent corresponding to amounts that such Member is required to include in income in respect of Imputed Interest (without regard to whether such Member is actually subject to tax thereon).

(v)For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Basis Adjustment arising under Section 734(b) of the Code with respect to an Exchange, depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost of basis shall constitute Depreciation only to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may produce or increase a Realized Tax Benefit (and not to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may be for the benefit of a Person other than the Corporate Taxpayer), as reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.

(vi)A portion of any Realized Tax Benefit arising from a carryover or carryback of any Tax item is Attributable to such Member to the extent such carryover or carryback is attributable to or available for use because of the prior use of the Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest with respect to which a Realized Tax Benefit would be Attributable to such Member pursuant to clauses (i)–(v) above.

Portions of any Realized Tax Detriment shall be Attributed to Members under principles similar to those described in clauses (i)–(vi) above.

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 755 and 1012 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 755 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of (i) an Exchange, (ii) the applicable Historical Transaction and (iii) the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange (other than a Basis Adjustment resulting from a Historical Transaction or a Merger) of one or more Common Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “Beneficial Owner” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

3

“Board” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (x) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Corporate Taxpayer and (y) any Person that would be deemed an SL Member, Temasek Equityholder or Viola Member (as each such term is defined in the LLC Agreement, and assuming for this purpose that such Person owned Units or securities of the Corporate Taxpayer), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii)the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

(iii)there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iv)the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

“Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state and local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax and shall also include the acquiescence of the Corporate Taxpayer to the amount of any assessed liability for Tax.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Exchange” means an acquisition of Common Units or a purchase of Common Units (i) by OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, including by way of an exchange of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer for Common Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, in each case occurring on or after the date of this Agreement or (ii) pursuant to the Merger (as defined in Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers). Any reference in this Agreement to Common Units “Exchanged” is intended to denote Common Units subject to an Exchange.

“Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, and the other holders of Common

5

Units and shares of Class C Common Stock and Class D common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporate Taxpayer, from time to time party thereto.

“Governmental Authority” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Historical Transaction” means (i) in the case of the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the indirect acquisition of interests in OpCo by the SLP/Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Transaction and Merger Agreement dated as of April 17, 2011 among OpCo and the other parties thereto and (ii) in the case of the Temasek Blocker, the acquisition of interests in OpCo by the Temasek Blocker pursuant to the Equity Redemption and Purchase Agreement dated as of December 7, 2014 among the Temasek Blocker, the Temasek Stockholder, the SLP Stockholder and the other parties thereto.

“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent), in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (w) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule, the Exchange Basis Schedule (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges)) and the Merger Basis Schedule (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)), including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (x) without taking into account the use of NOLs, if any, (y) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (z) without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to or (without duplication) available for use because of the prior use of any of the Basis Adjustments, NOLs or Imputed Interest.

“Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

“IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“LIBOR” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

“LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated as of the date hereof.

6

“Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, the Market Value shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Common Stock, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith.

“Member Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, and the other holders of Common Units and shares of Class C Common Stock.

“Merger” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“NOLs” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

“Other Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges) and the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers).

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer or distribution in respect of one or more Common Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Common Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any

7

Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent) for such Taxable Year, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange.  A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

“SLP/Temasek Blocker” means SLP III EW Feeder LLC (f/k/a SLP III EW Feeder Corp.), a Delaware limited liability company.

“SLP Stockholder” means SLP III EW Feeder I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement.

“Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, and certain members of OpCo as of the date hereof (other than those members that are party to the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers), the Corporate Taxpayer, Virtu Sub III and Virtu Sub IV).

“Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers)” means the Tax Receivable Agreement (Mergers), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, the SLP/Temasek Blocker, the Temasek Blocker, the SLP Stockholder, and the Temasek Stockholder.

“Tax Receivable Agreements” means the Other Tax Receivable Agreements and this Agreement.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and,

8

therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Temasek Blocker” means Wilbur Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Temasek Stockholder” means Havelock Fund Investments Pte Ltd., a Singapore private limited company.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) the U.S. federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from Basis Adjustments, the NOLs or Imputed Interest that are available as of such Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the Early Termination Date through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary), and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Common Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

(b)           Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

Term	Section
Agreement	Preamble

9

Term	Section
Amended Schedule	2.03(b)
Class A Common Stock	Recitals
Class C Common Stock	Recitals
Code	Recitals
Common Units	Recitals
Corporate Taxpayer	Preamble
Dispute	7.03(a)
Early Termination Effective Date	4.02
Early Termination Notice	4.02
Early Termination Payment	4.03(b)
Early Termination Schedule	4.02
e-mail	7.01
Exchange Basis Schedule	2.01
Exchange Date	Recitals
Expert	7.09
Interest Amount	3.01(b)
Material Objection Notice	4.02
Members	Preamble
Net Tax Benefit	3.01(b)
Objection Notice	2.03(a)
OpCo	Recitals
Reconciliation Dispute	7.09
Reconciliation Procedures	2.03(a)
Senior Obligations	5.01
Tax Benefit Payment	3.01(b)
Tax Benefit Schedule	2.02(a)

(c)           Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions.  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any statute shall be deemed to refer to such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

10

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01          Basis Adjustment.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected by any Member, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Member a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including with respect to each Exchanging party, (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated (x) in the aggregate, (y) solely with respect to Exchanges by such Member and (z) in the case of a Basis Adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code solely with respect to the amount that is available to the Corporate Taxpayer in such Taxable Year, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable.

Section 2.02          Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment.

(a)           Tax Benefit Schedule.  Within 120 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment a portion of which is Attributable to a Member, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail and, at the request of such Member, with respect to each separate Exchange, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment and the portion Attributable to such Member for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”).  The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.03(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.03(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(b)).

(b)           Applicable Principles.  The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporate Taxpayer for the Common Units acquired in an Exchange.  Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type.  If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the NOLs or Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.  The parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Basis Adjustments (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) will (A) be treated as subsequent upward purchase

11

price adjustments that give rise to further Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer and (B) have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

Section 2.03          Procedures, Amendments.

(a)           Procedure.  Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.03(b) and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such Member schedules, valuation reports (if any), and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow such Member reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member, in connection with a review of such Schedule.  Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a Member a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such Member the Corporate Taxpayer Return, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the actual Tax liability, as well as any other work papers as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such Member.  An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which the Member has received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Member (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer.  If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b)           Amended Schedule.  The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the applicable Member, (iii) to comply with (A) the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures or (B) an Expert’s determination under the reconciliation procedures applicable to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an

12

“Amended Schedule”).  The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each Member within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01          Payments.

(a)           Within five (5) Business Days after all of the Tax Benefit Schedules (as defined in each of the Tax Receivable Agreements) with respect to a Taxable Year delivered to (i) a Member pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any Persons who could, under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments become final in accordance with Section 2.03(a) and Section 2.03(a) of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment in the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b).  Each such Tax Benefit Payment to a Member shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such Member to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including federal estimated income tax payments. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Member may elect with respect to any Exchange to limit the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments made to such Member in respect of any such Exchange to a specified percentage of the amount equal to the sum of (A) the cash, excluding any Tax Benefit Payments, and (B) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, received by such Member on such Exchange (or such other limitation selected by the Member and consented to by the Corporate Taxpayer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The Member shall exercise its rights under the preceding sentence by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing of its desire to impose such a limit and the specified percentage (or such other limitation selected by the Member) and such other details as may be necessary (including whether such limit includes the Imputed Interest in respect of any such Exchange) in such manner and at such time (but in no event later than the date of any such Exchange) as reasonably directed by the Corporate Taxpayer; provided, however, that, in the absence of such direction, the Member shall give such written notice in the same manner as is required by Section 7.01 of this Agreement contemporaneously with Member’s notice to the Corporate Taxpayer of the applicable Exchange.

(b)           A “Tax Benefit Payment” means, with respect to a Member, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such Member and the related Interest Amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Common Units in Exchanges, unless otherwise required by law.  Subject to Section 3.03(a), the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments previously made under this Section 3.01 (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts) and (ii) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements)

13

previously made under Section 3.01 of the Other Tax Receivable Agreements (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts (as defined in the Other Tax Receivable Agreements)); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that such Member shall not be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment.  The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the amount of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such Member calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date of the applicable Tax Benefit Payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Member elects to receive the lump-sum payment pursuant to the following sentence, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to the Common Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1) and (3), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”  In connection with any Change of Control (other than a Change of Control caused solely by the electing Member), at the election of a Member, all obligations hereunder with respect to such Member shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment to such Member calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such election, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of such Member’s election, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of such Member’s election; provided, that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after any lump-sum payment under this Section 3.01(b) or Article IV or Section 3.01(b) or Article IV of the other Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of present or future Tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements, the Tax Benefit Payment, Net Tax Benefit and components thereof shall be calculated without taking into account any such attributes or any such lump-sum payment.

Section 3.02          No Duplicative Payments.  It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement.  In addition, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in a duplicative payment of any amount payable under the Other Tax Receivable Agreements. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.03          Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements.

(a)           Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.01 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer’s reduction in Tax liability as a result of the Basis Adjustments, the NOLs and Imputed Interest under the Tax Receivable Agreements (as such terms are defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all

14

parties eligible for payments thereunder) in proportion to the respective amounts of Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in each Tax Receivable Agreement) that would have been determined under the Tax Receivable Agreements (and allocated among such parties) if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation; provided, that for purposes of allocating among the Tax Receivable Agreements (and among all parties eligible for payments thereunder) the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements with respect to any Taxable Year, the operation of this Section 3.03(a) with respect to any prior Taxable Year shall be taken into account, it being the intention of the parties to the Tax Receivable Agreements for each party eligible for payments thereunder to receive, in the aggregate, Tax Benefit Payments in proportion to the aggregate Net Tax Benefits Attributable to such party had this Section 3.03(a) never operated.

(b)           After taking into account Section 3.03(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the Members agree that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

(c)           The parties hereto agree that the parties to the Other Tax Receivable Agreements are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.03.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.01          Termination, Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a)           Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 4.01(b) or Section 4.01(c), this Agreement will terminate when there is no further potential for a Tax Benefit Payment pursuant to this Agreement. Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement are not conditioned on any Member retaining an interest in the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo (or any successor thereto).

(b)           The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the Members and with respect to all of the Common Units held (or previously held and exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to each Member the Early Termination Payment in respect of such Member; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members; and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(b) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with this Section 4.01(b), neither the Members nor the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than

15

for any (1) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and a Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (2) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (2) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes the Early Termination Payment pursuant to this Section 4.01(b), the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange. If the Corporate Taxpayer terminates, or proposes to terminate, the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges) by making, or proposing to make, the Early Termination Payment to the Members under such agreement, then each Member that is a party to this Agreement shall have the right to cause the Corporate Taxpayer to make an Early Termination Payment to such Member under this Agreement; provided that the procedures of this Article IV shall apply to such Early Termination Payment as if the Corporate Taxpayer had delivered an Early Termination Notice to such electing Members; provided further that a Member may elect to receive an Early Termination Payment pursuant to this sentence notwithstanding the fact that not all Members under this Agreement elect to receive such a payment.

(c)           In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and any Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.02 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.  The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement when due to the extent the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.02 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by credit agreements to which the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries is a party, in which case Section 5.02 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall promptly (and in any event, within two (2) Business Days), pay all such unpaid payments, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately following such time that the Corporate Taxpayer has, and to the extent the

16

Corporate Taxpayer has, sufficient funds to make such payment, and the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to do so shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, all cash and cash equivalents used or to be used to pay dividends by, or repurchase equity securities of, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be deemed to be funds sufficient and available to pay such unpaid payments, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Section 4.02          Early Termination Notice.  If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01(b) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for such Member.  The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on such Member 30 calendar days from the first date on which such Member has received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless such Member (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer (such 30 calendar day date as modified, if at all, by clauses (i) or (ii), the “Early Termination Effective Date”).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.03          Payment upon Early Termination.

(a)           Within three Business Days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such Member.  Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such Member or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member.

(b)           “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a Member shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such Member that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01          Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to any Member under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate

17

Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02          Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer.  The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the applicable Member when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01          Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify a Member of, and keep such Member reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of such Member under this Agreement, and shall provide to such Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

Section 6.02          Consistency.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the Members agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. Any dispute as to required Tax or financial reporting shall be subject to Section 7.09.

Section 6.03          Cooperation.  Each of the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the other party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the applicable Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

18

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01Notices.  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and electronic mail (“e-mail”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received) and shall be given to such party as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:
Virtu Financial LLC
645 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile No.: (212) 418-0100
E-mail: legal@virtu.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY   10019-6064
Facsimile No.:   (212) 757-3990
Attention:	John C. Kennedy
	Jeffrey D. Marell
E-mail:	jkennedy@paulweiss.com
	jmarell@paulweiss.com

If to the applicable Member, to the address, facsimile number or e-mail address specified for such party on the Member Schedule to the LLC Agreement.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt

Section 7.02Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment.

(a)The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and

19

agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(b)A Member may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form of Exhibit A, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder; provided, that a Member’s rights under this Agreement shall be assignable by such Member under the procedure in this Section 7.02(b) regardless of whether such Member continues to hold any interests in OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer or has fully transferred any such interests.

Section 7.03Resolution of Disputes.

(a)Except for Reconciliation Disputes subject to Section 7.09, any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in Delaware in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.  Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b)Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.03 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such Member for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Member in any such action or proceeding.

(c)EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CHANCERY COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR, IF SUCH COURT DECLINES JURISDICTION, THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE SITTING IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

20

PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.03, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(d)The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.03 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.04Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

Section 7.05Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Reorganization Documents (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Except to the extent provided in Section 3.03, nothing in this Agreement shall create any third-party beneficiary rights in favor of any Person or other party hereto.

Section 7.06Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 7.07Amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporate Taxpayer and by Persons who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Persons entitled to Early Termination Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Persons pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Persons will or may receive under the Tax

21

Receivable Agreements unless all such Persons disproportionately affected consent in writing to such amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.  If any amendment is proposed or made to the Tax Receivable Agreement (non-SLP Exchanges), the Members under this Agreement shall have the right to elect that a similar amendment be made to this Agreement.

Section 7.08Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

Section 7.09Reconciliation.  In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and a Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.03, 3.01(b), 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or such Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer, except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and such Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert substantially adopts such Member’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert substantially adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Member shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and such Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10Withholding.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the

22

Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Member.

Section 7.11Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a)If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b)If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset.  For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

Section 7.12Confidentiality.  Section 12.11 (Confidentiality) of the LLC Agreement as of the date of this Agreement shall apply to any information of the Corporate Taxpayer provided to the Members and their assignees pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.13Change in Law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a Member reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such Member (or direct or indirect equity holders in such Member) upon an Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to the Corporate Taxpayer or such Member or any direct or indirect owner of a Member, then at the election of such Member and to the extent specified by such Member, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such Member, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange occurring after a date specified by such Member, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such Member; provided, that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement to such Member at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due to such Member in the absence of such amendment.

23

Section 7.14Partnership Agreement.  This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of OpCo as described in Section 761(c) of the Code, and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member set forth below have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges)

MEMBERS:

SLP VIRTU INVESTORS, LLC

By: Silver Lake Partners III DE (AIV III), L.P., its managing member

By: Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., its general partner

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its managing member

By:

Title:  Managing Member

SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

By: SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its general partner

By: Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its sole member

By:

Title:  Managing Member

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges)

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), dated as of                         , by and among Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), and                              (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on                         , Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) [       Common Units and the corresponding shares of Class C Common Stock] [the right to receive any and all payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to        Common Units that were previously Exchanged and are described in greater detail in Annex A to this Joinder] (collectively, “Interests” and, together with all other interests hereinafter acquired by the Permitted Transferee from Transferor, the “Acquired Interests”) from                              (“Transferor”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement (SLP Exchanges), dated as of [                         ], 2015, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer and each Member (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.01Definitions.  To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.02Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.  Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges the terms of Section 7.02(b) of the Tax Receivable Agreement and agrees to be bound by Section 7.12 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.03Notice.  Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.04Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Address for notices:

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan

1.Purpose.  The Virtu Financial, Inc. 2015 Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to help Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor thereto, the “Company”) and its Affiliates (i) attract and retain key personnel by providing them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Company or other incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock and (ii) align the interests of key personnel with those of the Company’s shareholders.

2.Effective Date; Duration.  The Plan shall be effective as of [            ], 2015 (the “Effective Date”).  The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

3.Definitions.  The following definitions shall apply throughout the Plan.

(a)“Affiliate” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest.  The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b)“Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award and/or Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(c)“Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

(d)“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)“Cause” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having “cause” to terminate the Participant’s employment or service, (i) as such term is defined in any employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement (or the absence of any definition of “cause” or term of similar import therein), due to the Participant’s (A) willful misconduct or gross neglect of his duties; (B) having engaged in conduct harmful (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate; (C) failure or refusal to perform his duties; (D) conviction of, or guilty or no contest plea to, a felony or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (E) willful violation of the written policies of the Company or an Affiliate; (F) misappropriation or misuse of Company or Affiliate funds or property or other act of personal dishonesty in connection with his employment; or (G) willful breach of fiduciary duty.  The determination of whether Cause exists shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(f)“Change in Control” shall, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement (or any employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate) states otherwise, be deemed to occur upon any of the following events:

(i)the acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 30% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, including Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”); or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); but excluding any acquisition by the Company or any of its Affiliates, or by Vincent Viola, his Permitted Transferees or any of their respective Affiliates or by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates;

(ii)a change in the composition of the Board such that members of the Board during any consecutive 12-month period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board.  Any person becoming a director through election or nomination for election approved by a valid vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual becoming a director as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii)the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv)the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Business Combination”), or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to an entity that is not an Affiliate of the Company (a “Sale”), unless immediately following such Business Combination or Sale:  (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the entity that acquired all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company in such Sale (in either case, the “Surviving Company”), or the ultimate parent entity that has Beneficial Ownership of sufficient voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination or Sale (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination or Sale), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination or Sale, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination or Sale were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination or Sale.

2

(g)“Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such common shares may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(h)“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.  References to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(i)“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof if required with respect to actions taken to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code or to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act in respect of Awards or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(j)“Common Stock” means collectively or individually the Class A Common Stock.

(k)“Disability” means cause for termination of the Participant’s employment or service due to a determination that the Participant is disabled in accordance with a long-term disability insurance program maintained by the Company or a determination by the U.S. Social Security Administration that the Participant is totally disabled.

(l)“Eligible Person” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) prospective employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor who has accepted an offer of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he begins employment with or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates.

(m)“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto.  References to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(n)“Fair Market Value” means, on a given date, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on such exchange on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a sale was reported; or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock.

(o)“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(p)“NASDAQ” means The Nasdaq Global Market.

(q)“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r)“Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

3

(s)“Performance Compensation Award” means an Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(t)“Performance Criteria” shall mean the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(u)“Performance Formula” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(v)“Performance Goals” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(w)“Performance Period” shall mean the one or more periods of time as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining the Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(x)“Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock of the Company.

(y)“Restricted Stock” means an Award of Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions, granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(z)“Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award of an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain specified restrictions, granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(aa)“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto.  Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(bb)“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

4.Administration.

(a)The Committee shall administer the Plan, and shall have the sole and plenary authority to:  (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type, size, and terms and conditions of Awards to be granted; (iii) determine the method by which an Award may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (iv) determine the circumstances under which the delivery of cash, property or other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the Participant’s or Committee’s election; (v) interpret and administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any Award granted under, the Plan; (vi) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem

4

appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (vii) accelerate the vesting, delivery or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, or waive any condition in respect of, Awards; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan or to comply with any applicable law, including Section 162(m) of the Code.  To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if applicable and if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, or any exception or exemption under the rules of NASDAQ or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and/or (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of NASDAQ or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted (“Eligible Director”).  However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted or action taken by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted or taken under the Plan.

(b)The Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person(s) selected by it, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are non-employee members of the Board or otherwise are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) who are or may reasonably be expected to be “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.  Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

(c)As further set forth in Section 15(f) of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to amend the Plan and Awards to the extent necessary to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are located outside of the United States on terms and conditions comparable to those afforded to Eligible Persons located within the United States; provided, however, that no such action shall be taken without shareholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law or regulation.

(d)Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions regarding the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder of the Company.

(e)No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company (each such person, an “Indemnifiable Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission).  Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld), in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the

5

Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided, that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of recognized standing of the Company’s choice.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f)The Board may at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards.  In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5.Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations.

(a)The Committee may grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Other Stock-Based Awards and/or Performance Compensation Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b)Subject to Section 12 of the Plan and subsection (e) below, the following limitations apply to the grant of Awards:  (i) no more than 12,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan; (ii) no more than 1,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock may be subject to grants of Options or SARs under the Plan to any single Participant during any 12-month period; provided, however, that the limitation set forth in this clause (ii) shall not apply to the initial grant of Options to Vincent Viola in connection with the Company’s initial public offering; (iii) no more than 12,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock may be delivered pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) no more than 1,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock may be delivered in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any Participant for a single Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of 1,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; and (v) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash described in Section 11(a) of the Plan shall be $10,000,000.

(c)Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been used in settlement of Awards whether or not they are actually delivered or the Fair Market Value equivalent of such shares is paid in cash; provided, however, that if shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award, or shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, such surrendered or tendered shares shall again become available for other Awards; provided, further, that

6

in no event shall such shares increase the number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  If and to the extent all or any portion of an Award expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without the Participant having received any benefit therefrom, the shares covered by such Award or portion thereof shall again become available for other Awards.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Participant shall not be deemed to have received any “benefit” (i) in the case of forfeited Restricted Stock by reason of having enjoyed voting rights and dividend rights prior to the date of forfeiture or (ii) in the case of an Award canceled by reason of a new Award being granted in substitution therefor.

(d)Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.

(e)The Committee may grant Awards in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or any Affiliate or an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”), and such Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards; provided, that Substitute Awards issued or intended as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of Incentive Stock Options available under the Plan.

6.Eligibility.  Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have been selected by the Committee and who have entered into an Award agreement with respect to an Award granted to them under the Plan (each such Eligible Person, a “Participant”).

7.Options.

(a)Generally.  Each Option shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in the Award agreement.  All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the Award agreement expressly states otherwise.  Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only subject to and in compliance with Section 422 of the Code, and only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates and who are eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code.  If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b)Exercise Price.  The exercise price (“Exercise Price”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share, determined as of the date of grant.  Any modification to the Exercise Price of an outstanding Option shall be subject to the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 14(b).

(c)Vesting, Exercise and Expiration.  The Committee shall determine the manner and timing of vesting, exercise and expiration of Options.  The period between date of grant and the scheduled expiration date of the Option (“Option Period”) shall not exceed ten years, unless the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s securities trading policy or a Company-imposed “blackout period”, in which case the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (so long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code). The Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Option.

7

(d)Method of Exercise and Form of Payment.  No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until the Participant has made payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price and an amount equal to any U.S. Federal, state and local income and employment taxes and non-U.S. income and employment taxes, social contributions and any other tax-related items required to be withheld.  Options may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company or its designee (including a third party administrator) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided, that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit, including without limitation:  (A) in other property having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes; or (C) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay for the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if on the last day of the Option Period, the Fair Market Value exceeds the Exercise Price, the Participant has not exercised the Option, and the Option has not expired, such Option shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day by means of a “net exercise” procedure described above.  Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e)Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option.  Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.  A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option.  The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instruction from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(f)Compliance with Laws, etc.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock of the Company is listed or quoted.

(g)Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Shareholders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a subsidiary or a parent of the Company, the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the date of

8

grant of such Option and the Option Price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value (on the date of grant) of the shares subject to the Option.

(h)$100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options.  To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of shares of Common Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

8.Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).

(a)Generally.  Each SAR shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and the Award agreement.  Any Option granted under the Plan may include a tandem SAR.  The Committee also may award SARs independent of any Option.

(b)Strike Price.  The strike price (“Strike Price”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the date of grant); provided, however, that a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.  Any modification to the Strike Price of an outstanding SAR shall be subject to the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 14(b).

(c)Vesting and Expiration.  A SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option.  A SAR granted independently of an Option shall vest and become exercisable and shall expire in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “SAR Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting or exercisability dates set by the Committee, the Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any SAR, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of such SAR other than with respect to vesting and/or exercisability.  If the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s securities trading policy or a Company-imposed “blackout period”, the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (so long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code).

(d)Method of Exercise.  SARs may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company or its designee (including a third party administrator) in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a SAR independent of an Option, the SAR Period), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option (if applicable), and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option (if applicable) has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(e)Payment.  Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the holder thereof an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any U.S. Federal, state and local income and employment taxes and non-U.S. income and employment taxes, social contributions and any other tax-related items required to be withheld.  The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair

9

Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.  Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

9.Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a)Generally.  Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and the Award agreement.  The Committee shall establish restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including the period over which the restrictions shall apply (the “Restricted Period”), and the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall become vested.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or the lapse of any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Awards.  No shares shall be issued at the time an Award of Restricted Stock Units is made, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award.

(b)Stock Certificates; Escrow or Similar Arrangement.  Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions.  The Committee also may cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued.  In such event, the Committee may provide that such certificates shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending vesting and release of restrictions, in which case the Committee may require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock.  If the Participant shall fail to execute and deliver the escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the Award agreement, the Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock.

(c)Restrictions; Forfeiture.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant shall be subject to forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, and shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award agreement.  In the event of any forfeiture, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock (or as a shareholder with respect thereto), and/or to such Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, including to any dividends and/or dividend equivalents that may have been accumulated and withheld during the Restricted Period in respect thereof, shall terminate without further action or obligation on the part of the Company.  The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award, such action is appropriate.

(d)Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i)Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock and the attainment of any other vesting criteria, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect, except as set forth in the Award agreement.  If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration the Company shall deliver to the Participant or his beneficiary (via book entry notation or, if applicable, in stock certificate form) the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share).  Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to the Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash

10

or in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share.

(ii)Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary (via book entry notation or, if applicable, in stock certificate form), one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit which has not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired and any other such vesting criteria are attained (“Released Unit”); provided, however, that the Committee may elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Released Units or (ii) defer the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code.  If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units.  To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, if determined by the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, if determined by the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the holder thereof shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e)Legends on Restricted Stock.  Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC. 2015 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF                     , BETWEEN VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC. AND                   .  A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.

10.Other Stock-Based Awards.  The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive future grants of Awards, or other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including performance shares or performance units), or Awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value or future value of shares of Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time determine (“Other Stock-Based Awards”).  Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be evidenced by an Award agreement which may include conditions including without limitation the payment by the Participant of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the date of grant.

11

11.Performance Compensation Awards.

(a)Generally.  The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award described in Sections 7 through 10 of the Plan, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Award to a Participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) for a fiscal year that satisfies the requirements of this Section 11 may be treated as a Performance Compensation Award in the absence of any such Committee designation and (ii) if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan).

(b)Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards.  The Committee may select the length of a Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) and the Performance Formula.  Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee).

(c)Performance Criteria.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, units, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following:  (i) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, gross revenue or gross revenue growth, invested capital, equity or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per-share basis; (viii) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘‘value creation’’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) stockholder return; (xix) client retention; (xx) competitive market metrics; (xxi) employee retention; (xxii) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiii) system-wide revenues; (xxiv) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxv) strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets, or international operations; or (xxvi) any combination of the foregoing.  Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or a percentage of a prior period’s Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute, relative or adjusted basis to

12

measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or a published or special index that the Committee deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices.  The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting, delivery and exercisability of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph.  To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d)Modification of Performance Goal(s).  The Committee may alter Performance Criteria without obtaining shareholder approval if applicable tax and/or securities laws so permit.  The Committee may modify the calculation of a Performance Goal during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter if the change would not cause any Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m), to reflect any of the following events:  (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(e)Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

(i)Condition to Receipt of Payment.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement or any employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant must be employed by or rendering services for the Company or an Affiliate on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii)Limitation.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, or any employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant shall be eligible to receive payment or delivery, as applicable, in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent the Committee determines that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved, as determined by the Committee; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals, as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that if so provided by the Committee in its sole discretion, in the event of (x) the termination of the Participant’s employment or service by the Company other than for Cause (and other than due to death or Disability), in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, or (y) the termination of a Participant’s employment or service due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant shall receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award based on (1) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (2) if the Committee determines that

13

measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee (but not to the extent that application of this clause (2) would cause Section 162(m) of the Code to result in the loss of the deduction of the compensation payable in respect of such Performance Compensation Award for any Participant reasonably expected to be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of termination of employment or service.

(iii)Certification.  Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee) whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing (which may be in the form of minutes of a meeting of the Committee) that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula.  The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply discretion to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) provide payment or delivery in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f)Timing of Award Payments.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11.  Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date.  Unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii)).

12.Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events.  In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service, accounting principles or law, such that in any case an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation any or all of the following:  (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock or other

14

securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (B) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria, Performance Formula and Performance Goals); (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the delivery, vesting and/or exercisability of, lapse of restrictions and/or other conditions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards (or awards of an acquiring company) and causing to be paid to the holders thereof, in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); provided, however, that the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)).  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.  The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

13.Effect of Change in Control.  Except to the extent otherwise provided in an Award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, in the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary:

(a)In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated by the Company or Affiliate without Cause (and other than due to death or Disability) on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Committee may provide that all Options and SARs held by such Participant shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to such Options and SARs, and that the Restricted Period (and any other conditions) shall expire immediately with respect to 100% of the shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and any other Awards held by such Participant (including a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals); provided, that in the event the vesting or exercisability of any Award would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such Award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee and prorated for the number of days elapsed from the grant date of such Award through the date of termination.

15

(b)In addition, the Committee may upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Award and pay to the holders thereof, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event.  Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall exercise such discretion over any Award subject to Code Section 409A at the time such Award is granted.

To the extent practicable, the provisions of this Section 13 shall occur in a manner and at a time which allows affected Participants the ability to participate in the Change in Control transaction with respect to the Common Stock subject to their Awards.

14.Amendments and Termination.

(a)Amendment and Termination of the Plan.  The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the shares of Common Stock may be listed or quoted, for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, or to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code); provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary, unless the Committee determines that such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination either is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any applicable law or regulation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 14(b) without shareholder approval.

(b)Amendment of Award Agreements.  The Committee may, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company); provided, that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant unless the Committee determines that such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination either is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any applicable law or regulation; provided, further, that except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, if (i) the Committee reduces the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee cancels any outstanding Option or SAR and replaces it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash in a manner which would either (A) be reportable on the Company’s proxy statement or Form 10-K (if applicable) as Options which have been “repriced” (as such term is used in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act), or (B) result in any “repricing” for financial statement reporting purposes (or otherwise cause the Award to fail to qualify for equity accounting treatment) or (iii) the Committee takes any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, then, in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iii), any such action shall not be effective without shareholder approval.

16

15.General.

(a)Award Agreements; Other Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto.  An Award agreement may be in written or electronic form and shall be signed (either in written or electronic form) by the Participant and a duly authorized representative of the Company.  The terms of any Award agreement, or any employment, change-in-control, severance or other agreement in effect with the Participant, may have terms or features different from and/or additional to those set forth in the Plan, and, unless expressly provided otherwise in such Award or other agreement, shall control in the event of any conflict with the terms of the Plan.

(b)Nontransferability.

(i)Each Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.  No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii)Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by the Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt, to:  (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statements promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his Immediate Family Members; or (D) any other transferee as may be approved either (1) by the Board or the Committee, or (2) as provided in the applicable Award agreement; (each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii)The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to the Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the transferred Award, including, without

17

limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c)Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.  The Committee may provide the Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time); provided, further, that dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid as soon as administratively practicable, but no more than 60 days, after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable (and the right to any such accumulated dividends or dividend equivalents shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Award to which such dividends or dividend equivalents relate).

(d)Tax Withholding.

(i)The Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right (but not the obligation) and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to the Participant, the amount (in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as the Committee or the Company deem necessary to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

(ii)Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may permit the Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) payment in cash; (B) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (C) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(e)No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment.  No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award.  There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards.  The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board.

(f)International Participants.  With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or appendices thereto, or outstanding Awards, with respect to such Participants, in order to conform such terms with or

18

accommodate the requirements of local laws, procedures or practices or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for the Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.  Without limiting the generality of this subsection, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules, procedures and sub-plans with provisions that limit or modify rights on death, disability, retirement or other terminations of employment, available methods of exercise or settlement of an Award, payment of income, social insurance contributions or payroll taxes, withholding procedures and handling of any stock certificates or other indicia of ownership which vary with local requirements. The Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Affiliates or locations.

(g)Beneficiary Designation.  The Participant’s beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse (or domestic partner if such status is recognized by the Company and in such jurisdiction), or if the Participant is otherwise unmarried at the time of death, his estate, except to the extent a different beneficiary is designated in accordance with procedures that may be established by the Committee from time to time for such purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under such Committee-established procedures and/or applicable law who is living (or in existence) at the time of death of a Participant residing or working outside the United States, any required distribution under the Plan shall be made to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or to such other individual as may be prescribed by applicable law.

(h)Termination of Employment or Service.  Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, or any employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, unless determined otherwise by the Committee: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with an Affiliate (or vice versa) shall be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate; and (ii) if the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates, but such Participant continues to provide services with the Company or its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity (including as a Non-Employee Director) (or vice versa), such change in status shall not be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of the Plan.

(i)No Rights as a Shareholder.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(j)Government and Other Regulations.

(i)Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to authorize the Committee or Board or any members thereof to take any action contrary to applicable law or regulation, or rules of NASDAQ or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted.

(ii)The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required.  Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such

19

registration pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of an available exemption.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan.  The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the U.S. Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service upon which such shares or other securities of the Company are then listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(iii)The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable.  If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, unless prevented by applicable laws, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award).  Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k)No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company.  No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election.  If the Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l)Payments to Persons Other Than Participants.  If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative or a beneficiary designation form has been filed with the Company) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed

20

by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m)Nonexclusivity of the Plan.  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(n)No Trust or Fund Created.  Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and the Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand.  No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes.  Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.

(o)Reliance on Reports.  Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board (and their respective designees) shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p)Relationship to Other Benefits.  No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(q)Purchase for Investment.  Whether or not the Options and shares covered by the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act, each person exercising an Option under the Plan or acquiring shares under the Plan, may be required by the Company to give a representation in writing that such person is acquiring such shares for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof.  The Company will endorse any necessary legend referring to the foregoing restriction upon the certificate or certificates representing any shares issued or transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan.

(r)Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(s)Severability.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

21

(t)Obligations Binding on Successors.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(u)409A of the Code.

(i)It is intended that the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.  Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with the Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company, including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant or any beneficiary harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.  With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as a separate payment.

(ii)Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments or deliveries in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death.  All such delayed payments or deliveries will be paid or delivered (without interest) in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii)In the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v)Clawback/Forfeiture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may cancel such Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, has engaged in or engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interest of the Company or any Affiliate while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, or violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant or agreement with the Company or any Affiliate, as determined by the Committee.  The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that in such event, the Participant will forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award, the sale or other transfer of such Award, or the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired in respect of such Award, and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company.  The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the

22

Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), all as determined by the Committee, then the Participant shall be required to promptly repay any such excess amount to the Company.  To the extent required by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of NASDAQ or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company, Awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into all outstanding Award agreements).

(w)No Representations or Covenants With Respect to Tax Qualification.  Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an Award for favorable U.S. or non-U.S. tax treatment or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on holders of Awards under the Plan.

(x)Code Section 162(m) Re-approval.  If the Company becomes subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, for purposes of exempting certain Awards granted after such time from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code, submit the provisions of the Plan regarding Performance Compensation Awards for re-approval by the shareholders of the Company (i) prior to the first shareholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs in calendar year 2019, or such earlier time as required under applicable Treasury Regulations, and (ii) thereafter not later than every five years in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations.  Nothing in this subsection, however, shall affect the validity of Awards granted after such time if such shareholder approval has not been obtained.

(y)Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings.  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.  Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.  The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

*       *       *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on [            ], 2015.

As approved by the shareholders of the Company on [            ], 2015.

23

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated [·], 2015 (this “Agreement”), by and among the sellers listed on Schedule I hereto, as sellers (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), and Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as purchaser (the “Purchaser”).

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Purchaser (the “Board”) has determined to effect an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the Purchaser’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the IPO, each Seller (in the case of Virtu Employee Holdco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Employee Holdco”), on behalf of certain of its members (the “Selling Employee Holdco Members”)) wishes to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase from each Seller, the number of non-voting common interest units (“Virtu Financial Units”) of Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and shares of the Purchaser’s Class C common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Redemption Agreement (the “Redemption Agreement”) entered into by Employee Holdco, and the Selling Employee Holdco Members, Employee Holdco shall distribute the proceeds it receives in its capacity as a Seller under this Agreement to such Selling Employee Holdco Members.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Additional Closing” means each closing of the purchase of Additional Purchased Paired Interests.

“Additional Closing Sellers” means the Sellers listed as “Additional Closing Sellers” on Schedule I hereto.

“Additional IPO Closing” means any additional closing of the sale of Class A Common Stock in the IPO pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, which closing may occur on the same date and time as the IPO Closing.

“Additional Purchased Paired Interests” means the number of Paired Interests to be sold by any Additional Closing Seller at an Additional Closing set forth opposite such Additional Closing Seller’s name under the column entitled “Initial Purchased Paired Interests” on Schedule I hereto.

“Closings” means the Additional Closing together with the Initial Closing.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

“Discounted Price” means (i) the IPO Price less (ii) the Per Share Underwriting Discount.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Initial Closing” means the closing of the purchase of the Initial Purchased Paired Interests.

“Initial Closing Sellers” means the Sellers listed as “Initial Closing Sellers” on Schedule I hereto.

“Initial Purchased Paired Interests” means the number of Paired Interests set forth opposite such Seller’s name under the column entitled “Initial Purchased Paired Interests” on Schedule I hereto.

“IPO Closing” means the initial closing of the sale of Class A Common Stock in the IPO.

“IPO Price” means the per share public offering price for the Class A Common Stock.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other) or other security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Paired Interest” or “Paired Interests” means one or more Virtu Financial Units together with an equal number of shares of Class C Common Stock.

“Per Share Underwriting Discount” means the underwriting discount per share paid to the underwriters in the IPO.

“Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind.

2

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

ARTICLE 2

PURCHASE AND SALE OF PAIRED INTERESTS

2.1Purchase and Sale.

(a)Subject to the terms herein set forth, at the Initial Closing (as defined herein), (i) each Initial Closing Seller (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member) agrees (severally and not jointly) to sell, convey, assign and transfer to the Purchaser the Initial Purchased Paired Interests, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase such Initial Purchased Paired Interests from such Initial Closing Seller for a purchase price equal to the IPO Price per Initial Purchased Paired Interest and (ii) each Initial Closing Seller (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member) shall be responsible for the Per Share Underwriting Discount with respect to each Initial Purchased Paired Interest sold, conveyed, assigned and transferred by such Initial Closing Seller.  For administrative convenience, the net amount per Initial Purchased Paired Interest paid to such Initial Closing Seller by the Purchaser shall be the Discounted Price.

(b)Subject to the terms herein set forth, at each Additional Closing (as defined herein), (i) each Additional Closing Seller agrees (severally and not jointly) to sell, convey, assign and transfer to the Purchaser the Additional Purchased Paired Interests, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase such Additional Purchased Paired Interests from such Seller for a purchase price equal to the IPO Price per Additional Purchased Paired Interest and (ii) each Additional Closing Seller shall be responsible for the Per Share Underwriting Discount with respect to each Additional Purchased Paired Interest sold, conveyed, assigned and transferred by such Additional Closing Seller.  For administrative convenience, the net amount per Additional Purchased Paired Interest paid to such Additional Closing Seller by the Purchaser shall be the Discounted Price.

2.2Closing.

(a)The Initial Closing shall occur at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, 10019 immediately following the IPO Closing.

(b)Each Additional Closing shall occur at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton and Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, 10019 immediately after the related Additional IPO Closing.

(c)At each Closing, (i) the Purchaser shall deliver to each Seller the Discounted Price for each Initial Purchased Paired Interest or Additional Purchased Paired Interest, as applicable, being purchased by the Purchaser from such Seller as set forth in Section 2.1, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a

3

bank account designated in writing by such Seller and (ii) each Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser (A) a duly endorsed instrument of assignment with respect to the Virtu Financial Units included in the Initial Purchased Paired Interests or the Additional Purchased Paired Interests being sold at such Closing in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “Virtu Financial Unit Assignment Agreement”) and (B) the number of shares of Class C Common Stock, included in the Initial Purchased Paired Interests or the Additional Purchased Paired Interests being sold at such Closing in book entry or certificated form, as applicable.

2.3Conditions to Closing.

(a)The obligations of the Purchaser and each Seller to be performed at any Closing shall be conditioned upon the simultaneous or prior completion of the IPO Closing or the applicable Additional IPO Closing.

(b)The obligations of the Purchaser to be performed at any Closing shall be subject to the condition that the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 shall be true and correct as of such Closing as if then made.

(c)The obligations of each Seller to be performed at any Closing shall be subject to the condition that the representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in Article 3 shall be true and correct as of such Closing as if then made.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

Each of the Sellers represents, warrants, and agrees, severally with respect to itself only, as of the date hereof as follows:

3.1Capacity; Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability.  To the extent that such Seller is an individual, such Seller has the legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.   To the extent that such Seller is an entity, such Seller has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  To the that extent such Seller is an entity, the execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Seller and no other proceedings on the part of such Seller are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Such Seller has duly executed and delivered this Agreement (and will duly execute and deliver any Virtu Financial Unit Assignment Agreement), and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Purchaser, each such agreement constitutes or will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or

4

similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

3.2Title.  Such Seller owns beneficially and of record and has full power and authority to convey, free and clear of any Liens, the Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class C Common Stock included in the Initial Purchased Paired Interests or Additional Purchased Paired Interests, as applicable, set forth opposite its name on Schedule I hereto (subject to any transfer restrictions of general applicability as may be provided under the Securities Act and the “blue sky” laws of the various states of the United States).  Assuming the Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to be the lawful owner of the Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class C Common Stock, upon such Seller’s receipt of the applicable purchase price and the transfer of the Initial Purchased Paired Interests or Additional Purchased Paired Interests at the Initial Closing or any Additional Closing, as applicable, good, valid and marketable title to the Virtu Financial Units and shares of Class C Common Stock included in the Initial Purchased Paired Interests or any Additional Purchased Paired Interests, as applicable, will pass to the Purchaser, free and clear of any Liens.

3.3No Conflicts.  Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement (and any Virtu Financial Unit Assignment Agreement) nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any breach of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license, permit, lease, or other instrument, or (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any judgment, decree, order, law, or regulation by which such Seller is bound.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties for the benefit of the Sellers as of the date hereof:

4.1Organization, Standing and Power.  The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized.

4.2Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability.  The Purchaser has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser and no other proceedings on the part of the Purchaser are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Sellers, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,

5

fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4.3No Conflicts.  Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any breach of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license, permit, lease, or other instrument or (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any judgment, decree, order, law or regulation by which the Purchaser is bound.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1Notices.  All notices or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, as follows:

(a)If to a Seller, to the address indicated below the name of such Seller on Schedule I hereto.

(b)If to the Purchaser, to:

Virtu Financial, Inc.

900 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022-1010
Telephone:  (212) 418-0100

Facsimile: (212) 418 0100
Attention:  General Counsel

With a copy to (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice):

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY  10019-6064
Telephone:  (212) 373-3000
Facsimile:  (212) 757-3990
Attention:  John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 5.1 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

5.2Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.  No

6

Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.  No party hereto may assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

5.3Amendment and Waiver.

(a)No failure or delay on the part of the Sellers or the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Sellers or the Purchaser at law, in equity or otherwise.

(b)Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Sellers and the Purchaser.

5.4Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Facsimile signatures or signatures received as a .pdf attachment to electronic mail shall be treated as original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective when, and only when, each party hereto shall have received a counterpart signed by all of the other parties hereto.

5.5Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

5.6Governing Law.  This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.  The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the Delaware chancery court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

5.7Severability.  If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or

7

unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.

5.8Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the schedules and exhibits hereto, are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.  There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

5.9Further Assurances.  Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

[SELLER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Purchase Agreement]

VIRTU FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[Signature Page to Purchase Agreement]

Schedule I

Initial Purchased Paired Interests.

Name andAddressof Initial Closing Sellers	Initial Purchased Paired Interests	Class
[    ]
Address: [    ]	[    ]	[    ]

Additional Purchased Paired Interests.

Name andAddressof Additional Closing Sellers	Additional Purchased Paired Interests	Class
[    ]
Address: [    ]	[    ]	[    ]

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF] ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [·], 2015, by and among the sellers listed as “Sellers” on the signature pages hereto, as sellers (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller” (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member)), and Virtu Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Purchaser”), and Virtu Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Virtu Financial”).  Each capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Purchaser, the Sellers entered into a Purchase Agreement, dated as of [·], 2015 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which each Seller (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member) agreed to sell, assign, convey and transfer Virtu Financial Units to the Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser has agreed to purchase such Virtu Financial Units from each Seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and in the Purchase Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1.Transfer.  Each Seller (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member) hereby sells, assigns, conveys and transfers to the Purchaser the number of Virtu Financial Units set forth below its signature on the signature pages hereto.

2.Acknowledgement of Sale by Virtu Financial.  Virtu Financial hereby acknowledges the sale, assignment, conveyance and transfer by each Seller (in the case of Employee Holdco, on behalf of each Selling Employee Holdco Member) to the Purchaser of the number of Virtu Financial Units set forth under such Seller’s signature hereto and shall cause the member schedule to its Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be amended to reflect the sale and transfer of Virtu Financial Units as contemplated in the Purchase Agreement and herein.

3.Governing Law.  This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.  The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the Delaware chancery court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action

or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

4.Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

5.Further Assurances.  Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.

6.Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties to this Agreement as of the date first written above.

Sellers:

Name:

Number of Virtu Financial

Units:

[ADDITIONAL SELLERS]

[Signature Page to Assignment Agreement]

Virtu Financial, Inc.

By:

Name:

Title:

Virtu Financial LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Assignment Agreement]

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-194473 on Form S-1 of our report dated February 19, 2015 related to the consolidated financial statements of Virtu Financial LLC and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

          We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, NY
April 6, 2015

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-194473 on Form S-1 of our report dated February 19, 2015 related to the financial statements of Virtu Financial, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

          We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, NY
April 6, 2015